Initial Source Code commit

Initial commit of original Tiberian Dawn and Red Alert source code converted to build as DLLs, and compatible with the release version of Command & Conquer Remastered.

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/ALLOC.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : ALLOC.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 1, 1992                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 9, 1995 [JLB]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Alloc -- Allocates system RAM.                                        *
+ *   Ram_Free -- Determines the largest free chunk of RAM.                 *
+ *   Free -- Free an Alloc'ed block of RAM.                                *
+ *   Resize_Alloc -- Change the size of an allocated block.                *
+ *   Heap_Size -- Size of the heap we have.                                *
+ *   Total_Ram_Free -- Total amount of free RAM.                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+//#include <dos.h>
+//#include <bios.h>
+
+
+#ifndef WWMEM_H
+#include "wwmem.h"
+#endif
+
+
+extern "C" unsigned long Largest_Mem_Block ( void ) ;
+
+/*
+** Define the equates necessary to call a DPMI interrupt.
+*/
+#define	DPMI_INT									0x0031
+#define	DPMI_LOCK_MEM							0x0600
+#define	DPMI_UNLOCK_MEM						0x0601
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+unsigned long MinRam=0L;		// Record of least memory at worst case.
+unsigned long MaxRam=0L;		// Record of total allocated at worst case.
+static unsigned long TotalRam = 0L;
+static unsigned long Memory_Calls = 0L;
+
+void (*Memory_Error)(void) = NULL;
+extern void (*Memory_Error_Exit)(char *string)=NULL;
+
+
+//#define MEM_CHECK
+
+#ifdef MEM_CHECK
+extern "C"{
+	extern void __cdecl Int3(void);
+}
+#endif	//MEM_CHECK
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DPMI_LOCK -- handles locking a block of DPMI memory                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#include"mono.h"
+void DPMI_Lock(VOID const *, long const )
+{
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * DPMI_UNLOCK -- Handles unlocking a locked block of DPMI                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void DPMI_Unlock(void const *, long const )
+{
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Alloc -- Allocates system RAM.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is the basic RAM allocation function.  It is used for all       *
+ *    memory allocations needed by the system or the main program.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   bytes_to_alloc -- LONG value of the number of bytes to alloc.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          flags          -- Memory allocation control flags.             *
+ *             MEM_NORMAL: No special flags.                               *
+ *             MEM_CLEAR:  Zero out memory block.                        	*
+ *             MEM_NEW:		Called by a new.                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to allocated block.  If NULL was returned *
+ *          it indicates a failure to allocate.  Note: NULL will never be  *
+ *          returned if the standard library allocation error routine is   *
+ *          used.                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If you replace the standard memory allocation error routine *
+ *             and make it so that Alloc CAN return with a NULL, be sure   *
+ *             and check for this in your code.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/03/1991 JLB : Documented.                                          *
+ *   08/09/1993 JLB : Updated with EMS memory support.                     *
+ *   04/28/1994 JAW : Updated to 32bit Protected mode.                     *
+ *   03/09/1995 JLB : Fixed                                                *
+ *   09/28/1995 ST  : Simplified for win95                                                                      *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void *Alloc(unsigned long bytes_to_alloc, MemoryFlagType flags)
+{
+
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+	void	*mem_ptr;
+
+#ifdef MEM_CHECK
+	bytes_to_alloc += 32;
+#endif	//MEM_CHECK
+
+	mem_ptr = malloc ( bytes_to_alloc );
+
+	if ( !mem_ptr && Memory_Error ){
+		Memory_Error();
+	}
+
+	if ( mem_ptr && ( flags & MEM_CLEAR ) ){
+		memset ( mem_ptr , 0 , bytes_to_alloc );
+	}
+
+#ifdef MEM_CHECK
+	mem_ptr = (void*)((char*)mem_ptr + 16);
+	unsigned long *magic_ptr =(unsigned long*) ( ((char *)mem_ptr) - 16 );
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr 	 = bytes_to_alloc - 32;
+	magic_ptr = (unsigned long*) ( ((char*)mem_ptr) + bytes_to_alloc - 32 );
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr++ = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+	*magic_ptr 	 = (unsigned long)mem_ptr;
+#endif	//MEM_CHECK
+
+	Memory_Calls++;
+	return ( mem_ptr );
+
+#else
+
+
+
+	union REGS		regs ;
+	struct SREGS 	sregs ;
+	unsigned char *retval=NULL;	// Pointer to allocated block.
+	unsigned long	original_size;	// Original allocation size.
+	unsigned long	bytesfree;		// Number of free bytes.
+	long 				*longptr=NULL;	// Pointer used to store selector
+
+	/*
+	** Save the original allocated space size so that we can clear the
+	** exact amount of RAM if they specified MEM_CLEAR.
+	*/
+	original_size = bytes_to_alloc;
+
+	/*
+	** Reserve one byte for the header of the memory we allocated.
+	** We will store the flags variable there for later use.
+	*/
+	bytes_to_alloc += (flags & MEM_LOCK) ? 5 : 1;
+
+	/*
+	**	Initialize the total ram available value.
+	*/
+	if (!TotalRam) {
+		TotalRam = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+	}
+
+
+	// Try to allocate the memory out of the protected mode memory
+	// chain if we did not require a real mode allocation.  If this
+	// fails we will have to try to allocate it out of real mode memory.
+	// Real mode memory is a last resort because some types of applications
+	// require real mode memory.
+	if (!(flags & MEM_REAL)) {
+		retval = (unsigned char*)malloc(bytes_to_alloc);
+	}
+
+	// Try to allocate the memory out of the real mode memory using DPMI
+	// service 0x100.  Note that retval will be null if we are requesting
+	// real mode memory so that we do not have to explicitly check for the
+	// real mode flag.  Remember we need to reserve room for the dos
+	// selector value at the beginning of our allocated block so rather than
+	// adding fifteen and rounding, we need to add 19 and round.
+	if (!retval) {
+		flags = (MemoryFlagType)(flags | MEM_REAL);
+		regs.x.eax = 0x100;
+		regs.x.ebx = (bytes_to_alloc + 19) >> 4;
+		if (regs.x.ebx & 0xFFFF0000) {
+			retval = NULL;
+		} else {
+			segread ( & sregs ) ;
+			int386x ( 0x31 , & regs, & regs , & sregs	) ;
+			if (regs.x.cflag)
+				retval = NULL;
+			else {
+				longptr		= (long *)(((regs.x.eax & 0xFFFF) << 4)+ 1);
+				*longptr++	= regs.x.edx & 0xFFFF;
+				retval		= (unsigned char *)longptr;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If the alloc failed then we need to signify a memory error.
+	if (retval == NULL) {
+		if(Memory_Error != NULL)
+			Memory_Error();
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	// If the memory needs to be DPMI locked then we should store the
+	// original size in the header before we store the flags.
+	if (flags & MEM_LOCK) {
+		longptr		= (long *)retval;
+		*longptr++	= original_size;
+		retval		= (unsigned char *)longptr;
+	}
+
+
+	// Now that we know the alloc was sucessful (and for an extra byte
+	// more than the user wanted) we need to stick in the memory flags.
+	*retval++ 		= flags;
+
+	// If the memory needed to be DPMI locked then set it up so it
+	// is locked.
+	if (flags & MEM_LOCK) {
+		DPMI_Lock(retval, original_size);
+
+	}
+
+
+	/* Clear the space if they wanted it clear */
+
+	if (flags & MEM_CLEAR) {
+		unsigned char	*ptr;		// Working memory block pointer.
+
+		ptr = retval;
+		memset(ptr, '\0', original_size);
+	}
+
+	bytesfree = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+	if (bytesfree < MinRam) {
+		MinRam = bytesfree;
+	}
+	if (TotalRam-bytesfree > MaxRam) {
+		MaxRam = TotalRam-bytesfree;
+	}
+
+	Memory_Calls++;
+
+	return(retval);
+
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Free -- Free an Alloc'ed block of RAM.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * FUNCTION:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:       A pointer to a block of RAM from Alloc.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:      None.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:    Don't use this for an Alloc_Block'ed RAM block.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/25/1990     : Created.                                             *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+#ifdef WIN32
+
+void Free(void const *pointer)
+{
+
+	if ( pointer ){
+
+#ifdef MEM_CHECK
+
+		unsigned long	*magic_ptr = (unsigned long*) ( ((char*)pointer) - 16 );
+
+		if (*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ||
+		 	*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ||
+		 	*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ){
+		 	Int3();
+		}
+
+		magic_ptr = (unsigned long*) ( ((char*)pointer) + *magic_ptr );
+
+		if (*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ||
+		 	*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ||
+		 	*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ||
+		 	*magic_ptr++ != (unsigned long)pointer ){
+		 	Int3();
+		}
+
+		pointer = (void*) (((char*)pointer)-16);
+#endif	//MEM_CHECK
+
+		free ( (void*)pointer );
+		Memory_Calls--;
+	}
+
+#else
+
+void Free(void const *pointer)
+{
+
+	union REGS		regs ;
+	struct SREGS 	sregs ;
+
+
+	if (pointer) {
+		/*
+		** Get a pointer to the flags that we stored off.
+		*/
+		char *byteptr	= ((char *)pointer) - 1;
+
+		/*
+		** Check to see if this was locked me and if it was unlock it.
+		*/
+		if (*byteptr & MEM_LOCK) {
+			long *longptr = ((long *)byteptr) - 1;
+			DPMI_Unlock(pointer, *longptr);
+			pointer = (void *)longptr;
+		} else
+			pointer = (void *)byteptr;
+
+
+		// If the pointer is a real mode pointer than it will point to the
+		// first megabyte of system memory.  If it does than we need to
+		// use DPMI to free it.
+		if (*byteptr & MEM_REAL) {
+			regs.x.eax	= 0x101;
+			regs.x.edx	= *(((long *)pointer) - 1);
+			segread ( & sregs ) ;
+			int386x(0x31, &regs, &regs, &sregs);
+		} else {
+			free((void *)pointer);
+		}
+		Memory_Calls--;
+	}
+
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Resize_Alloc -- Change the size of an allocated block.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will take a previously allocated block and change its   *
+ *    size without unnecessarily altering its contents.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   pointer  -- Pointer to the original memory allocation.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          new_size -- Size in bytes that it will be converted to.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the new allocation.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   ???                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/01/1992 JLB : Commented.                                           *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void *Resize_Alloc(void *original_ptr, unsigned long new_size_in_bytes)
+{
+
+	unsigned long *temp;
+
+	temp = (unsigned long*)original_ptr;
+
+	/* ReAlloc the space */
+	temp = (unsigned long *)realloc(temp, new_size_in_bytes);
+	if (temp == NULL) {
+		if(Memory_Error != NULL)
+			Memory_Error();
+		return NULL;
+	}
+
+	return(temp);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Ram_Free -- Determines the largest free chunk of RAM.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to determine the largest free chunk of available    *
+ *    RAM for allocation.  It also performs a check of the memory chain.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the size of the largest free chunk of RAM.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This does not return the TOTAL memory free, only the        *
+ *             largest free chunk.                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/03/1991 JLB : Commented.                                           *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType)
+{
+//	return(_memmax());
+#if(0)
+	MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+	mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+	GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+	return ( mem_info.dwAvailPhys );
+#endif
+	return ( 64*1024*1024 );
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Heap_Size -- Size of the heap we have.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Heap_Size(MemoryFlagType )
+{
+	if (!TotalRam) {
+		TotalRam = Total_Ram_Free(MEM_NORMAL);
+	}
+	return(TotalRam);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Total_Ram_Free -- Total amount of free RAM.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *   03/09/1995 JLB : Uses prerecorded heap size maximum.                  *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Total_Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType )
+{
+#if(0)
+	MEMORYSTATUS	mem_info;
+	mem_info.dwLength=sizeof(mem_info);
+	GlobalMemoryStatus(&mem_info);
+	return ( mem_info.dwAvailPhys );
+#endif
+
+	return ( 64*1024*1024 );
+}
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/AUDIO.H

@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : AUDIO.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : March 10, 1995                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 10, 1995   [PWG]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "wwstd.h"
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* AUD file header type																		*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#define	AUD_FLAG_STEREO	1
+#define	AUD_FLAG_16BIT		2
+
+// PWG 3-14-95: This structure used to have bit fields defined for Stereo
+//   and Bits.  These were removed because watcom packs them into a 32 bit
+//   flag entry even though they could have fit in a 8 bit entry.
+//#pragma pack(1);
+#pragma pack(push,1)
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short int	Rate;				// Playback rate (hertz).
+	long	Size;				// Size of data (bytes).
+	long	UncompSize;				// Size of data (bytes).
+	unsigned char Flags;	// Holds flags for info
+								//  1: Is the sample stereo?
+								//  2: Is the sample 16 bits?
+	unsigned char Compression;	// What kind of compression for this sample?
+} AUDHeaderType;
+#pragma pack(pop)
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	There can be a different sound driver for sound effects, digitized		*/
+/*	samples, and musical scores.  Each one must be of these specified			*/
+/*	types.																						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+typedef enum {
+	SAMPLE_NONE,		// No digitized sounds will be played.
+	SAMPLE_SB,			// Sound Blaster digitized driver.
+	SAMPLE_SBPRO,		// Sound Blaster Pro digitized driver.
+	SAMPLE_PAS,			// Pro-Audio Spectrum digitized driver.
+	SAMPLE_ADLIBG,		// Adlib-Gold digitized driver.
+	SAMPLE_TANDY,		// Tandy 'compatible' driver.
+	SAMPLE_PCSPKR,		// PC speaker digitized driver (The Audio Solution driver).
+	SAMPLE_ADLIB,		// Adlib digitized driver (The Audio Solution driver).
+	SAMPLE_TEMP=0x1000,
+	SAMPLE_LAST
+} Sample_Type;
+
+typedef enum {
+	SCORE_NONE,			// No scores will be played.
+	SCORE_ALFX,			// Westwood's ALFX adlib compatable driver.
+	SCORE_WWPCSPKR,	// Westwood's PC-speaker driver (obsolete).
+	SCORE_WWTANDY,		// Westwood's PC-speaker driver with Tandy mod (obsolete).
+	SCORE_PCSPKR,		// PC speaker XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_TANDY,		// Tandy XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_MT32,			// MT-32 / LAPC-1 Roland XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_CANVAS,		// Sound Canvas SC-55.
+	SCORE_ADLIB,		// Adlib XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_ADLIBG,		// Adlib Gold XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_PASFM,		// Pro Audio Spectrum XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_SBFM,			// Sound Blaster XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_SBP1FM,		// Sound Blaster Pro (YM3812) XMIDI driver.
+	SCORE_SBP2FM,		// Sound Blaster Pro (OPL3) XMIDI driver (Can't use with SFX_ALFX).
+	SCORE_TEMP=0x1000,
+	SCORE_LAST
+} Score_Type;
+
+typedef enum {
+	SFX_NONE,			// No sound effects will be played.
+	SFX_ALFX,			// Westwood's ALFX adlib compatable driver.
+	SFX_WWPCSPKR,		// Westwood's PC-speaker driver.
+	SFX_WWTANDY,		// Westwood's PC-speaker driver with Tandy mod.
+	SFX_PCSPKR,			// PC speaker XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_TANDY,			// Tandy XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_MT32,			// MT-32 / LAPC-1 Roland XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_CANVAS,			// Sound Canvas SC-55.
+	SFX_ADLIB,			// Adlib XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_ADLIBG,			// Adlib Gold XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_PASFM,			// Pro Audio Spectrum XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_SBFM,			// Sound Blaster XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_SBP1FM,			// Sound Blaster Pro (YM3812) XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_SBP2FM,			// Sound Blaster Pro (OPL3) XMIDI driver.
+	SFX_TEMP=0x1000,
+	SFX_LAST
+} SFX_Type;
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: SOUNDIO.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+int File_Stream_Sample(char const *filename, BOOL real_time_start = FALSE);
+int File_Stream_Sample_Vol(char const *filename, int volume, BOOL real_time_start = FALSE);
+void __cdecl Sound_Callback(void);
+void __cdecl far maintenance_callback(void);
+void *Load_Sample(char const *filename);
+long Load_Sample_Into_Buffer(char const *filename, void *buffer, long size);
+long Sample_Read(int fh, void *buffer, long size);
+void Free_Sample(void const *sample);
+BOOL Audio_Init( HWND window , int bits_per_sample, BOOL stereo , int rate , int reverse_channels);
+void Sound_End(void);
+void Stop_Sample(int handle);
+BOOL Sample_Status(int handle);
+BOOL Is_Sample_Playing(void const * sample);
+void Stop_Sample_Playing(void const * sample);
+int Play_Sample(void const *sample, int priority=0xFF, int volume=0xFF, signed short panloc = 0x0);
+int Play_Sample_Handle(void const *sample, int priority, int volume, signed short panloc, int id);
+int Set_Sound_Vol(int volume);
+int Set_Score_Vol(int volume);
+void Fade_Sample(int handle, int ticks);
+int Get_Free_Sample_Handle(int priority);
+int Get_Digi_Handle(void);
+long Sample_Length(void const *sample);
+void Restore_Sound_Buffers (void);
+BOOL Set_Primary_Buffer_Format(void);
+BOOL Start_Primary_Sound_Buffer (BOOL forced);
+void Stop_Primary_Sound_Buffer (void);
+
+/*
+** Function to call if we detect focus loss
+*/
+extern	void (*Audio_Focus_Loss_Function)(void);
+
+
+extern int Misc;
+extern SFX_Type SoundType;
+extern Sample_Type SampleType;
+
+extern CRITICAL_SECTION	GlobalAudioCriticalSection;
+
+extern int StreamLowImpact;

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/BUFFER.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 Bit Library                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : BUFFER.CPP                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 18, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 1, 1994   [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   BC::BufferClass -- The default (void) constructor for a buffer class  *
+ *   BC::~BufferClass -- The destructor for the buffer class               *
+ *   BC::BufferClass -- The standard constructor for a buffer class        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef BUFFER_H
+#include "buffer.h"
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::BufferClass -- The standard constructor for a buffer class          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		VOID *	buffer to which should be included in buffer class *
+ *					LONG		size of the buffer which we included					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     NONE                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If the buffer passed to this function is equal to NULL,     *
+ *					the buffer will be allocated using new.							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+BufferClass::BufferClass(VOID *buffer, LONG size)
+{
+	Size			= size;								// find size of physical buffer
+
+	if (buffer) {										// if buffer is specified
+		Buffer			= (BYTE *)buffer;			//		point to it and mark
+		Allocated		= FALSE;						//		it as user allocated
+	} else {
+		Buffer			= new BYTE[Size];			// otherwise allocate it and
+		Allocated		= TRUE;						//		mark it system alloced
+	}
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::BufferClass -- constructor for BufferClass with size only    			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		LONG the size of the buffer that needs to be allocated		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+BufferClass::BufferClass(LONG size)
+{
+	Size				= size;
+	Buffer			= new BYTE[Size];			// otherwise allocate it and
+	Allocated		= TRUE;						//		mark it system alloced
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::BufferClass -- The default (void) constructor for a buffer class    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * NOTES:   	The primary function of this class is to be called by a     *
+ *					derived class which will fill in the values after the			*
+ *					fact.																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+BufferClass::BufferClass(VOID)
+{
+	Buffer		= NULL;
+	Size			= 0;
+	Allocated	= FALSE;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::~BUFFERCLASS -- The destructor for the buffer class                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+BufferClass::~BufferClass(VOID)
+{
+	if (Allocated) {
+		delete[] Buffer;
+	}
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/BUFFER.H

@@ -0,0 +1,121 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 Bit Library						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : GBUFFER.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 26, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 5, 1994   [PWG]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   BC::Get_Size -- Returns the buffer size of the BufferClass instance   *
+ *   BC::Get_Buffer -- Returns pointer to buffer inherent to BufferClass 	*
+ *   BC::BufferClass -- inline constructor for BufferClass with size only  *
+ *   BC::To_Page -- Copys a buffer class to a page with definable x, y, w, h*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef BUFFER_H
+#define BUFFER_H
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* If we have not already loaded the standard library header, than we can	*/
+/*		load it.																					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#endif
+
+class GraphicViewPortClass;
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* BufferClass - A base class which holds buffer information including a	*/
+/*		pointer and the size of the buffer.												*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+class BufferClass {
+	public:
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the base constructor and destructors for the class			*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		BufferClass(void *ptr, long size);
+		BufferClass(long size);
+		BufferClass();
+		~BufferClass();
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define functions which work with the buffer class.						*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		long To_Page(GraphicViewPortClass &view);
+		long To_Page(int w, int h, GraphicViewPortClass &view);
+		long To_Page(int x, int y, int w, int h, GraphicViewPortClass &view);
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* define functions to get at the protected data members					*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		void	*Get_Buffer(void);
+		long	Get_Size(void);
+
+	private:
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the operators we do not want to happen which are the copy	*/
+		/* and equal constructors.  These are bad because the Allocated flag	*/
+		/*	could be copied and the associated buffer freed.  If this were to	*/
+		/*	gappen it could cause weird general protection fault.					*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		BufferClass(BufferClass const &);
+		BufferClass &operator=(BufferClass const &);
+
+	protected:
+		void	*Buffer;
+		long	Size;
+		BOOL	Allocated;
+};
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::GET_SIZE -- Returns the buffer size of the BufferClass instance     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     long the size of the buffer                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+inline long BufferClass::Get_Size(void)
+{
+	return(Size);
+}
+/***************************************************************************
+ * BC::GET_BUFFER -- Returns pointer to buffer inherent to BufferClass 		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:			none                                                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:        void * to the inherent buffer.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/01/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+inline void *BufferClass::Get_Buffer(void)
+{
+	return(Buffer);
+}
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/BUFFGLBL.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : BUFFGLBL.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : January 10, 1995                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : January 10, 1995   [PWG]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This module holds the global fixup tables for the MCGA buffer class.    *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#include "gbuffer.h"
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Globals required by GraphicBufferClass for function pointers.  These		*/
+/*   pointers will be set to the proper function when set mode is called.	*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+BOOL (*GVPC_Blit_to_VVPC_Func)(void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL);
+BOOL (*GVPC_Scale_To_VVPC)(	void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL, char *);
+
+#ifdef not_any_more_it_doesnt
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Globals required by VideoBufferClass for function pointers.  These		*/
+/*   pointers will be set to the proper function when set mode is called.	*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void (*VVPC_Clear_Func)(void *, unsigned char);
+long (*VVPC_To_Buffer_Func)(void *,int x, int y, int w, int h, void *buff, long size);
+void (*VVPC_Put_Pixel_Func)(void *,int x, int y, unsigned char color);
+int  (*VVPC_Get_Pixel_Func)(void *, int x, int y);
+long (*VVPC_Buffer_To_Page)(int x, int y, int w, int h, void *Buffer, void *view);
+BOOL (*VVPC_Blit_to_GVPC_Func)(void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL);
+BOOL (*VVPC_Blit_to_VVPC_Func)(void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL);
+BOOL (*VVPC_Scale_To_GVPC)(	void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL, char *);
+BOOL (*VVPC_Scale_To_VVPC)(	void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL, char *);
+LONG (*VVPC_Print_Func)(		void *, const char *, int, int, int, int);
+void (*VVPC_Draw_Stamp)(void *, void *, int, int, int, void *);
+long (*VVPC_Size_Of_Region)(void *, int, int);
+
+#endif	//not_any_more_it_doesnt
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* We need to keep a pointer to the logic page hanging around somewhere		*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass	*LogicPage;
+
+BOOL IconCacheAllowed = TRUE;
+
+/*
+** Pointer to a function we will call if we detect loss of focus
+*/
+void (*Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function)(void) = NULL;

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DEFINES.H

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32 Example                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DEFINES.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+#define USER_TIMER_FREQ		60

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DESCMGMT.H

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32 library                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DESCMGMT.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef DESCMGMT_H
+#define DESCMGMT_H
+
+
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#endif	   
+
+//=====================================================================
+// C type include files
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include <dos.h>
+#include <bios.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+// ====================================================================
+
+
+// types
+// These where taken from dos.h
+//==========================================
+
+// external functions
+// ===================================================
+extern ULONG Map_Segment_To_Address(ULONG address, ULONG length);
+
+extern "C" {
+	// Assemble functions
+	extern UWORD FixSelector(UWORD sel);
+	extern UWORD GetDs(void);
+	extern UWORD GetCs(void);
+	extern VOID  GetDefaultSelectors(VOID);
+	extern UWORD Get_Standard_Selector(void);
+
+	
+	// Assembly data variables
+	extern UWORD CodeSelector;
+	extern UWORD DataSelector;
+	extern UWORD ScreenSelector;
+	extern UWORD GraphicsSelector;
+	extern UWORD PspSelector;
+	extern UWORD EnvSelector;
+	extern UWORD DosMemSelector;
+	extern UWORD Fp1167Selector;
+	extern UWORD FpWeitekSelector;
+	extern UWORD FpCyrixSelector;
+}
+
+#endif  // DESCMGMT_H
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DIPTHONG.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header: g:/library/source/rcs/./dipthong.c 1.15 1994/05/20 15:35:17 joe_bostic Exp $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DIPTHONG.C                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 23, 1992                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 13, 1995 [BWG]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * DIGRAM or DIATOMIC encoding is the correct term for this method.        *
+ * This is a fixed dictionary digram encoding optimized for English text.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Extract_String -- Extracts a string pointer from a string data block. *
+ *   UnDip_Text -- Undipthongs a text string into specified buffer.        *
+ *   Dip_Text -- Compresses text by using dipthonging.                     *
+ *   Fixup_Text -- Converts dipthonged foreign text into normal text.      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+//#include	"function.h"
+//#include	"ems.h"
+#include <keyboard.h>
+#include "dipthong.h"
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Fixup_Text -- Converts dipthonged foreign text into normal text.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Takes text that has been processed (or undipped) to hold foriegn     *
+ *    language character pairs (needed for Window_Print) and converts it   *
+ *    so that Text_Print will print it properly.  Typically this would be  *
+ *    used after text has been undipped but before it will be Text_Printed.*
+ *    Text that is to be Window_Printed doesn't and mustn't have its text  *
+ *    processed by this routine.                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- Pointer to the source string to process.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dest     -- Destination buffer to hold the processed string.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine will only reduce the size of the string if it  *
+ *             modifies it at all.  Because of this it is quite legal to   *
+ *             pass the same pointers to this routine so that it will      *
+ *             modify the string "in place".                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/13/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   10/06/1994 JLB : Handles source string in EMS.                        *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Fixup_Text(char const *source, char *dest)
+{
+	if (source && dest) {
+		char const 	*src;
+		char			temp;
+
+		src = source;
+		while (*src) {
+			if (*src == KA_EXTEND) {
+				src++;
+				temp = *src++;
+				temp += 127;
+				*dest++ = temp;
+			} else {
+				*dest++ = *src++;
+			}
+		}
+		*dest = '\0';
+
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Dip_Text -- Compresses text by using dipthonging.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine is used to compress text by using dipthonging.  Text    *
+ *    that is compressed in this fashion usually is reduced in size by     *
+ *    approximately 40%.                                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- Pointer to the source string to compress.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dest     -- Pointer to the buffer that will hold the dipthong  *
+ *                      text output.                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of bytes output into the output buffer.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/13/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Dip_Text(char const *source, char *dest)
+{
+	unsigned char	first,		// First character in pair.
+						next;			// Second character in pair.
+	int				common,		// Common character index.
+						dipthong;	// Dipthong character index.
+
+	unsigned long length=0;		// Length of output string
+
+	first = *source++;
+	next = *source;
+	while (first) {
+
+		if (first > 127) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Characters greater than 127 cannot be dipthonged.  They must
+			**	be preceeded with an extended character code.
+			*/
+			*dest++ = (char)KA_EXTEND;
+			first -= 127;
+			length++;
+
+		} else {
+
+			/*
+			**	Normal characters can be dipthonged.  First see if there is a
+			**	match in the Common table.
+			*/
+			for (common = 0; common < 16; common++) {
+				if (Common[common] == first) {
+
+					/*
+					**	Common character found.  See if there is a matching
+					**	Dipthong character.
+					*/
+					for (dipthong = 0; dipthong < 8; dipthong++) {
+						if (Dipthong[common][dipthong] == next) {
+							first = (unsigned char) (common << 3);
+							first |= (unsigned char)dipthong;
+							first |= (unsigned char)0x80;
+							source++;
+						}
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Output the translated character to the destination buffer.
+		*/
+		*dest++ = first;
+		length++;
+
+		first = *source++;
+		next = *source;
+	}
+
+	*dest = '\0';
+
+	return(length);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * UnDip_Text -- Undipthongs a text string into specified buffer.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine is used to undipthong a text string and place the       *
+ *    undipped text into the buffer specified.  Since dipthonged text is   *
+ *    compressed, in order for the text to be used it must be undipped     *
+ *    first.                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   source   -- Pointer to the dipped string.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dest     -- Pointer to the destination buffer.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the number of bytes placed into the destination        *
+ *          buffer.                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   Be sure the destination buffer is big enough to hold the    *
+ *             undipped text.                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/13/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   10/06/1994 JLB : Handles source string in EMS.                        *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int UnDip_Text(char const *source, char *dest)
+{
+	int	c;			// Source input character.
+	int	common;	// Common character index.
+	int	len;		// Length of output string.
+	char const *src;
+
+	len = 0;						// Presume no translation.
+
+	/*
+	**	Sweep through the source text and dipthong it.
+	*/
+	src = source;
+	c = *src++;
+	while (c) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Convert a dipthong character into it's component
+		**	ASCII characters.
+		*/
+		if (c & 0x80) {
+			c &= 0x7F;
+
+			common = (c & 0x78) >> 3;
+
+			*dest++ = Common[common];
+			len++;
+
+			c = Dipthong[common][c & 0x07];
+		}
+
+		*dest++ = (unsigned char)c;
+		len++;
+
+		c = *src++;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	End the output text with a '\0'.
+	*/
+	*dest++ = '\0';
+
+	return(len);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_String -- Extracts a string pointer from a string data block.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine is used to find a pointer to the specified string       *
+ *    inside a string block.  String data blocks are created with the      *
+ *    TEXTMAKE utility.  The data block my reside in XMS or EMS memory,    *
+ *    but of course the returned string pointer will also point to         *
+ *    such memory.  In this case, the string must be placed in real        *
+ *    memory before it can be used.                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   data     -- Pointer to the string data block.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          string   -- The string number to extract (if < 0 then NULL     *
+ *                      is returned).                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with pointer to the string number specified.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/13/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/13/1993 JLB : Handles EMS or XMS data pointer.                     *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#define TXT_GUEST 					4567+3
+#define TXT_LOGIN 					4567+4
+#define TXT_LOGIN_TO_INTERNET 	4567+5
+#define TXT_YOUR_HANDLE 			4567+6
+#define TXT_YOUR_PASSWORD 		4567+7
+#define TXT_INTERNET_HOST		4567+8
+#define TXT_INTERNET_JOIN		4567+9
+#define TXT_INTERNET_GAME_TYPE	4567+10
+#define TXT_JOIN_INTERNET_GAME	4567+11
+#define TXT_ENTER_IP_ADDRESS	4567+12
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTING							4567+13
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_NOT_CONNECTING					4567+14
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT_TO_SERVER	4567+15
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONTACTING_SERVER				4567+16
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_SERVER_ADDRESS_LOOKUP_FAILED	4567+17
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_ACCEPT_CLIENT		4567+18
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_UNABLE_TO_CONNECT				4567+19
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_CONNECTION_LOST					4567+20
+#define TXT_WINSOCK_RESOLVING_HOST_ADDRESS			4567+21
+
+static char InternetTxt[22][40]={
+	"Internet H2H",
+	"Host Internet Game",
+	"Join Internet Game",
+	"Guest",
+	"Login",
+	"Login to Planet Westwood",
+	"Planet Westwood Handle",
+	"Planet Westwood Password",
+	"Host Game",
+	"Join Game",
+	"Choose Type of Internet Game",
+	"Join Internet Game",
+	"Address of Host",
+	"Connecting...",
+	"Connection Error!",
+	"Unable to connect to host!",
+	"Connecting to host...",
+	"Unable to resolve host address!",
+	"Unable to accept client connection",
+	"Unable to connect!",
+	"Connection lost!",
+	"Resolving address of host..."
+};
+
+char *Extract_String(void const *data, int string)
+{
+	unsigned short int	const *ptr;
+
+	if (!data || string < 0) return(NULL);
+
+	if (string >= 4567) return (InternetTxt[string-4567]);
+
+	ptr = (unsigned short int const *)data;
+	return (((char*)data) + ptr[string]);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DIPTHONG.H

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+int Dip_Text(char const *source, char *dest);
+int UnDip_Text(char const *source, char *dest);
+char *Extract_String(void const *data, int string);
+void Fixup_Text(char const *source, char *dest);
+extern char Common[];
+extern char Dipthong[16][8];

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DPLAY.H

@@ -0,0 +1,323 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/*==========================================================================;
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 1994-1995 Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  File:       dplay.h
+ *  Content:    DirectPlay include file
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __DPLAY_INCLUDED__
+#define __DPLAY_INCLUDED__
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/* for DECLARE_INTERFACE and HRESULT. */
+#include <ole2.h>
+#endif
+
+#define _FACDP  0x877
+#define MAKE_DPHRESULT( code )    MAKE_HRESULT( 1, _FACDP, code )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#pragma pack(push, 1)
+
+
+/*============================================================================
+ *
+ * DirectPlay Structures
+ *
+ * Various structures used to invoke DirectPlay.
+ *
+ *==========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* 'struct' not 'class' per the way DECLARE_INTERFACE_ is defined */
+struct IDirectPlay;
+typedef struct IDirectPlay        FAR *LPDIRECTPLAY;
+#else                  
+typedef struct IDirectPlay        FAR *LPDIRECTPLAY;
+#endif
+
+typedef DWORD DPID, FAR *LPDPID;
+
+typedef struct _DPCAPS
+{
+    DWORD   dwSize;
+    DWORD   dwFlags;
+    DWORD   dwMaxBufferSize;
+    DWORD   dwMaxQueueSize;             // Function of DPlay, not SP.
+    DWORD   dwMaxPlayers;
+    DWORD   dwHundredBaud;              // 24 is 2400, 96 is 9600, etc.
+    DWORD   dwLatency;
+} DPCAPS;
+
+typedef DPCAPS        FAR *LPDPCAPS;
+
+#define DPLONGNAMELEN           52
+#define DPSHORTNAMELEN          20
+#define DPSESSIONNAMELEN        32
+#define DPPASSWORDLEN           16
+#define DPUSERRESERVED          16
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD   dwSize;
+    GUID    guidSession;                  // Id for Game.  Null is all games.
+    DWORD   dwSession;                    // session identifier
+    DWORD   dwMaxPlayers;                 // Maximum players allowed in game.
+    DWORD   dwCurrentPlayers;             // Current  players in Game.
+    DWORD   dwFlags;                      // DPOPEN_* flags
+    char    szSessionName[DPSESSIONNAMELEN];// Human readable name for Game
+    char    szUserField[DPUSERRESERVED];
+    DWORD   dwReserved1;                  // Reserved for future MS use.
+    char    szPassword[DPPASSWORDLEN];    // Password to be allowed into game.
+    DWORD   dwReserved2;                  // Reserved for future MS use. 
+    DWORD   dwUser1;
+    DWORD   dwUser2;
+    DWORD   dwUser3;
+    DWORD   dwUser4;
+} DPSESSIONDESC;
+typedef DPSESSIONDESC FAR *LPDPSESSIONDESC;
+
+
+/*
+ * Create API
+ */
+typedef BOOL (FAR PASCAL * LPDPENUMDPCALLBACK)(
+    LPGUID              lpSPGuid,
+    LPSTR               lpFriendlyName,
+    DWORD               dwMajorVersion,
+    DWORD               dwMinorVersion,
+    LPVOID              lpContext);
+
+typedef BOOL (FAR PASCAL * LPDPENUMSESSIONSCALLBACK)(
+    LPDPSESSIONDESC     lpDPSGameDesc,
+    LPVOID              lpContext,
+    LPDWORD             lpdwTimeOut,
+    DWORD               dwFlags);
+
+
+
+extern HRESULT WINAPI DirectPlayCreate( LPGUID lpGUID, LPDIRECTPLAY FAR *lplpDP, IUnknown FAR *pUnk);
+extern HRESULT WINAPI DirectPlayEnumerate( LPDPENUMDPCALLBACK, LPVOID );
+
+
+/* Player enumeration callback prototype */
+typedef BOOL (FAR PASCAL *LPDPENUMPLAYERSCALLBACK)(
+    DPID    dpId,
+    LPSTR   lpFriendlyName,
+    LPSTR   lpFormalName,
+    DWORD   dwFlags,
+    LPVOID  lpContext );
+
+/*
+ * IDirectPlay
+ */
+#undef INTERFACE
+#define INTERFACE IDirectPlay
+#ifdef _WIN32
+DECLARE_INTERFACE_( IDirectPlay, IUnknown )
+{
+    /*** IUnknown methods ***/
+    STDMETHOD(QueryInterface)       (THIS_ REFIID riid, LPVOID * ppvObj) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,AddRef)        (THIS)  PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release)       (THIS) PURE;
+    /*** IDirectPlay methods ***/
+    STDMETHOD(AddPlayerToGroup)     (THIS_ DPID, DPID) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(Close)                (THIS) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(CreatePlayer)         (THIS_ LPDPID,LPSTR,LPSTR,LPHANDLE) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(CreateGroup)          (THIS_ LPDPID,LPSTR,LPSTR) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(DeletePlayerFromGroup)(THIS_ DPID,DPID) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(DestroyPlayer)        (THIS_ DPID) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(DestroyGroup)         (THIS_ DPID) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(EnableNewPlayers)     (THIS_ BOOL) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(EnumGroupPlayers)     (THIS_ DPID, LPDPENUMPLAYERSCALLBACK,LPVOID,DWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(EnumGroups)           (THIS_ DWORD, LPDPENUMPLAYERSCALLBACK,LPVOID,DWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(EnumPlayers)          (THIS_ DWORD, LPDPENUMPLAYERSCALLBACK,LPVOID,DWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(EnumSessions)         (THIS_ LPDPSESSIONDESC,DWORD,LPDPENUMSESSIONSCALLBACK,LPVOID,DWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(GetCaps)              (THIS_ LPDPCAPS) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(GetMessageCount)      (THIS_ DPID, LPDWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(GetPlayerCaps)        (THIS_ DPID, LPDPCAPS) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(GetPlayerName)        (THIS_ DPID,LPSTR,LPDWORD,LPSTR,LPDWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(Initialize)           (THIS_ LPGUID) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(Open)                 (THIS_ LPDPSESSIONDESC) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(Receive)              (THIS_ LPDPID,LPDPID,DWORD,LPVOID,LPDWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(SaveSession)          (THIS_ LPSTR) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(Send)                 (THIS_ DPID, DPID, DWORD, LPVOID, DWORD) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(SetPlayerName)        (THIS_ DPID,LPSTR,LPSTR) PURE;
+};
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/****************************************************************************
+ *
+ * DIRECTPLAY ERRORS
+ *
+ * Errors are represented by negative values and cannot be combined.
+ *
+ ****************************************************************************/
+#define DP_OK                           0
+#define DPERR_ALREADYINITIALIZED        MAKE_DPHRESULT(   5 )
+#define DPERR_ACCESSDENIED              MAKE_DPHRESULT(  10 )
+#define DPERR_ACTIVEPLAYERS             MAKE_DPHRESULT(  20 )
+#define DPERR_BUFFERTOOSMALL            MAKE_DPHRESULT(  30 )
+#define DPERR_CANTADDPLAYER             MAKE_DPHRESULT(  40 )
+#define DPERR_CANTCREATEGROUP           MAKE_DPHRESULT(  50 )
+#define DPERR_CANTCREATEPLAYER          MAKE_DPHRESULT(  60 )
+#define DPERR_CANTCREATESESSION         MAKE_DPHRESULT(  70 )
+#define DPERR_CAPSNOTAVAILABLEYET       MAKE_DPHRESULT(  80 )
+#define DPERR_EXCEPTION                 MAKE_DPHRESULT(  90 )
+#define DPERR_GENERIC                   E_FAIL
+
+#define DPERR_INVALIDFLAGS              MAKE_DPHRESULT( 120 )
+#define DPERR_INVALIDOBJECT             MAKE_DPHRESULT( 130 )
+#define DPERR_INVALIDPARAM              E_INVALIDARG
+#define DPERR_INVALIDPARAMS             DPERR_INVALIDPARAM
+#define DPERR_INVALIDPLAYER             MAKE_DPHRESULT( 150 )
+#define DPERR_NOCAPS                    MAKE_DPHRESULT( 160 )
+#define DPERR_NOCONNECTION              MAKE_DPHRESULT( 170 )
+#define DPERR_NOMEMORY                  E_OUTOFMEMORY
+#define DPERR_OUTOFMEMORY               DPERR_NOMEMORY
+#define DPERR_NOMESSAGES                MAKE_DPHRESULT( 190 )
+#define DPERR_NONAMESERVERFOUND         MAKE_DPHRESULT( 200 )
+#define DPERR_NOPLAYERS                 MAKE_DPHRESULT( 210 )
+#define DPERR_NOSESSIONS                MAKE_DPHRESULT( 220 )
+#define DPERR_SENDTOOBIG                MAKE_DPHRESULT( 230 )
+#define DPERR_TIMEOUT                   MAKE_DPHRESULT( 240 )
+#define DPERR_UNAVAILABLE               MAKE_DPHRESULT( 250 )
+#define DPERR_UNSUPPORTED               E_NOTIMPL
+#define DPERR_BUSY                      MAKE_DPHRESULT( 270 )
+#define DPERR_USERCANCEL                MAKE_DPHRESULT( 280 ) 
+
+
+#define DPOPEN_OPENSESSION          0x00000001
+#define DPOPEN_CREATESESSION        0x00000002
+
+#define DPSEND_GUARANTEE            0x00000001
+#define DPSEND_HIGHPRIORITY         0x00000002
+#define DPSEND_TRYONCE              0x00000004
+
+#define DPRECEIVE_ALL               0x00000001
+#define DPRECEIVE_TOPLAYER          0x00000002
+#define DPRECEIVE_FROMPLAYER        0x00000004
+#define DPRECEIVE_PEEK              0x00000008
+
+#define DPCAPS_NAMESERVICE          0x00000001 // A name server is supported.
+#define DPCAPS_NAMESERVER           0x00000002 // You are the name server.
+#define DPCAPS_GUARANTEED           0x00000004 // SP's don't have to implement guarantees.
+
+#define DPENUMSESSIONS_AVAILABLE    0x00000001 // All games that match password (if given)
+                                               // and have openings.
+#define DPENUMSESSIONS_ALL          0x00000002
+#define DPENUMSESSIONS_PREVIOUS     0x00000004
+
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_ALL           0x00000000
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_PREVIOUS      0x00000004
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_LOCAL         0x00000008
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_REMOTE        0x00000010
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_GROUP         0x00000020
+#define DPENUMPLAYERS_SESSION       0x00000080
+
+//
+// This flag is set on the enumsessions callback when the time out has occured.
+// This means that there is no session data for this callback.
+// If lpdwTimeOut is set to a non-zero value and the EnumSessionsCallback returns
+// TRUE then EnumSessions will continue until the next timeout occurs.
+// Timeouts are in milliseconds.
+ 
+#define DPESC_TIMEDOUT              0x00000001
+
+
+//
+// System message structures and types.
+//
+// System messages have a leading 4 byte type code to identify the message.
+// an app knows it is a system message because it is addressed 'To' player 0.
+//
+
+                                    
+#define DPSYS_ADDPLAYER               0x0003  // DPMSG_ADDPLAYER
+#define DPSYS_DELETEPLAYER            0x0005  // DPMSG_DELETEPLAYER
+
+#define DPSYS_ADDPLAYERTOGROUP        0x0007  // DPMSG_GROUPADD
+
+#define DPSYS_INVITE                  0x000e  // DPMSG_INVITE, Net only.
+
+#define DPSYS_DELETEGROUP             0x0020  // DPMSG_DELETEPLAYER
+#define DPSYS_DELETEPLAYERFROMGRP     0x0021  // DPMSG_GROUPDELETE
+#define DPSYS_SESSIONLOST             0x0031
+
+#define DPSYS_CONNECT                 0x484b  // DPMSG_GENERIC
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD       dwType;
+    DWORD       dwPlayerType;
+    DPID        dpId;
+    char        szLongName[DPLONGNAMELEN];
+    char        szShortName[DPSHORTNAMELEN];
+    DWORD       dwCurrentPlayers;
+}   DPMSG_ADDPLAYER;
+
+typedef DPMSG_ADDPLAYER DPMSG_ADDGROUP;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD       dwType;
+    DPID        dpIdGroup;
+    DPID        dpIdPlayer;
+} DPMSG_GROUPADD;
+
+typedef DPMSG_GROUPADD DPMSG_GROUPDELETE;
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD       dwType;
+    DPID        dpId;
+} DPMSG_DELETEPLAYER;
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD           dwType;
+    DPSESSIONDESC   dpsDesc;
+} DPMSG_INVITE;
+
+
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    DWORD           dwType;
+} DPMSG_GENERIC;
+
+#pragma pack(pop)
+
+
+DEFINE_GUID( IID_IDirectPlay, 0x5454e9a0, 0xdb65, 0x11ce, 0x92, 0x1c, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x6c, 0x49, 0x72);
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DRAWBUFF.H

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+
+#ifndef DRAWBUFF_H
+#define DRAWBUFF_H
+
+
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#endif
+
+class GraphicViewPortClass;
+class GraphicBufferClass;
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Define functions which have not under-gone name mangling						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern "C" {
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Externs for all of the common functions between the video buffer		*/
+	/*		class and the graphic buffer class.											*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	 long __cdecl Buffer_Size_Of_Region(void *thisptr, int w, int h);
+
+	 void	__cdecl Buffer_Put_Pixel(void * thisptr, int x, int y, unsigned char color);
+	 int	__cdecl Buffer_Get_Pixel(void * thisptr, int x, int y);
+	 void	__cdecl Buffer_Clear(void *thisptr, unsigned char color);
+	 long	__cdecl Buffer_To_Buffer(void *thisptr, int x, int y, int w, int h, void *buff, long size);
+	 long __cdecl Buffer_To_Page(int x, int y, int w, int h, void *Buffer, void *view);
+	 BOOL	__cdecl Linear_Blit_To_Linear(	void *thisptr, void * dest, int x_pixel, int y_pixel, int dx_pixel,
+			 										int dy_pixel, int pixel_width, int pixel_height, BOOL trans);
+	 BOOL __cdecl Linear_Scale_To_Linear(	void *, void *, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, int, BOOL, char *);
+
+	 LONG __cdecl Buffer_Print(void *thisptr, const char *str, int x, int y, int fcolor, int bcolor);
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Externs for all of the graphic buffer class only functions				*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	 VOID __cdecl Buffer_Draw_Line(void *thisptr, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned char color);
+	 VOID __cdecl Buffer_Fill_Rect(void *thisptr, int sx, int sy, int dx, int dy, unsigned char color);
+	 VOID __cdecl Buffer_Remap(void * thisptr, int sx, int sy, int width, int height, void *remap);
+	 VOID __cdecl Buffer_Fill_Quad(void * thisptr, VOID *span_buff, int x0, int y0, int x1, int y1,
+							 	int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int color);
+	 void __cdecl Buffer_Draw_Stamp(void const *thisptr, void const *icondata, int icon, int x_pixel, int y_pixel, void const *remap);
+	 void __cdecl Buffer_Draw_Stamp_Clip(void const *thisptr, void const *icondata, int icon, int x_pixel, int y_pixel, void const *remap, int ,int,int,int);
+	 void * __cdecl Get_Font_Palette_Ptr ( void );
+}
+
+extern GraphicViewPortClass *LogicPage;
+extern BOOL AllowHardwareBlitFills;
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DRAWBUFF.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : DRAWBUFF.INC                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : January 16, 1995                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : January 16, 1995   [PWG]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+; Externs from REGIONSZ.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Size_Of_Region	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from GETPIX.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Get_Pixel          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from PUTPIX.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Put_Pixel 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from CLEAR.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Clear	          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from BITBLIT.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Linear_Blit_To_Linear		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TOBUFF.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_To_Buffer		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TOPAGE.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_To_Page		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from SCALE.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Linear_Scale_To_Linear 	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TXTPRNT.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Print			:NEAR
+
+
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Define Buffer only assembly GLOBALS					   *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+
+; Externs from DRAWLINE.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Draw_Line:NEAR
+
+; Externs from FILLQUAD.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Fill_Quad 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from FILLRECT.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Fill_Rect 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from REMAP.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Remap      		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from STAMP.ASM module of the DRAWBUFF library
+GLOBAL C Buffer_Draw_Stamp 		:NEAR
+
+GLOBAL C get_clip	 	   : NEAR
+
+struc  RECTANGLE
+		  x0	dd	?
+		  y0 dd	?
+		  x1	dd	?
+		  y1 dd ?
+ends 	 RECTANGLE
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DRAWRECT.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 Bit Library						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : DRAWRECT.C                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Christopher Yates                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 20, 1993   [JLB]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Draw_Rect -- Draws a rectangle to the LogicPage.                      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include "gbuffer.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Draw_Rect -- Draws a rectangle to the LogicPage.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will draw a rectangle to the LogicPage.  The rectangle  *
+ *    doesn't have to be aligned on the vertical or horizontal axis.  In   *
+ *    fact, it doesn't even have to be a rectangle.  The "square" can be   *
+ *    skewed.                                                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   x1_pixel, y1_pixel   -- One corner.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          x2_pixel, y2_pixel   -- The other corner.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          color                -- The color to draw the lines.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   None, but the rectangle will be clipped to the current      *
+ *             draw line clipping rectangle.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   08/20/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+VOID GraphicViewPortClass::Draw_Rect(int x1_pixel, int y1_pixel, int x2_pixel, int y2_pixel, unsigned char color)
+{
+	Lock();
+	Draw_Line(x1_pixel, y1_pixel, x2_pixel, y1_pixel, color);
+	Draw_Line(x1_pixel, y2_pixel, x2_pixel, y2_pixel, color);
+	Draw_Line(x1_pixel, y1_pixel, x1_pixel, y2_pixel, color);
+	Draw_Line(x2_pixel, y1_pixel, x2_pixel, y2_pixel, color);
+	Unlock();
+}
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DSETUP.H

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/*==========================================================================
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 1995 Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  File:       dsetup.h
+ *  Content:    DirectXSetup, error codes and flags
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __DSETUP_H__
+#define __DSETUP_H__
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define COM_NO_WINDOWS_H
+#include <objbase.h>
+#else
+#define GUID void
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#define DSETUPERR_BADWINDOWSVERSION     -1
+#define DSETUPERR_SOURCEFILENOTFOUND    -2
+#define DSETUPERR_BADSOURCESIZE         -3
+#define DSETUPERR_BADSOURCETIME         -4
+#define DSETUPERR_NOCOPY                -5
+#define DSETUPERR_OUTOFDISKSPACE        -6
+#define DSETUPERR_CANTFINDINF           -7
+#define DSETUPERR_CANTFINDDIR           -8
+#define DSETUPERR_INTERNAL              -9
+
+
+#define MAX_INFLINE             (16*1024)
+#define MAX_DESCRIPTION         256
+
+#define DSETUP_DDRAW            0x00000001      /* install DirectDraw           */
+#define DSETUP_DSOUND           0x00000002      /* install DirectSound          */
+#define DSETUP_DPLAY            0x00000004      /* install DirectPlay           */
+#define DSETUP_DDRAWDRV         0x00000008      /* install DirectDraw Drivers   */
+#define DSETUP_DSOUNDDRV        0x00000010      /* install DirectSound Drivers  */
+#define DSETUP_DPLAYSP          0x00000020      /* install DirectPlay Providers */
+#define DSETUP_DIRECTX          DSETUP_DDRAW | DSETUP_DSOUND | DSETUP_DPLAY | DSETUP_DDRAWDRV | DSETUP_DSOUNDDRV | DSETUP_DPLAYSP
+#define DSETUP_REINSTALL        0x00000080      /* install DirectX even if existing components have the same version */
+
+int WINAPI DirectXSetup( HWND hwnd, LPSTR root_path, DWORD flags );
+int WINAPI DirectXDeviceDriverSetup( HWND hwnd, LPSTR driver_class, LPSTR inf_path, LPSTR driver_path, DWORD flags );
+
+typedef int (WINAPI * LPDIRECTXSETUP)( HWND, LPSTR, DWORD );
+typedef int (WINAPI * LPDIRECTXDEVICEDRIVERSETUP)( HWND, LPSTR, LPSTR, LPSTR, DWORD );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/DSOUND.H

@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/*==========================================================================;
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 1995 Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  File:       dsound.h
+ *  Content:    DirectSound include file
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef __DSOUND_INCLUDED__
+#define __DSOUND_INCLUDED__
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define COM_NO_WINDOWS_H
+#include <objbase.h>
+#endif
+
+#define _FACDS  0x878
+#define MAKE_DSHRESULT( code )  MAKE_HRESULT( 1, _FACDS, code )
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+// Direct Sound Component GUID    {47D4D946-62E8-11cf-93BC-444553540000}
+DEFINE_GUID(CLSID_DirectSound,
+0x47d4d946, 0x62e8, 0x11cf, 0x93, 0xbc, 0x44, 0x45, 0x53, 0x54, 0x0, 0x0);
+
+// DirectSound 279afa83-4981-11ce-a521-0020af0be560
+DEFINE_GUID(IID_IDirectSound,0x279AFA83,0x4981,0x11CE,0xA5,0x21,0x00,0x20,0xAF,0x0B,0xE5,0x60);
+// DirectSoundBuffer 279afa85-4981-11ce-a521-0020af0be560
+DEFINE_GUID(IID_IDirectSoundBuffer,0x279AFA85,0x4981,0x11CE,0xA5,0x21,0x00,0x20,0xAF,0x0B,0xE5,0x60);
+
+
+
+//==========================================================================;
+//
+//                            Structures...
+//
+//==========================================================================;
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+/* 'struct' not 'class' per the way DECLARE_INTERFACE_ is defined */
+struct IDirectSound;
+struct IDirectSoundBuffer;
+#endif
+
+typedef struct IDirectSound           *LPDIRECTSOUND;        
+typedef struct IDirectSoundBuffer     *LPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER;  
+typedef struct IDirectSoundBuffer    **LPLPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER;  
+
+
+typedef struct _DSCAPS
+{
+    DWORD       dwSize;
+    DWORD       dwFlags;
+    DWORD       dwMinSecondarySampleRate;
+    DWORD       dwMaxSecondarySampleRate;
+    DWORD       dwPrimaryBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHwMixingAllBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHwMixingStaticBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHwMixingStreamingBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHwMixingAllBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHwMixingStaticBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHwMixingStreamingBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHw3DAllBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHw3DStaticBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwMaxHw3DStreamingBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHw3DAllBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHw3DStaticBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHw3DStreamingBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwTotalHwMemBytes;
+    DWORD       dwFreeHwMemBytes;
+    DWORD       dwMaxContigFreeHwMemBytes;
+    DWORD       dwUnlockTransferRateHwBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwPlayCpuOverheadSwBuffers;
+    DWORD       dwReserved1;
+    DWORD       dwReserved2;
+} DSCAPS, *LPDSCAPS;
+
+typedef struct _DSBCAPS
+{
+    
+    DWORD       dwSize;
+    DWORD       dwFlags;
+    DWORD       dwBufferBytes;
+    DWORD       dwUnlockTransferRate;
+    DWORD       dwPlayCpuOverhead;
+} DSBCAPS, *LPDSBCAPS;
+
+typedef struct _DSBUFFERDESC
+{
+    DWORD                   dwSize;
+    DWORD                   dwFlags;
+    DWORD                   dwBufferBytes;
+    DWORD                   dwReserved;
+    LPWAVEFORMATEX          lpwfxFormat;
+} DSBUFFERDESC, *LPDSBUFFERDESC;
+
+
+
+typedef LPVOID* LPLPVOID;
+
+
+typedef BOOL (FAR PASCAL * LPDSENUMCALLBACKW)(GUID FAR *, LPWSTR, LPWSTR, LPVOID);
+typedef BOOL (FAR PASCAL * LPDSENUMCALLBACKA)(GUID FAR *, LPSTR, LPSTR, LPVOID);
+
+extern HRESULT WINAPI DirectSoundCreate(GUID FAR * lpGUID, LPDIRECTSOUND * ppDS, IUnknown FAR *pUnkOuter );
+extern HRESULT WINAPI DirectSoundEnumerateW(LPDSENUMCALLBACKW lpCallback, LPVOID lpContext );
+extern HRESULT WINAPI DirectSoundEnumerateA(LPDSENUMCALLBACKA lpCallback, LPVOID lpContext );
+
+#ifdef UNICODE
+#define LPDSENUMCALLBACK        LPDSENUMCALLBACKW
+#define DirectSoundEnumerate    DirectSoundEnumerateW
+#else
+#define LPDSENUMCALLBACK        LPDSENUMCALLBACKA
+#define DirectSoundEnumerate    DirectSoundEnumerateA
+#endif
+
+//
+// IDirectSound
+//
+#undef INTERFACE
+#define INTERFACE IDirectSound
+#ifdef _WIN32
+DECLARE_INTERFACE_( IDirectSound, IUnknown )
+{
+    /*** IUnknown methods ***/
+    STDMETHOD(QueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID riid, LPVOID * ppvObj) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,AddRef) (THIS)  PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release) (THIS) PURE;
+    /*** IDirectSound methods ***/
+
+    STDMETHOD( CreateSoundBuffer)(THIS_ LPDSBUFFERDESC, LPLPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER, IUnknown FAR *) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( GetCaps)(THIS_ LPDSCAPS ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( DuplicateSoundBuffer)(THIS_ LPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER, LPLPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( SetCooperativeLevel)(THIS_ HWND, DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( Compact)(THIS ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( GetSpeakerConfig)(THIS_ LPDWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( SetSpeakerConfig)(THIS_ DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD( Initialize)(THIS_ GUID FAR * ) PURE;
+};
+
+#if !defined(__cplusplus) || defined(CINTERFACE)
+#define IDirectSound_QueryInterface(p,a,b)       (p)->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSound_AddRef(p)                   (p)->lpVtbl->AddRef(p)
+#define IDirectSound_Release(p)                  (p)->lpVtbl->Release(p)
+#define IDirectSound_CreateSoundBuffer(p,a,b,c)  (p)->lpVtbl->CreateSoundBuffer(p,a,b,c)
+#define IDirectSound_GetCaps(p,a)                (p)->lpVtbl->GetCaps(p,a)
+#define IDirectSound_DuplicateSoundBuffer(p,a,b) (p)->lpVtbl->DuplicateSoundBuffer(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSound_SetCooperativeLevel(p,a,b)  (p)->lpVtbl->SetCooperativeLevel(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSound_Compact(p)                  (p)->lpVtbl->Compact(p)
+#define IDirectSound_GetSpeakerConfig(p,a)       (p)->lpVtbl->GetSpeakerConfig(p,a)
+#define IDirectSound_SetSpeakerConfig(p,b)       (p)->lpVtbl->SetSpeakerConfig(p,b)
+#define IDirectSound_Initialize(p,a)             (p)->lpVtbl->Initialize(p,a)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+//
+// IDirectSoundBuffer
+//
+#undef INTERFACE
+#define INTERFACE IDirectSoundBuffer
+#ifdef _WIN32
+DECLARE_INTERFACE_( IDirectSoundBuffer, IUnknown )
+{
+    /*** IUnknown methods ***/
+    STDMETHOD(QueryInterface) (THIS_ REFIID riid, LPVOID * ppvObj) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,AddRef) (THIS)  PURE;
+    STDMETHOD_(ULONG,Release) (THIS) PURE;
+    /*** IDirectSoundBuffer methods ***/
+
+    STDMETHOD(           GetCaps)(THIS_ LPDSBCAPS ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(GetCurrentPosition)(THIS_ LPDWORD,LPDWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(         GetFormat)(THIS_ LPWAVEFORMATEX, DWORD, LPDWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(         GetVolume)(THIS_ LPLONG ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(            GetPan)(THIS_ LPLONG ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(      GetFrequency)(THIS_ LPDWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(         GetStatus)(THIS_ LPDWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(        Initialize)(THIS_ LPDIRECTSOUND, LPDSBUFFERDESC ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(              Lock)(THIS_ DWORD,DWORD,LPVOID,LPDWORD,LPVOID,LPDWORD,DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(              Play)(THIS_ DWORD,DWORD,DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(SetCurrentPosition)(THIS_ DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(         SetFormat)(THIS_ LPWAVEFORMATEX ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(         SetVolume)(THIS_ LONG ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(            SetPan)(THIS_ LONG ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(      SetFrequency)(THIS_ DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(              Stop)(THIS  ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(            Unlock)(THIS_ LPVOID,DWORD,LPVOID,DWORD ) PURE;
+    STDMETHOD(           Restore)(THIS  ) PURE;
+};
+
+#if !defined(__cplusplus) || defined(CINTERFACE)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_QueryInterface(p,a,b)        (p)->lpVtbl->QueryInterface(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_AddRef(p)                    (p)->lpVtbl->AddRef(p)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Release(p)                   (p)->lpVtbl->Release(p)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetCaps(p,a)                 (p)->lpVtbl->GetCaps(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetCurrentPosition(p,a,b)    (p)->lpVtbl->GetCurrentPosition(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetFormat(p,a,b,c)           (p)->lpVtbl->GetFormat(p,a,b,c)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetVolume(p,a)               (p)->lpVtbl->GetVolume(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetPan(p,a)                  (p)->lpVtbl->GetPan(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetFrequency(p,a)            (p)->lpVtbl->GetFrequency(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_GetStatus(p,a)               (p)->lpVtbl->GetStatus(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Initialize(p,a,b)            (p)->lpVtbl->Initialize(p,a,b)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Lock(p,a,b,c,d,e,f,g)        (p)->lpVtbl->Lock(p,a,b,c,d,e,f,g)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Play(p,a,b,c)                (p)->lpVtbl->Play(p,a,b,c)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_SetCurrentPosition(p,a)      (p)->lpVtbl->SetCurrentPosition(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_SetFormat(p,a)               (p)->lpVtbl->SetFormat(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_SetVolume(p,a)               (p)->lpVtbl->SetVolume(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_SetPan(p,a)                  (p)->lpVtbl->SetPan(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_SetFrequency(p,a)            (p)->lpVtbl->SetFrequency(p,a)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Stop(p)                      (p)->lpVtbl->Stop(p)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Unlock(p,a,b,c,d)            (p)->lpVtbl->Unlock(p,a,b,c,d)
+#define IDirectSoundBuffer_Restore(p)                   (p)->lpVtbl->Restore(p)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Return Codes
+ */
+
+#define DS_OK                           0
+
+/*
+ * The call failed because resources (such as a priority level)
+ *  were already being used by another caller.
+ */
+#define DSERR_ALLOCATED                 MAKE_DSHRESULT( 10 )
+/*
+ * The control (vol,pan,etc.) requested by the caller is not available.
+ */
+#define DSERR_CONTROLUNAVAIL            MAKE_DSHRESULT( 30 )
+/*
+ * An invalid parameter was passed to the returning function
+ */
+#define DSERR_INVALIDPARAM              E_INVALIDARG
+/*
+ * This call is not valid for the current state of this object
+ */
+#define DSERR_INVALIDCALL               MAKE_DSHRESULT( 50 )
+/*
+ * An undetermined error occured inside the DSound subsystem
+ */
+#define DSERR_GENERIC                   E_FAIL
+/*
+ * The caller does not have the priority level required for the function to
+ * succeed.
+ */
+#define DSERR_PRIOLEVELNEEDED           MAKE_DSHRESULT( 70 )
+/*
+ * The DSound subsystem couldn't allocate sufficient memory to complete the
+ * caller's request.
+ */
+#define DSERR_OUTOFMEMORY               E_OUTOFMEMORY
+/*
+ * The specified WAVE format is not supported
+ */
+#define DSERR_BADFORMAT                 MAKE_DSHRESULT( 100 )
+/*
+ * The function called is not supported at this time
+ */
+#define DSERR_UNSUPPORTED               E_NOTIMPL
+/*
+ * No sound driver is available for use
+ */
+#define DSERR_NODRIVER                  MAKE_DSHRESULT( 120 )
+/*
+ * This object is already initialized
+ */
+#define DSERR_ALREADYINITIALIZED        MAKE_DSHRESULT( 130 )
+/*
+ * This object does not support aggregation
+ */
+#define DSERR_NOAGGREGATION             CLASS_E_NOAGGREGATION
+/*
+ * The buffer memory has been lost, and must be Restored.
+ */
+#define DSERR_BUFFERLOST                MAKE_DSHRESULT( 150 )
+/*
+ * Another app has a higher priority level, preventing this call from
+ * succeeding.
+ */
+#define DSERR_OTHERAPPHASPRIO           MAKE_DSHRESULT( 160 )
+/*
+ * The Initialize() member on the Direct Sound Object has not been
+ * called or called successfully before calls to other members.
+ */
+#define DSERR_UNINITIALIZED             MAKE_DSHRESULT( 170 )
+
+
+
+
+//==========================================================================;
+//
+//                               Flags...
+//
+//==========================================================================;
+
+#define DSCAPS_PRIMARYMONO          0x00000001
+#define DSCAPS_PRIMARYSTEREO        0x00000002
+#define DSCAPS_PRIMARY8BIT          0x00000004
+#define DSCAPS_PRIMARY16BIT         0x00000008
+#define DSCAPS_CONTINUOUSRATE       0x00000010
+#define DSCAPS_EMULDRIVER           0x00000020
+#define DSCAPS_CERTIFIED            0x00000040
+#define DSCAPS_SECONDARYMONO        0x00000100
+#define DSCAPS_SECONDARYSTEREO      0x00000200
+#define DSCAPS_SECONDARY8BIT        0x00000400
+#define DSCAPS_SECONDARY16BIT       0x00000800
+
+
+
+#define DSBPLAY_LOOPING         0x00000001
+
+
+          
+#define DSBSTATUS_PLAYING           0x00000001
+#define DSBSTATUS_BUFFERLOST        0x00000002
+#define DSBSTATUS_LOOPING           0x00000004
+         
+
+#define DSBLOCK_FROMWRITECURSOR         0x00000001
+
+
+
+#define DSSCL_NORMAL                1
+#define DSSCL_PRIORITY              2
+#define DSSCL_EXCLUSIVE             3
+#define DSSCL_WRITEPRIMARY          4
+
+
+
+#define DSBCAPS_PRIMARYBUFFER       0x00000001
+#define DSBCAPS_STATIC              0x00000002
+#define DSBCAPS_LOCHARDWARE         0x00000004
+#define DSBCAPS_LOCSOFTWARE         0x00000008
+#define DSBCAPS_CTRLFREQUENCY       0x00000020
+#define DSBCAPS_CTRLPAN             0x00000040
+#define DSBCAPS_CTRLVOLUME          0x00000080
+#define DSBCAPS_CTRLDEFAULT         0x000000E0  // Pan + volume + frequency.
+#define DSBCAPS_CTRLALL             0x000000E0  // All control capabilities
+#define DSBCAPS_STICKYFOCUS         0x00004000
+
+
+
+
+#define DSSPEAKER_HEADPHONE     1
+#define DSSPEAKER_MONO          2
+#define DSSPEAKER_QUAD          3
+#define DSSPEAKER_STEREO        4
+#define DSSPEAKER_SURROUND      5
+
+
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+};
+#endif
+
+#endif  /* __DSOUND_INCLUDED__ */

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/EXTERNS.H

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32 Example                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : EXTERNS.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+extern char	NoTimer;
+extern char	NoKeyBoard;

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FACINGFF.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Support Library                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FACINGFF.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 8, 1991                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : February 6, 1995  [BWG]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Desired_Facing256 -- Determines facing to reach a position.           *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+;IDEAL
+;P386
+;MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+GLOBAL	C Desired_Facing256	:NEAR
+;	INCLUDE	"wwlib.i"
+INCLUDE "..\include\gbuffer.inc"
+
+	CODESEG
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Desired_Facing256 -- Desired facing algorithm 0..255 resolution.        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    This is a desired facing algorithm that has a resolution of 0        *
+;*    through 255.                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   srcx,srcy   -- Source coordinate.                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          dstx,dsty   -- Destination coordinate.                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:  Returns with the desired facing to face the destination        *
+;*          coordinate from the position of the source coordinate.  North  *
+;*          is 0, East is 64, etc.                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   This routine is slower than the other forms of desired      *
+;*             facing calculation.  Use this routine when accuracy is      *
+;*             required.                                                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   12/24/1991 JLB : Adapted.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*/
+; LONG cdecl Desired_Facing256(LONG srcx, LONG srcy, LONG dstx, LONG dsty)
+	PROC	Desired_Facing256 C near
+	USES	ebx, ecx, edx
+
+	ARG	srcx:DWORD
+	ARG	srcy:DWORD
+	ARG	dstx:DWORD
+	ARG	dsty:DWORD
+
+	xor	ebx,ebx			; Facing number.
+
+	; Determine absolute X delta and left/right direction.
+	mov	ecx,[dstx]
+	sub	ecx,[srcx]
+	jge	short ??xnotneg
+	neg	ecx
+	mov	ebx,11000000b		; Set bit 7 and 6 for leftward.
+??xnotneg:
+
+	; Determine absolute Y delta and top/bottom direction.
+	mov	eax,[srcy]
+	sub	eax,[dsty]
+	jge	short ??ynotneg
+	xor	ebx,01000000b		; Complement bit 6 for downward.
+	neg	eax
+??ynotneg:
+
+	; Set DX=64 for quadrants 0 and 2.
+	mov	edx,ebx
+	and	edx,01000000b
+	xor	edx,01000000b
+
+	; Determine if the direction is closer to the Y axis and make sure that
+	; CX holds the larger of the two deltas.  This is in preparation for the
+	; divide.
+	cmp	eax,ecx
+	jb	short ??gotaxis
+	xchg	eax,ecx
+	xor	edx,01000000b		; Closer to Y axis so make DX=64 for quad 0 and 2.
+??gotaxis:
+
+	; If closer to the X axis then add 64 for quadrants 0 and 2.  If
+	; closer to the Y axis then add 64 for quadrants 1 and 3.  Determined
+	; add value is in DX and save on stack.
+	push	edx
+
+	; Make sure that the division won't overflow.  Reduce precision until
+	; the larger number is less than 256 if it appears that an overflow
+	; will occur.  If the high byte of the divisor is not zero, then this
+	; guarantees no overflow, so just abort shift operation.
+	test	eax,0FFFFFF00h
+	jnz	short ??nooverflow
+??again:
+	test	ecx,0FFFFFF00h
+	jz	short ??nooverflow
+	shr	ecx,1
+	shr	eax,1
+	jmp	short ??again
+??nooverflow:
+
+	; Make sure that the division won't underflow (divide by zero).  If
+	; this would occur, then set the quotient to $FF and skip divide.
+	or	ecx,ecx
+	jnz	short ??nounderflow
+	mov	eax,0FFFFFFFFh
+	jmp	short ??divcomplete
+
+	; Derive a pseudo angle number for the octant.  The angle is based
+	; on $00 = angle matches long axis, $00 = angle matches $FF degrees.
+??nounderflow:
+	xor	edx,edx
+	shld	edx,eax,8	; shift high byte of eax into dl
+	shl	eax,8
+	div	ecx
+??divcomplete:
+
+	; Integrate the 5 most significant bits into the angle index.  If DX
+	; is not zero, then it is 64.  This means that the dividend must be negated
+	; before it is added into the final angle value.
+	shr	eax,3
+	pop	edx
+	or	edx,edx
+	je	short ??noneg
+	dec	edx
+	neg	eax
+??noneg:
+	add	eax,edx
+	add	eax,ebx
+	and	eax,0FFH
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Desired_Facing256
+
+
+
+	END

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FACINGFF.h

@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/*;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Support Library                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FACINGFF.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 8, 1991                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : February 6, 1995  [BWG]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Desired_Facing256 -- Determines facing to reach a position.           *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+*/
+
+#ifndef FACINGFF_H
+#define FACINGFF_H
+
+//IDEAL
+//P386
+//MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+//GLOBAL	C Desired_Facing256	:NEAR
+//;	INCLUDE	"wwlib.i"
+//INCLUDE "..\include\gbuffer.inc"
+
+//	CODESEG
+/*
+;***************************************************************************
+;* Desired_Facing256 -- Desired facing algorithm 0..255 resolution.        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    This is a desired facing algorithm that has a resolution of 0        *
+;*    through 255.                                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:   srcx,srcy   -- Source coordinate.                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*          dstx,dsty   -- Destination coordinate.                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:  Returns with the desired facing to face the destination        *
+;*          coordinate from the position of the source coordinate.  North  *
+;*          is 0, East is 64, etc.                                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:   This routine is slower than the other forms of desired      *
+;*             facing calculation.  Use this routine when accuracy is      *
+;*             required.                                                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   12/24/1991 JLB : Adapted.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Desired_Facing256(LONG srcx, LONG srcy, LONG dstx, LONG dsty);
+
+
+#if (0)
+	PROC	Desired_Facing256 C near
+	USES	ebx, ecx, edx
+
+	ARG	srcx:DWORD
+	ARG	srcy:DWORD
+	ARG	dstx:DWORD
+	ARG	dsty:DWORD
+
+	xor	ebx,ebx			; Facing number.
+
+	; Determine absolute X delta and left/right direction.
+	mov	ecx,[dstx]
+	sub	ecx,[srcx]
+	jge	short ??xnotneg
+	neg	ecx
+	mov	ebx,11000000b		; Set bit 7 and 6 for leftward.
+??xnotneg:
+
+	; Determine absolute Y delta and top/bottom direction.
+	mov	eax,[srcy]
+	sub	eax,[dsty]
+	jge	short ??ynotneg
+	xor	ebx,01000000b		; Complement bit 6 for downward.
+	neg	eax
+??ynotneg:
+
+	; Set DX=64 for quadrants 0 and 2.
+	mov	edx,ebx
+	and	edx,01000000b
+	xor	edx,01000000b
+
+	; Determine if the direction is closer to the Y axis and make sure that
+	; CX holds the larger of the two deltas.  This is in preparation for the
+	; divide.
+	cmp	eax,ecx
+	jb	short ??gotaxis
+	xchg	eax,ecx
+	xor	edx,01000000b		; Closer to Y axis so make DX=64 for quad 0 and 2.
+??gotaxis:
+
+	; If closer to the X axis then add 64 for quadrants 0 and 2.  If
+	; closer to the Y axis then add 64 for quadrants 1 and 3.  Determined
+	; add value is in DX and save on stack.
+	push	edx
+
+	; Make sure that the division won't overflow.  Reduce precision until
+	; the larger number is less than 256 if it appears that an overflow
+	; will occur.  If the high byte of the divisor is not zero, then this
+	; guarantees no overflow, so just abort shift operation.
+	test	eax,0FFFFFF00h
+	jnz	short ??nooverflow
+??again:
+	test	ecx,0FFFFFF00h
+	jz	short ??nooverflow
+	shr	ecx,1
+	shr	eax,1
+	jmp	short ??again
+??nooverflow:
+
+	; Make sure that the division won't underflow (divide by zero).  If
+	; this would occur, then set the quotient to $FF and skip divide.
+	or	ecx,ecx
+	jnz	short ??nounderflow
+	mov	eax,0FFFFFFFFh
+	jmp	short ??divcomplete
+
+	; Derive a pseudo angle number for the octant.  The angle is based
+	; on $00 = angle matches long axis, $00 = angle matches $FF degrees.
+??nounderflow:
+	xor	edx,edx
+	shld	edx,eax,8	; shift high byte of eax into dl
+	shl	eax,8
+	div	ecx
+??divcomplete:
+
+	; Integrate the 5 most significant bits into the angle index.  If DX
+	; is not zero, then it is 64.  This means that the dividend must be negated
+	; before it is added into the final angle value.
+	shr	eax,3
+	pop	edx
+	or	edx,edx
+	je	short ??noneg
+	dec	edx
+	neg	eax
+??noneg:
+	add	eax,edx
+	add	eax,ebx
+	and	eax,0FFH
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Desired_Facing256
+
+
+
+	END
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Support Library                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FACING8.ASM                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 8, 1991                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : February 6, 1995  [BWG]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Desired_Facing8 -- Determines facing to reach a position.             *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+GLOBAL	 C Desired_Facing8	:NEAR
+;	INCLUDE	"wwlib.i"
+
+	DATASEG
+
+; 8 direction desired facing lookup table.  Build the index according
+; to the following bits:
+;
+; bit 3 = Is y2 < y1?
+; bit 2 = Is x2 < x1?
+; bit 1 = Is the ABS(x2-x1) < ABS(y2-y1)?
+; bit 0 = Is the facing closer to a major axis?
+//NewFacing8	DB	1,2,1,0,7,6,7,0,3,2,3,4,5,6,5,4
+
+//	CODESEG
+*/
+
+/*
+;***************************************************************************
+;* DESIRED_FACING8 -- Determines facing to reach a position.               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*    This routine will return with the most desirable facing to reach     *
+;*    one position from another.  It is accurate to a resolution of 0 to   *
+;*    7.                                                                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:       x1,y1   -- Position of origin point.                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*              x2,y2   -- Position of target.                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      Returns desired facing as a number from 0..255 with an     *
+;*              accuracy of 32 degree increments.                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    If the two coordinates are the same, then -1 will be       *
+;*              returned.  It is up to you to handle this case.            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/15/1991 JLB : Documented.                                          *
+;*   08/08/1991 JLB : Same position check.                                 *
+;*   08/14/1991 JLB : New algorithm                                        *
+;*   02/06/1995 BWG : Convert to 32-bit                                    *
+;*=========================================================================*
+*/
+int __cdecl Desired_Facing8(long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2);
+
+#if (0)
+	PROC	Desired_Facing8 C near
+	USES	ebx, ecx, edx
+
+	ARG	x1:DWORD
+	ARG	y1:DWORD
+	ARG	x2:DWORD
+	ARG	y2:DWORD
+
+	xor	ebx,ebx			; Index byte (built).
+
+	; Determine Y axis difference.
+	mov	edx,[y1]
+	mov	ecx,[y2]
+	sub	edx,ecx			; DX = Y axis (signed).
+	jns	short ??absy
+	inc	ebx			; Set the signed bit.
+	neg	edx			; ABS(y)
+??absy:
+
+	; Determine X axis difference.
+	shl	ebx,1
+	mov	eax,[x1]
+	mov	ecx,[x2]
+	sub	ecx,eax			; CX = X axis (signed).
+	jns	short ??absx
+	inc	ebx			; Set the signed bit.
+	neg	ecx			; ABS(x)
+??absx:
+
+	; Determine the greater axis.
+	cmp	ecx,edx
+	jb	short ??dxisbig
+	xchg	ecx,edx
+??dxisbig:
+	rcl	ebx,1			; Y > X flag bit.
+
+	; Determine the closeness or farness of lesser axis.
+	mov	eax,edx
+	inc	eax			; Round up.
+	shr	eax,1
+
+	cmp	ecx,eax
+	rcl	ebx,1			; Close to major axis bit.
+
+	xor	eax,eax
+	mov	al,[NewFacing8+ebx]
+
+	; Normalize to 0..FF range.
+	shl	eax,5
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Desired_Facing8
+
+
+	END
+
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+/*
+	; $Header: //depot/Projects/Mobius/QA/Project/Run/SOURCECODE/TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FACINGFF.h#33 $
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Support Library                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FACING16.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 8, 1991                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : February 6, 1995  [BWG]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   Desired_Facing16 -- Converts coordinates into a facing number.        *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+GLOBAL	 C Desired_Facing16	:NEAR
+;	INCLUDE	"wwlib.i"
+
+	DATASEG
+
+; 16 direction desired facing lookup table.  Build the index according
+; to the following bits:
+;
+; bit 4 = Is y2 < y1?
+; bit 3 = Is x2 < x1?
+; bit 2 = Is the ABS(x2-x1) < ABS(y2-y1)?
+; bit 1 = Is the lesser absolute difference very close to zero?
+; bit 0 = Is the lesser absolute difference very close to the greater dist?
+NewFacing16	DB	 3, 2, 4,-1, 1, 2,0,-1
+		DB	13,14,12,-1,15,14,0,-1
+		DB	 5, 6, 4,-1, 7, 6,8,-1
+		DB	11,10,12,-1, 9,10,8,-1
+
+	CODESEG
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* DESIRED_FACING16 -- Converts coordinates into a facing number.          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*      This converts coordinates into a desired facing number that ranges *
+;*      from 0 to 15 (0 equals North and going clockwise).                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:       x1,y1   -- Position of origin point.                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*              x2,y2   -- Position of target.                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      Returns desired facing as a number from 0 to 255 but       *
+;*              accurate to 22.5 degree increments.                        *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    If the two coordinates are the same, then -1 will be       *
+;*              returned.  It is up to you to handle this case.            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   08/14/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+*/
+long __cdecl Desired_Facing16(long x1, long y1, long x2, long y2);
+	
+#if (0)
+	PROC	Desired_Facing16 C near
+	USES	ebx, ecx, edx
+
+	ARG	x1:DWORD
+	ARG	y1:DWORD
+	ARG	x2:DWORD
+	ARG	y2:DWORD
+
+	xor	ebx,ebx			; Index byte (built).
+
+	; Determine Y axis difference.
+	mov	edx,[y1]
+	mov	ecx,[y2]
+	sub	edx,ecx			; DX = Y axis (signed).
+	jns	short ??absy
+	inc	ebx			; Set the signed bit.
+	neg	edx			; ABS(y)
+??absy:
+
+	; Determine X axis difference.
+	shl	ebx,1
+	mov	eax,[x1]
+	mov	ecx,[x2]
+	sub	ecx,eax			; CX = X axis (signed).
+	jns	short ??absx
+	inc	ebx			; Set the signed bit.
+	neg	ecx			; ABS(x)
+??absx:
+
+	; Determine the greater axis.
+	cmp	ecx,edx
+	jb	short ??dxisbig
+	xchg	ecx,edx
+??dxisbig:
+	rcl	ebx,1			; Y > X flag bit.
+
+	; Determine the closeness or farness of lesser axis.
+	mov	eax,edx
+	inc	eax			; Round up.
+	shr	eax,1
+	inc	eax			; Round up.
+	shr	eax,1			; 1/4 of greater axis.
+
+	cmp	ecx,eax
+	rcl	ebx,1			; Very close to major axis bit.
+
+	sub	edx,eax
+	cmp	edx,ecx
+	rcl	ebx,1			; Very far from major axis bit.
+
+	xor	eax,eax
+	mov	al,[NewFacing16+ebx]
+
+	; Normalize to 0..FF range.
+	shl	eax,4
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Desired_Facing16
+
+	END
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#endif FACINGFF_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FASTFILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/*==========================================================================
+ *
+ *  Copyright (C) 1995 Microsoft Corporation.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ *  File:       fastfile.h
+ *  Content:    Definitions for fastfile access.
+ *
+ * THIS CODE AND INFORMATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
+ * EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTBILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ *
+ ***************************************************************************/
+
+typedef LPVOID  HFASTFILE;
+
+extern BOOL FastFileInit( LPSTR fname, int max_handles );
+extern void FastFileFini( void );
+extern HFASTFILE FastFileOpen( LPSTR name );
+extern BOOL FastFileClose( HFASTFILE pfe );
+extern BOOL FastFileRead( HFASTFILE pfh, LPVOID ptr, int size );
+extern BOOL FastFileSeek( HFASTFILE pfe, int off, int how );
+extern long FastFileTell( HFASTFILE pfe );
+extern LPVOID FastFileLock( HFASTFILE pfe, int off, int len );
+extern BOOL FastFileUnlock( HFASTFILE pfe, int off, int len );

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,257 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Library - Filio header stuff.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FILE.H                                 	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : September 13, 1993                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 11, 1994									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FILE_H
+#define FILE_H
+
+#ifndef FILETEMP_H
+// This should be removed once the library is all intacked.
+#include "filetemp.h"
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* File IO system defines and enumerations											*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#define	XMAXPATH	80
+
+/*
+**	These are the Open_File, Read_File, and Seek_File constants.
+*/
+#ifndef READ
+#define READ						1	// Read access.
+#endif
+#ifndef WRITE
+#define WRITE						2	// Write access.
+#endif
+#ifndef SEEK_SET
+#define SEEK_SET					0	// Seek from start of file.
+#define SEEK_CUR					1	// Seek relative from current location.
+#define SEEK_END					2	// Seek from end of file.
+#endif
+
+
+typedef enum {
+	FILEB_PROCESSED=8,// Was the packed file header of this file processed?
+	FILEB_PRELOAD,		// Scan for and make file resident at WWDOS_Init time?
+	FILEB_RESIDENT,	// Make resident at Open_File time?
+	FILEB_FLUSH,		// Un-resident at Close_File time?
+	FILEB_PACKED,		// Is this file packed?
+	FILEB_KEEP,			// Don't ever flush this resident file?
+	FILEB_PRIORITY,	// Flush this file last?
+
+	FILEB_LAST
+} FileFlags_Type;
+
+#define	FILEF_NONE			0
+#define	FILEF_PROCESSED	(1<<FILEB_PROCESSED)
+#define	FILEF_PRELOAD		(1<<FILEB_PRELOAD)
+#define	FILEF_RESIDENT		(1<<FILEB_RESIDENT)
+#define	FILEF_FLUSH			(1<<FILEB_FLUSH)
+#define	FILEF_PACKED		(1<<FILEB_PACKED)
+#define	FILEF_KEEP			(1<<FILEB_KEEP)
+#define	FILEF_PRIORITY		(1<<FILEB_PRIORITY)
+
+/*
+** These errors are returned by WWDOS_Init().  All errors encountered are
+** or'd together so there may be more then one error returned.  Not all
+** errors are fatal, such as the cache errors.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	FI_SUCCESS						= 0x00,
+	FI_CACHE_TOO_BIG				= 0x01,
+	FI_CACHE_ALREADY_INIT		= 0x02,
+	FI_FILEDATA_FILE_NOT_FOUND	= 0x04,
+	FI_FILEDATA_TOO_BIG			= 0x08,
+ 	FI_SEARCH_PATH_NOT_FOUND	= 0x10,
+ 	FI_STARTUP_PATH_NOT_FOUND	= 0x20,
+	FI_NO_CACHE_FOR_PRELOAD		= 0x40,
+	FI_FILETABLE_NOT_INIT		= 0x80,
+} FileInitErrorType;
+
+
+/*
+**	These are the errors that are detected by the File I/O system and
+**	passed to the io error routine.
+*/
+//lint -strong(AJX,FileErrorType)
+typedef enum {
+	CANT_CREATE_FILE,
+	BAD_OPEN_MODE,
+	COULD_NOT_OPEN,
+	TOO_MANY_FILES,
+	CLOSING_NON_HANDLE,
+	READING_NON_HANDLE,
+	WRITING_NON_HANDLE,
+	SEEKING_NON_HANDLE,
+	SEEKING_BAD_OFFSET,
+	WRITING_RESIDENT,
+	UNKNOWN_INDEX,
+	DID_NOT_CLOSE,
+	FATAL_ERROR,
+	FILE_NOT_LISTED,
+	FILE_LENGTH_MISMATCH,
+	INTERNAL_ERROR,
+	MAKE_RESIDENT_ZERO_SIZE,
+	RESIDENT_SORT_FAILURE,
+
+	NUMBER_OF_ERRORS				/* MAKE SURE THIS IS THE LAST ENTRY */
+} FileErrorType;
+
+// This is here tempararaly until library is put together.
+//extern WORD __cdecl ( __cdecl IO_Error)(FileErrorType error, BYTE const *filename);
+extern short (*Open_Error)(FileErrorType, BYTE const *);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* File IO system structures																*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+//lint -strong(AJX,FileDataType)
+typedef struct {
+	char	*Name;		// File name (include sub-directory but not volume).
+	long	Size;			// File size (0=indeterminate).
+	void	*Ptr;			// Resident file pointer.
+	long	Start;		// Starting offset in DOS handle file.
+	unsigned char	Disk;			// Disk number location.
+	unsigned char	OpenCount;	// Count of open locks on resident file.
+	unsigned short	Flag;			// File control flags.
+} FileDataType;
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* FIle IO system globals.																	*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+// These are cpp errors in funtions declarations	JULIO JEREZ
+
+// extern FileDataType __cdecl FileData[];
+// extern BYTE __cdecl ExecPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+// extern BYTE __cdecl DataPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+// extern BYTE __cdecl StartPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+// extern BOOL __cdecl UseCD;
+
+// The correct syntax is  NO TYPE MODIFIER APPLY TO DATA DECLARATIONS
+extern FileDataType FileData[];
+extern char ExecPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+extern char DataPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+extern char StartPath[XMAXPATH + 1];
+extern BOOL UseCD;
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILEINIT.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void __cdecl WWDOS_Shutdown(void);
+FileInitErrorType __cdecl WWDOS_Init(unsigned long cachesize, char *filedata, char *cdpath);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILE.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Open_File(char const *file_name, int mode);
+void __cdecl Close_File(int handle);
+long __cdecl Read_File(int handle, void *buf, unsigned long bytes);
+int __cdecl Load_File ( const char *file_name , void *load_addr);
+long __cdecl Write_File(int handle, void const *buf, unsigned long bytes);
+unsigned long __cdecl Seek_File(int handle, long offset, int starting);
+int __cdecl File_Exists(char const *file_name);
+unsigned long __cdecl File_Size(int handle);
+BOOL __cdecl Is_Handle_Valid(int handle, FileErrorType error, char const *name);
+int __cdecl Open_File_With_Recovery( char const *file_name, unsigned int mode );
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILECACH.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void Unfragment_File_Cache(void);
+BOOL __cdecl Make_File_Resident(char const *filename);
+int __cdecl Flush_Unused_File_Cache(int flush_keeps);
+BOOL __cdecl Free_Resident_File(char const *file);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILECHNG.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Create_File(char const *file_name);
+int __cdecl Delete_File(char const *file_name);
+BOOL __cdecl Change_File_Size(int handle, unsigned long new_size);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILEINFO.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Get_DOS_Handle(int fh);
+int __cdecl Free_Handles(void);
+int __cdecl Find_Disk_Number(char const *file_name);
+int __cdecl Set_File_Flags(char const *filename, int flags);
+int __cdecl Clear_File_Flags(char const *filename, int flags);
+int __cdecl Get_File_Flags(char const *filename);
+BOOL __cdecl Multi_Drive_Search(BOOL on);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FINDFILE.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Find_File(char const *file_name);
+int __cdecl Find_File_Index(char const *filename);
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FFIRST.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#include <dos.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern int __cdecl Find_First(unsigned char *fname, unsigned int mode, struct find_t *ffblk);
+extern int __cdecl Find_Next(struct find_t *ffblk);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FILEPCX.H

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : iff                                      *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FILEPCX.H                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Julio R. Jerez                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 2, 1995                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : May 2, 1995   [JRJ]                      *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File (char* name, BYTE* palette,void *buff, long size);
+;* GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File (char* name, BYTE* palette, BufferClass& Buff); 
+;* int Write_PCX_File (char* name, GraphicViewPortClass& pic, BYTE* palette );*
+;*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <buffer.h>
+#include	<file.h>
+
+#ifndef PCX_H
+#define PCX_H
+
+
+typedef	struct {
+						  char	red ;
+						  char	green ;
+						  char	blue ;
+					} RGB ;
+
+typedef	struct	{
+						  char      id ;
+						  char	   version ;
+						  char	   encoding ;
+						  char	   pixelsize ;
+						  short 	   x ;
+						  short		y ;
+						  short     width ;
+						  short		height ;
+						  short 	   xres ;
+						  short		yres ;
+						  RGB       ega_palette [ 16 ] ;
+						  char	   nothing ;
+						  char      color_planes ;
+						  short 		byte_per_line ;
+						  short 	 	palette_type ;
+						  char	   filler [ 58 ] ;
+						} PCX_HEADER ;
+
+GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File (char* name, char* palette= NULL,void *buff=NULL, long size=0);
+GraphicBufferClass* Read_PCX_File (char* name, BufferClass& Buff,char* palette= NULL) ;
+int Write_PCX_File (char* name, GraphicViewPortClass& pic, unsigned char* palette );
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FILETEMP.H

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Temp header for file routines.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FILETEMP.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 20, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 20, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FILETEMP_H
+#define FILETEMP_H
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// THIS DOES NOT BELONG HERE.  IT WAS PUT HERE JUST TO GET THE THING
+// TO COMPILE.  ONCE THE BUFFER AND PAGE SYSTEMS ARE PUT IN, THESE
+// WILL NEED TO BE TAKEN OUT AND MODS MADE TO ANY FUNCTION USING BuffType.
+// SKB 4/20/94.
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Defines and such that must go into wwstd.h										*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+// Look at FileErrorType below for the IO_Error function.
+//extern WORD __cdecl ( __cdecl IO_Error)(FileErrorType error, BYTE const *filename);
+VOID __cdecl Prog_End(VOID);
+extern WORD Hard_Error_Occured;
+
+
+
+//////////////////////// END OF DON'T BELONG //////////////////////////////////
+
+#endif //FILETEMP_H
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FONT.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+						/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : LIBRARY                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FONT.C                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : David Dettmer                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 20, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Char_Pixel_Width -- Return pixel width of a character.						*
+ *   String_Pixel_Width -- Return pixel width of a string of characters.   *
+ *   Get_Next_Text_Print_XY -- Calculates X and Y given ret value from Text_P*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "font.h"
+#include <malloc.h>
+#include <dos.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#include <sys\stat.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <wwstd.h>
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CHAR_PIXEL_WIDTH -- Return pixel width of a character.						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Retreives the pixel width of a character from the font width block.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      Character.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     Pixel width of a string of characters.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   Set_Font must have been called first.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/31/1992 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/30/1994 SKB : Converted to 32 bit library.                         *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int __cdecl Char_Pixel_Width(char chr)
+{
+	int	width;
+
+	width = (unsigned char)*(FontWidthBlockPtr + (unsigned char)chr) + FontXSpacing;
+
+	return(width);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * STRING_PIXEL_WIDTH -- Return pixel width of a string of characters.     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Calculates the pixel width of a string of characters.  This uses     *
+ *		the font width block for the widths.											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      Pointer to string of characters.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     Pixel width of a string of characters.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   Set_Font must have been called first.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   01/30/1992 DRD : Created.                                             *
+ *   01/31/1992 DRD : Use Char_Pixel_Width.                                *
+ *   06/30/1994 SKB : Converted to 32 bit library.                         *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned int __cdecl String_Pixel_Width(char const *string)
+{
+	WORD	width;				// Working accumulator of string width.
+	WORD	largest = 0;		// Largest recorded width of the string.
+
+	if (!string) return(0);
+
+	width = 0;
+	while (*string) {
+		if (*string == '\r') {
+			string++;
+			largest = MAX(largest, width);
+			width = 0;
+		} else {
+			width += Char_Pixel_Width(*string++);	// add each char's width
+		}
+	}
+	largest = MAX(largest, width);
+	return(largest);
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GET_NEXT_TEXT_PRINT_XY -- Calculates X and Y given ret value from Text_P*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   VVPC& vp - viewport that was printed to.                       *
+ *          unsigned long offset - offset that Text_Print returned.                *
+ *          INT *x - x return value.                                       *
+ *          INT *y - y return value.                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  x and y are set.                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/20/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+VOID __cdecl Get_Next_Text_Print_XY(GraphicViewPortClass& gp, unsigned long offset, INT *x, INT *y)
+{
+	INT	buffwidth;
+
+	if (offset) {
+		buffwidth = gp.Get_Width() + gp.Get_XAdd();
+		offset -= gp.Get_Offset();
+		*x = offset % buffwidth;
+		*y = offset / buffwidth;
+	} else {
+		*x = *y = 0;
+	}
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FONT.H

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Font and text print 32 bit library       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : FONT.H                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 27, 1994                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 29, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   VVPC::Text_Print -- Text print into a virtual viewport.               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FONT_H
+#define FONT_H
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+#endif
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////// Defines //////////////////////////////////////////
+
+// defines for font header, offsets to block offsets
+
+#define FONTINFOBLOCK			4
+#define FONTOFFSETBLOCK			6
+#define FONTWIDTHBLOCK			8
+#define FONTDATABLOCK			10
+#define FONTHEIGHTBLOCK			12
+
+// defines for font info block
+
+#define FONTINFOMAXHEIGHT		4
+#define FONTINFOMAXWIDTH		5
+
+//////////////////////////////////////// Prototypes //////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: SET_FONT.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void  * __cdecl Set_Font(void const *fontptr);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FONT.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Char_Pixel_Width(char chr);
+unsigned int __cdecl String_Pixel_Width(char const *string);
+void __cdecl Get_Next_Text_Print_XY(GraphicViewPortClass& vp, unsigned long offset, INT *x, INT *y);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LOADFONT.CPP	  					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void * __cdecl Load_Font(char  const *name);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: TEXTPRNT.ASM	  					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+
+void __cdecl Set_Font_Palette_Range(void const *palette, INT start_idx, INT end_idx);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////// External varables ///////////////////////////////////////
+extern "C" int FontXSpacing;
+extern "C" int FontYSpacing;
+extern char FontWidth ;
+extern char FontHeight;
+extern char *FontWidthBlockPtr;
+
+
+extern "C" void const *FontPtr;
+
+
+
+
+#endif // FONT_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/FUNCTION.H

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: SOUNDIO.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+short Decompress_Frame(void * source, void * dest, short size);
+int __cdecl Stream_Sample_Vol(void *buffer, long size, BOOL (*callback);
+int __cdecl Stream_Sample(void *buffer, long size, BOOL (*callback);
+int __cdecl File_Stream_Sample(char const *filename);
+int __cdecl File_Stream_Sample_Vol(char const *filename, int volume);
+void __cdecl _saveregs _loadds Sound_Callback(void);
+void __cdecl far _saveregs _loadds maintenance_callback(void);
+void  __cdecl Load_Sample(char const *filename);
+long __cdecl Load_Sample_Into_Buffer(char const *filename, void *buffer, long size);
+long __cdecl Sample_Read(int fh, void *buffer, long size);
+void __cdecl Free_Sample(void const *sample);
+BOOL __cdecl Sound_Init(int sfx, int score, int sample);
+void far VQA_TimerCallback(void);
+BOOL Audio_Init(int sample, int address, int inter, int dma);
+void __cdecl Sound_End(void);
+void __cdecl Stop_Sample(int handle);
+BOOL __cdecl Sample_Status(int handle);
+BOOL __cdecl Is_Sample_Playing(void const * sample);
+void __cdecl Stop_Sample_Playing(void const * sample);
+int __cdecl Play_Sample(void const *sample);
+int __cdecl Play_Sample_Vol(void const *sample, int priority, int volume);
+int __cdecl Set_Sound_Vol(int volume);
+int __cdecl Set_Score_Vol(int volume);
+void __cdecl Fade_Sample(int handle, int ticks);

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/GBUFFER.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,707 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : GBUFFER.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 3, 1994                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : October 9, 1995   []                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   VVPC::VirtualViewPort -- Default constructor for a virtual viewport   *
+ *   VVPC:~VirtualViewPortClass -- Destructor for a virtual viewport       *
+ *   VVPC::Clear -- Clears a graphic page to correct color                 *
+ *   VBC::VideoBufferClass -- Lowlevel constructor for video buffer class  *
+ *   GVPC::Change -- Changes position and size of a Graphic View Port      *
+ *   VVPC::Change -- Changes position and size of a Video View Port      	*
+ *   Set_Logic_Page -- Sets LogicPage to new buffer                        *
+ *   GBC::DD_Init -- Inits a direct draw surface for a GBC                 *
+ *   GBC::Init -- Core function responsible for initing a GBC              *
+ *   GBC::Lock -- Locks a Direct Draw Surface                              *
+ *   GBC::Unlock -- Unlocks a direct draw surface                          *
+ *   GBC::GraphicBufferClass -- Default constructor (requires explicit init)*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include "gbuffer.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#endif
+//#pragma inline
+
+int		TotalLocks;
+BOOL 	AllowHardwareBlitFills = TRUE;
+
+
+//int	CacheAllowed;
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::GRAPHICVIEWPORTCLASS -- Constructor for basic view port class     *
+ *                                                   m                      *
+ * INPUT:		GraphicBufferClass * gbuffer	- buffer to attach to			*
+ *					int x								- x offset into buffer			*
+ *					int y								- y offset into buffer			*
+ *					int w								- view port width in pixels   *
+ *					int h   							- view port height in pixels	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     Constructors may not have a return value							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/09/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass::GraphicViewPortClass(GraphicBufferClass *gbuffer, int x, int y, int w, int h) :
+	LockCount(0),
+	GraphicBuff(NULL)
+{
+	Attach(gbuffer, x, y, w, h);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::GRAPHICVIEWPORTCLASS -- Default constructor for view port class   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/09/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass::GraphicViewPortClass(void)
+{
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::~GRAPHICVIEWPORTCLASS -- Destructor for GraphicViewPortClass		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     A destructor may not return a value.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/10/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass::~GraphicViewPortClass(void)
+{
+ 	Offset			= 0;
+	Width				= 0;										// Record width of Buffer
+	Height			= 0;										// Record height of Buffer
+	XAdd				= 0;										// Record XAdd of Buffer
+	XPos				= 0;										// Record XPos of Buffer
+	YPos				= 0;										// Record YPos of Buffer
+	Pitch				= 0;										// Record width of Buffer
+	IsDirectDraw	= FALSE;
+	LockCount		= 0;
+	GraphicBuff		= NULL;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::ATTACH -- Attaches a viewport to a buffer class                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		GraphicBufferClass *g_buff	- pointer to gbuff to attach to  *
+ *					int x                     - x position to attach to			*
+ *					int y 							- y position to attach to			*
+ *					int w							- width of the view port			*
+ *					int h							- height of the view port			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/10/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void GraphicViewPortClass::Attach(GraphicBufferClass *gbuffer, int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Can not attach a Graphic View Port if it is actually the physical		*/
+	/*	   representation of a Graphic Buffer.											*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	if (this == Get_Graphic_Buffer())  {
+		return;
+	}
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Verify that the x and y coordinates are valid and placed within the	*/
+	/*		physical buffer.																	*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	if (x < 0) 										// you cannot place view port off
+		x = 0;										//		the left edge of physical buf
+	if (x >= gbuffer->Get_Width())			// you cannot place left edge off
+		x = gbuffer->Get_Width() - 1;			//		the right edge of physical buf
+	if (y < 0) 										// you cannot place view port off
+		y = 0;										//		the top edge of physical buf
+	if (y >= gbuffer->Get_Height()) 			// you cannot place view port off
+		y = gbuffer->Get_Height() - 1;		//		bottom edge of physical buf
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Adjust the width and height of necessary										*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	if (x + w > gbuffer->Get_Width()) 		// if the x plus width is larger
+		w = gbuffer->Get_Width() - x;			//		than physical, fix width
+
+	if (y + h > gbuffer->Get_Height()) 		// if the y plus height is larger
+		h = gbuffer->Get_Height() - y;		//		than physical, fix height
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Get a pointer to the top left edge of the buffer.							*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+ 	Offset 		= gbuffer->Get_Offset() + ((gbuffer->Get_Width()+gbuffer->Get_Pitch()) * y) + x;
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Copy over all of the variables that we need to store.						*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+ 	XPos			= x;
+ 	YPos			= y;
+ 	XAdd			= gbuffer->Get_Width() - w;
+ 	Width			= w;
+ 	Height		= h;
+	Pitch			= gbuffer->Get_Pitch();
+ 	GraphicBuff = gbuffer;
+	IsDirectDraw= gbuffer->IsDirectDraw;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::CHANGE -- Changes position and size of a Graphic View Port        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   	int the new x pixel position of the graphic view port      *
+ *					int the new y pixel position of the graphic view port		*
+ *					int the new width of the viewport in pixels						*
+ *					int the new height of the viewport in pixels					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  	BOOL whether the Graphic View Port could be sucessfully     *
+ *				      resized.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   You may not resize a Graphic View Port which is derived 		*
+ *						from a Graphic View Port Buffer, 								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/14/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+BOOL GraphicViewPortClass::Change(int x, int y, int w, int h)
+{
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Can not change a Graphic View Port if it is actually the physical		*/
+	/*	   representation of a Graphic Buffer.											*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	if (this == Get_Graphic_Buffer())  {
+		return(FALSE);
+	}
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Since there is no allocated information, just re-attach it to the		*/
+	/*		existing graphic buffer as if we were creating the						*/
+	/*		GraphicViewPort.																	*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	Attach(Get_Graphic_Buffer(), x, y, w, h);
+	return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::DD_INIT -- Inits a direct draw surface for a GBC                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void GraphicBufferClass::DD_Init(GBC_Enum flags)
+{
+	//
+	// Create the direct draw surface description
+	//
+	memset (&VideoSurfaceDescription , 0 , sizeof ( VideoSurfaceDescription ));
+
+	VideoSurfaceDescription.dwSize			= sizeof( VideoSurfaceDescription );
+	VideoSurfaceDescription.dwFlags 			= DDSD_CAPS;
+	VideoSurfaceDescription.ddsCaps.dwCaps = DDSCAPS_PRIMARYSURFACE;
+
+
+	if (!(flags & GBC_VISIBLE)) {
+		VideoSurfaceDescription.ddsCaps.dwCaps = DDSCAPS_OFFSCREENPLAIN;
+		VideoSurfaceDescription.dwFlags 		  |=	DDSD_HEIGHT | DDSD_WIDTH;
+		VideoSurfaceDescription.dwHeight			= Height;
+		VideoSurfaceDescription.dwWidth			= Width;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Need to set the DDSCAPS_MODEX  flag if we want a 320 wide mode
+	//
+	if ( Width == 320 ) {
+		VideoSurfaceDescription.ddsCaps.dwCaps |= DDSCAPS_MODEX;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Call CreateSurface
+	//
+	DirectDrawObject->CreateSurface( &VideoSurfaceDescription , &VideoSurfacePtr , NULL);
+	AllSurfaces.Add_DD_Surface (VideoSurfacePtr);
+
+	if ( GBC_VISIBLE & flags ){
+		PaletteSurface=VideoSurfacePtr;
+	}
+
+	Allocated		= FALSE;			//	even if system alloced, dont flag it cuz
+											//   we dont want it freed.
+	IsDirectDraw	= TRUE;			//	flag it as a video surface
+	Offset			= NOT_LOCKED;	//	flag it as unavailable for reading or writing
+	LockCount		= 0;				//  surface is not locked
+}
+
+
+void GraphicBufferClass::Attach_DD_Surface (GraphicBufferClass * attach_buffer)
+{
+	VideoSurfacePtr->AddAttachedSurface (attach_buffer->Get_DD_Surface());
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::INIT -- Core function responsible for initing a GBC                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		int 		- the width in pixels of the GraphicBufferClass    *
+ *					int		- the heigh in pixels of the GraphicBufferClass		*
+ *					void *	- pointer to user supplied buffer (system will		*
+ *								  allocate space if buffer is NULL)						*
+ *					long		- size of the user provided buffer						*
+ *					GBC_Enum	- flags if this is defined as a direct draw			*
+ *	                       surface														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void GraphicBufferClass::Init(int w, int h, void *buffer, long size, GBC_Enum flags)
+{
+	Size			= size;									// find size of physical buffer
+	Width			= w;										// Record width of Buffer
+	Height		= h;										// Record height of Buffer
+
+	//
+	// If the surface we are creating is a direct draw object then
+	//   we need to do a direct draw init.  Otherwise we will do
+	//   a normal alloc.
+	//
+	if (flags & (GBC_VIDEOMEM | GBC_VISIBLE)) {
+		DD_Init(flags);
+	} else {
+		if (buffer) {										// if buffer is specified
+			Buffer		= (BYTE *)buffer;				//		point to it and mark
+			Allocated	= FALSE;							//		it as user allocated
+		} else {
+			if (!Size) Size = w*h;
+			Buffer		= new BYTE[Size];				// otherwise allocate it and
+			Allocated	= TRUE;							//		mark it system alloced
+		}
+		Offset			= (long)Buffer;				// Get offset to the buffer
+		IsDirectDraw	= FALSE;
+	}
+
+	Pitch			= 0;										// Record width of Buffer
+	XAdd			= 0;										// Record XAdd of Buffer
+	XPos			= 0;										// Record XPos of Buffer
+	YPos			= 0;										// Record YPos of Buffer
+	GraphicBuff	= this;									// Get a pointer to our self
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GBC::Un_Init -- releases the video surface belonging to this gbuffer                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    6/6/96 12:44PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void GraphicBufferClass::Un_Init (void)
+{
+	if ( IsDirectDraw ){
+
+		if ( VideoSurfacePtr ){
+
+			while ( LockCount ){
+
+				if (VideoSurfacePtr->Unlock ( NULL ) == DDERR_SURFACELOST){
+					if (Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function){
+						Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function();
+					}
+					AllSurfaces.Restore_Surfaces();
+				}
+			}
+
+			AllSurfaces.Remove_DD_Surface (VideoSurfacePtr);
+			VideoSurfacePtr->Release();
+			VideoSurfacePtr = NULL;
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::GRAPHICBUFFERCLASS -- Default constructor (requires explicit init) *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicBufferClass::GraphicBufferClass(void)
+{
+	GraphicBuff			= this; 							// Get a pointer to our self
+	VideoSurfacePtr	= NULL;
+	memset(&VideoSurfaceDescription, 0, sizeof(DDSURFACEDESC));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::GRAPHICBUFFERCLASS -- Constructor for fixed size buffers           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		long size		- size of the buffer to create					*
+ *					int w			- width of buffer in pixels (default = 320)  *
+ *					int h			- height of buffer in pixels (default = 200) *
+ *					void *buffer	- a pointer to the buffer if any (optional)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/13/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicBufferClass::GraphicBufferClass(int w, int h, void *buffer, long size)
+{
+	Init(w, h, buffer, size, GBC_NONE);
+}
+/*=========================================================================*
+ * GBC::GRAPHICBUFFERCLASS -- inline constructor for GraphicBufferClass		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		int w			- width of buffer in pixels (default = 320)  *
+ *					int h			- height of buffer in pixels (default = 200) *
+ *					void *buffer	- a pointer to the buffer if any (optional)	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/03/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicBufferClass::GraphicBufferClass(int w, int h, void *buffer)
+{
+	Init(w, h, buffer, w * h, GBC_NONE);
+}
+
+/*====================================================================================*
+ * GBC::GRAPHICBUFFERCLASS -- contructor for GraphicsBufferClass with special flags   *
+ *                                                                                    *
+ * INPUT:		int w			- width of buffer in pixels (default = 320)           *
+ *					int h			- height of buffer in pixels (default = 200)      *
+ *					void *buffer	- unused                                	      *
+ *               unsigned flags - flags for creation of special buffer types          *
+ *                                GBC_VISIBLE - buffer is a visible screen surface    *
+ *                                GBC_VIDEOMEM - buffer resides in video memory       *
+ *                                                                                    *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                    *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                           *
+ *   09-21-95 04:19pm ST : Created                                                    *
+ *====================================================================================*/
+GraphicBufferClass::GraphicBufferClass(int w, int h, GBC_Enum flags)
+{
+	Init(w, h, NULL, w * h, flags);
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*
+ * GBC::~GRAPHICBUFFERCLASS -- Destructor for the graphic buffer class     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *	INPUT:		none																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/03/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicBufferClass::~GraphicBufferClass()
+{
+
+//
+// Release the direct draw surface if it exists
+//
+	Un_Init();
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_LOGIC_PAGE -- Sets LogicPage to new buffer                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		GraphicBufferClass * the buffer we are going to set         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     GraphicBufferClass * the previous buffer type					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass *Set_Logic_Page(GraphicViewPortClass *ptr)
+{
+	GraphicViewPortClass *old = LogicPage;
+	LogicPage					= ptr;
+	return(old);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_LOGIC_PAGE -- Sets LogicPage to new buffer                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		GraphicBufferClass & the buffer we are going to set         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     GraphicBufferClass * the previous buffer type					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   02/23/1995 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+GraphicViewPortClass *Set_Logic_Page(GraphicViewPortClass &ptr)
+{
+	GraphicViewPortClass *old = LogicPage;
+	LogicPage					= &ptr;
+	return(old);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::LOCK -- Locks a Direct Draw Surface                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Code stolen from Steve Tall                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+extern	void Colour_Debug (int call_number);
+extern bool GameInFocus;
+
+extern void Block_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer);
+extern void Unblock_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer);
+
+BOOL GraphicBufferClass::Lock(void)
+{
+	HRESULT	result;
+	int		restore_attempts=0;
+
+	//
+	// If its not a direct draw surface then the lock is always sucessful.
+	//
+	if (!IsDirectDraw) return(TRUE);
+
+	/*
+	** If the video surface pointer is null then return
+	*/
+	if (!VideoSurfacePtr) return (FALSE);
+
+	/*
+	** If we dont have focus then return failure
+	*/
+	if (!GameInFocus) return (FALSE);
+
+
+	Block_Mouse(this);
+
+
+	//
+	// If surface is already locked then inc the lock count and return true
+	//
+	if (LockCount){
+		LockCount++;
+		Unblock_Mouse(this);
+		return(TRUE);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// If it isn't locked at all then we will have to request that Direct
+	// Draw actually lock the surface.
+	//
+
+	if (VideoSurfacePtr){
+		while (!LockCount && restore_attempts<2) {
+			result = VideoSurfacePtr->Lock ( NULL
+										, &(VideoSurfaceDescription)
+										, DDLOCK_WAIT
+										, NULL);
+
+			switch (result){
+				case DD_OK :
+					Offset	= (unsigned long)VideoSurfaceDescription.lpSurface;
+					Pitch		= VideoSurfaceDescription.lPitch;
+					Pitch	  -= Width;
+					LockCount++;		// increment count so we can track if
+					TotalLocks++;		// Total number of times we have locked (for debugging)
+					//Colour_Debug (1);
+					Unblock_Mouse(this);
+					return (TRUE);		// we locked it multiple times.
+
+				case DDERR_SURFACELOST :
+					if (Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function){
+						Gbuffer_Focus_Loss_Function();
+					}
+					AllSurfaces.Restore_Surfaces();
+					restore_attempts++;
+					break;
+
+				default :
+					Unblock_Mouse(this);
+					return (FALSE);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	//Colour_Debug(1);
+	Unblock_Mouse(this);
+	return (FALSE);		//Return false because we couldnt lock or restore the surface
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GBC::UNLOCK -- Unlocks a direct draw surface                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *   10/09/1995     : Code stolen from Steve Tall                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+
+BOOL GraphicBufferClass::Unlock(void)
+{
+	//
+	// If there is no lock count or this is not a direct draw surface
+	// then just return true as there is no harm done.
+	//
+	if (!(LockCount && IsDirectDraw)) {
+		return(TRUE);
+	}
+
+	//
+	// If lock count is directly equal to one then we actually need to
+	// unlock so just give it a shot.
+	//
+	if (LockCount == 1 && VideoSurfacePtr) {
+		Block_Mouse(this);
+		if ( VideoSurfacePtr->Unlock ( NULL ) != DD_OK ){
+			Unblock_Mouse(this);
+			return(FALSE);
+		} else {
+			Offset=NOT_LOCKED;
+			LockCount--;
+			Unblock_Mouse(this);
+			return(TRUE);
+		}
+	}
+	//Colour_Debug (0);
+	LockCount--;
+	return(TRUE);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GVPC::DD_Linear_Blit_To_Linear -- blit using the hardware blitter                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    destination vvpc                                                                  *
+ *           x coord to blit from                                                              *
+ *           y coord to blit from                                                              *
+ *           x coord to blit to                                                                *
+ *           y coord to blit to                                                                *
+ *           width to blit                                                                     *
+ *           height to blit                                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   DD_OK if successful                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   09-22-95 11:05am ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+HRESULT GraphicViewPortClass::DD_Linear_Blit_To_Linear (
+								  GraphicViewPortClass &dest
+								, int source_x
+								, int source_y
+								, int dest_x
+								, int dest_y
+								, int width
+								, int height
+								, BOOL mask )
+
+{
+	RECT	source_rectangle;
+	RECT	dest_rectangle;
+	int		key_source=0;
+
+	if ( mask ){
+		key_source=DDBLT_KEYSRC;
+	}
+
+
+	source_rectangle.left 	= source_x;
+	source_rectangle.top  	= source_y;
+	source_rectangle.right	= source_x+width;
+	source_rectangle.bottom	= source_y+height;
+
+	dest_rectangle.left 	= dest_x;
+	dest_rectangle.top  	= dest_y;
+	dest_rectangle.right	= dest_x+width;
+	dest_rectangle.bottom	= dest_y+height;
+
+   return (	dest.GraphicBuff->Get_DD_Surface()->Blt ( &dest_rectangle,
+												GraphicBuff->Get_DD_Surface(),
+												&source_rectangle,
+												key_source | DDBLT_WAIT | DDBLT_ASYNC,
+												NULL ) );
+}
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/GBUFFER.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 Bit Library		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : GBUFFER.INC                              *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 26, 1994                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : May 26, 1994   [PWG]                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+;******************************************************************************
+; Much testing was done to determine that only when there are 14 or more bytes
+; being copied does it speed the time it takes to do copies in this algorithm.
+; For this reason and because 1 and 2 byte copies crash, is the special case
+; used.  SKB 4/21/94.  Tested on 486 66mhz.  Copied by PWG 6/7/04.
+OPTIMAL_BYTE_COPY	equ	14
+
+GraphicViewPort struct
+GVPOffset		DD		?		; offset to virtual viewport
+GVPWidth			DD		?		; width of virtual viewport
+GVPHeight		DD		?		; height of virtual viewport
+GVPXAdd			DD		?		; x mod to get to next line
+GVPXPos			DD		?		; x pos relative to Graphic Buff
+GVPYPos			DD		?		; y pos relative to Graphic Buff
+GVPPitch		dd		?		; modulo of graphic view port
+GVPBuffPtr		DD		?		; ptr to associated Graphic Buff
+GraphicViewPort ends

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/GETSHAPE.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,358 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : GETSHAPE.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 5, 1992                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 25, 1994   [BR]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Get_Shape_Size -- Fetch the size of the shape in memory.              *
+ *   Get_Shape_Uncomp_Size -- gets shape's uncompressed size in bytes		*
+ *   Get_Shape_Data -- retrieves a shape's special prefix data					*
+ *   Extract_Shape_Count -- returns # of shapes in the given shape block	*
+ *   Extract_Shape -- Gets pointer to shape in given shape block				*
+ *   Get_Shape_Width -- gets shape width in pixels									*
+ *   Get_Shape_Height -- gets shape height in pixels								*
+ *   Set_Shape_Height -- modifies shape's height									*
+ *   Restore_Shape_Height -- restores a shape to its original height			*
+ *   Get_Shape_Original_Height -- gets shape's unmodified height				*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#include	"shape.h"
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Size -- Fetch the size of the shape in memory.                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The shape size returned includes both the shape header & its data.		*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *	shape		pointer to shape																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * shape's size in memory																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int cdecl Get_Shape_Size(VOID const *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+
+	/*
+	------------------------- Return if NULL pointer -------------------------
+	*/
+	if (!shape) 
+		return(0);
+
+	/*
+	-------------------------- Returns shape's size --------------------------
+	*/
+	return (shp->ShapeSize);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Size */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Uncomp_Size -- gets shape's uncompressed size in bytes			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *	shape		pointer to shape																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *	shape's size in bytes when uncompressed											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Get_Shape_Uncomp_Size(VOID const *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+
+	return (shp->DataLength);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Uncomp_Size */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Data -- retrieves a shape's special prefix data					*
+ *																									*
+ * MAKESHPS.EXE can store special data values along with a shape.  These	*
+ * values are inserted in the shape table >before< the shape's header.		*
+ * So, this routine uses the 'data' parameter as a negative index from		*
+ * the given shape pointer.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *	shape		pointer to shape																*
+ * data		index of WORD data value to get											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * data value																					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	The shape pointer must be a pointer into a shape table created by			*
+ * MAKESHPS.EXE; it >cannot< be a pointer to shape returned by Make_Shape!	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+WORD cdecl Get_Shape_Data(VOID const *shape, WORD data)
+{
+	WORD *word_ptr = (WORD *)shape;
+	WORD retval;
+
+	retval = *(word_ptr - (data+1));
+
+	return (retval);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Data */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Shape_Count -- returns # of shapes in the given shape block		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The # of shapes in a shape block is the first WORD in the block, so		*
+ * this is the value returned.															*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * buffer	pointer to shape block, created with MAKESHPS.EXE					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * # shapes in the block																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int cdecl Extract_Shape_Count(VOID const *buffer)
+{
+	ShapeBlock_Type *block = (ShapeBlock_Type *)buffer;
+
+	return (block->NumShapes);
+
+}	/* end of Extract_Shape_Count */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Extract_Shape -- Gets pointer to shape in given shape block					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * buffer	pointer to shape block, created with MAKESHPS.EXE					*
+ * shape		index of shape to get														*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * pointer to shape in the shape block													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+VOID * cdecl Extract_Shape(VOID const *buffer, int shape)
+{
+	ShapeBlock_Type *block = (ShapeBlock_Type*) buffer;
+	//int numshapes;		// Number of shapes
+	long offset;			// Offset of shape data, from start of block
+	char *bytebuf = (char*) buffer;
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Return if invalid argument -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!buffer || shape < 0 || shape >= block->NumShapes)
+		return(NULL);
+
+	offset = block->Offsets[shape];
+
+	return(bytebuf + 2 + offset);
+
+}	/* end of Extract_Shape */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Width -- gets shape width in pixels									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * shape		pointer to a shape															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *	shape width in pixels																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Get_Shape_Width(VOID const *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+
+	return (shp->Width);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Width */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Height -- gets shape height in pixels									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * shape		pointer to a shape															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * shape height in pixels																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Get_Shape_Height(VOID const *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+
+	return (shp->Height);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Height */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Set_Shape_Height -- modifies shape's height										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * The new height must be shorter than the original height.  This effect	*
+ * chops off the lower portion of the shape, like it's sinking into the		*
+ * ground.																						*
+ *																									*
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * shape			pointer to a shape														*
+ * newheight	new shape height															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * old shape height																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ * none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int cdecl Set_Shape_Height(VOID const *shape, WORD newheight)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+	WORD oldheight;
+
+	oldheight = shp->Height;
+	shp->Height = newheight;
+
+	return(oldheight);
+
+}	/* end of Set_Shape_Height */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Restore_Shape_Height -- restores a shape to its original height			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ * shape		pointer to a shape															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * old shape height																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int cdecl Restore_Shape_Height(VOID *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+	WORD oldheight;
+
+	oldheight = shp->Height;
+	shp->Height = shp->OriginalHeight;
+
+	return(oldheight);
+
+}	/* end of Restore_Shape_Height */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Get_Shape_Original_Height -- gets shape's unmodified height					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *	shape		pointer to a shape															*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ * shape's unmodified height																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *	none																							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/09/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/19/1993 SKB : Split drawshp.asm into several modules.              *
+ *   05/25/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Get_Shape_Original_Height(VOID const *shape)
+{
+	Shape_Type *shp = (Shape_Type *)shape;
+	
+	return (shp->OriginalHeight);
+
+}	/* end of Get_Shape_Original_Height */
+
+
+/************************* end of getshape.cpp *****************************/

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/ICONCACH.H

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***             C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Drawbuff - Westwood win95 library                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : Iconcach.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : November 8th, 1995                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 16th, 1995 [ST]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview: This file cantains definition of the IconCacheClass and associated non member     *
+ *           function prototypes.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *  IconCacheClass::Get_Is_Cached -- member to allow access to private IsCached flag           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+
+
+#ifndef	ICONCACH_H
+#define	ICONCACH_H
+
+#include	<tile.h>
+
+#define	ICON_WIDTH			24			// Icons must be this width to be cached
+#define	ICON_HEIGHT			24			// Icons must be this height to be cached
+#define	MAX_CACHED_ICONS	500		// Maximum number of icons that can be cached
+#define	MAX_ICON_SETS		100		// Maximum number of icon sets that can be registered
+#define	MAX_LOOKUP_ENTRIES 3000		// Size of icon index table
+
+
+/*
+** IconCacheClass for tracking individual icons cached into video memory
+**
+** Use Register_Icon_Set to identify a set of icons as cachable. Once registered, the icons
+** will be cached automatically when drawn.
+** Use Invalidate_Cached_Icons at the end of icon drawing to release the video memory used by the
+** caching system.
+** Restore_Cached_Icons may be used to reload the icons into video memory after a focus loss.
+**
+*/
+
+class IconCacheClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		IconCacheClass (void);					// class constructor
+		~IconCacheClass (void);					// class destructor
+
+		void Restore(void);						// restore the surface
+		BOOL Cache_It (void * icon_ptr);		// Cache the icon to video memory
+		void Uncache_It (void);					// Restore the video memory and flag the icon as uncached
+		void Draw_It (LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE dest_surface , int x_pixel, int y_pixel, int window_left , int window_top , int window_width , int window_height);
+		inline BOOL Get_Is_Cached(void);		// Return the IsCached member
+
+		int						TimesDrawn;		// counter of times cached icon has been drawn
+		int						TimesFailed;	// counter of times cached icon has failed to draw
+
+
+	private:
+
+		LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE	CacheSurface;	// Ptr to direct draw surface where icon resides
+		BOOL						IsCached;		// Flag to say whether an icon is cached
+		BOOL						SurfaceLost;	// Flag to indicate that our icons surface has been lost
+		int						DrawFrequency;	// Number of times icon has been drawn
+		void						*IconSource;	// Ptr to original icon data in system memory
+
+};
+
+
+
+/*
+** Structure to keep track of registered icon sets
+**
+*/
+
+typedef struct tIconSetType{
+	IControl_Type	*IconSetPtr;				// Ptr to icon set data
+	int				IconListOffset;			// Offset into icon index table for this icon set
+}IconSetType;
+
+
+extern	IconCacheClass	CachedIcons[MAX_CACHED_ICONS];
+
+extern void Invalidate_Cached_Icons (void);
+extern void Restore_Cached_Icons (void);
+extern void Register_Icon_Set (void *icon_data , BOOL pre_cache);
+
+//
+// Prototypes for assembly language procedures in STMPCACH.ASM
+//
+extern "C" void Clear_Icon_Pointers (void);
+extern "C" void Cache_Copy_Icon (void const *icon_ptr ,void * , int);
+extern "C" int Is_Icon_Cached (void const *icon_data , int icon);
+extern "C" int Get_Icon_Index (void *icon_ptr);
+extern "C" int Get_Free_Index (void);
+extern "C" BOOL Cache_New_Icon (int icon_index, void *icon_ptr);
+extern "C" int Get_Free_Cache_Slot(void);
+
+
+extern	int	CachedIconsDrawn;
+extern	int	UnCachedIconsDrawn;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * ICC::Get_Is_Cached -- member to allow access to the private IsCached flag                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   IsCached                                                                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    11/13/95 9:42AM ST : Created                                                             *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline BOOL IconCacheClass::Get_Is_Cached (void)
+{
+	return (IsCached);
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+#endif	//ICONCACH_H
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/ICONSET.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,340 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Library                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : ICONSET.C                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 9, 1991                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 15, 1993   [JLB]               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Load_Icon_Set -- Loads an icons set and initializes it.               *
+ *   Free_Icon_Set -- Frees allocations made by Load_Icon_Set().           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+//#include	"function.h"
+
+//#define		_WIN32
+//#define		WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+
+#include	<dos.h>
+#include	<stdlib.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+//#include	<mem.h>
+#include	<wwstd.h>
+#include	<file.h>
+#include	"tile.h"
+#include	<iff.h>
+
+
+// Misc? ST - 1/3/2019 10:40AM
+//extern int Misc;
+int Misc;
+
+void *  Load_Icon_Set(char const *filename, void *iconsetptr, long buffsize);
+void  Free_Icon_Set(void const *iconset);
+long  Get_Icon_Set_Size(void const *iconset);
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Width(void const *iconset);
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Height(void const *iconset);
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Icondata(void const *iconset);
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Trans(void const *iconset);
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Remapdata(void const *iconset);
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Palettedata(void const *iconset);
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Count(void const *iconset);
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Map(void const *iconset);
+
+
+//#define	ICON_PALETTE_BYTES	16
+//#define	ICON_MAX					256
+
+/***************************************************************************
+**	The terrain is rendered by using icons.  These are the buffers that hold
+**	the icon data, remap tables, and remap index arrays.
+*/
+//PRIVATE char *IconPalette = NULL;		// MCGA only.
+//PRIVATE char *IconRemap = NULL;			// MCGA only.
+
+#define	FORM_RPAL	MAKE_ID('R','P','A','L')
+#define	FORM_RTBL	MAKE_ID('R','T','B','L')
+#define	FORM_SSET	MAKE_ID('S','S','E','T')
+#define	FORM_SINF	MAKE_ID('S','I','N','F')
+#define	FORM_ICON	MAKE_ID('I','C','O','N')
+#define	FORM_TRNS	MAKE_ID('T','R','N','S')
+#define	FORM_MAP		MAKE_ID('M','A','P',' ')
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_ICON_SET -- Loads an icons set and initializes it.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will load an IFF icon set from disk.  It handles all    *
+ *    of the necessary allocations.                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   filename -- Name of the icon file.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          buffer   -- Pointer to paragraph aligned buffer to hold data.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          size     -- Size of the buffer (in bytes).                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   In EEGA mode the iconset buffer will be free because the    *
+ *             icons will have been transferred to card ram.               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   07/01/1991 JLB : Determines icon size from file.                      *
+ *   07/15/1991 JLB : Load and uncompress onto the same buffer.            *
+ *   09/15/1993 JLB : Added EMS support.                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void *  Load_Icon_Set(char const *filename, void *iconsetptr, long buffsize)
+{
+	int	fh;				// File handle of iconset.
+	int	bytespericon;	// The number of bytes per icon.
+	unsigned long	icons=0;			// Number of icons loaded.
+	unsigned long	size;				// Size of the icon chunk (raw).
+
+	unsigned long	transsize;
+	void	*transptr=NULL;
+
+	unsigned long	mapsize;				// Icon map chunk size.
+	void	*mapptr=NULL;		// Icon map pointer.
+	void	*returnptr=NULL;	// Iconset pointer returned by routine.
+	BOOL	allocated=FALSE;	// Was the iconset block allocated?
+	IControl_Type	*idata=NULL;	// Icon data loaded.
+	long	id;				// ID of file openned.
+	struct {
+		char	Width;		// Width of icon in bytes.
+		char	Height;		// Height of icon in bytes.
+		char	Format;		// Graphic mode.
+								//lint -esym(754,Format)
+		char	Bitplanes;	// Number of bitplanes per icon.
+	} sinf;
+
+	/*
+	**	Open the icon set for loading.  If it is not a legal icon set
+	**	data file, then abort.
+	*/
+	fh = Open_Iff_File(filename);
+	if (fh != WW_ERROR) {
+		Read_File(fh, &id, sizeof(long));
+		if (id == FORM_ICON) {
+
+			/*
+			**	Determine the size of the icons and set up the graphic
+			**	system accordingly.  Also get the sizes of the various
+			**	data blocks that have to be loaded.
+			*/
+			Read_Iff_Chunk(fh, FORM_SINF, &sinf, sizeof(sinf));
+			bytespericon = ((((int)sinf.Width)<<3)*(((int)sinf.Height)<<3)*(int)sinf.Bitplanes)>>3;
+
+			size = Get_Iff_Chunk_Size(fh,FORM_SSET);
+				transsize = Get_Iff_Chunk_Size(fh, FORM_TRNS);
+			mapsize = Get_Iff_Chunk_Size(fh, FORM_MAP);
+
+			/*
+			**	Allocate the icon buffer if one isn't provided.  First try EMS and
+			**	then try conventional RAM.
+			*/
+			allocated = FALSE;
+			if (!iconsetptr) {
+					buffsize = size + transsize + mapsize + sizeof(IControl_Type);
+
+				Misc = buffsize;
+				iconsetptr = Alloc(buffsize, MEM_NORMAL);
+				allocated = (iconsetptr != NULL);
+			}
+
+			if (iconsetptr && (size+transsize+mapsize+sizeof(IControl_Type)) <= (unsigned long)buffsize) {
+
+				idata = (IControl_Type *)iconsetptr;
+
+				memset(idata, 0, sizeof(IControl_Type));
+
+				/*
+				**	Initialize the iconset header structure.
+				*/
+				idata->Width = (short)(((short)sinf.Width)<<3);
+				idata->Height = (short)(((short)sinf.Height)<<3);
+				idata->Allocated = (short)allocated;
+				idata->Icons = (unsigned char *)iconsetptr + sizeof(IControl_Type);
+				idata->Map = (unsigned char *) (idata->Icons + size);
+					idata->TransFlag = sizeof(IControl_Type) + size + mapsize;
+				idata->Size = buffsize;
+
+					{
+						long	val;
+
+						val = Read_Iff_Chunk(fh, FORM_SSET, Add_Long_To_Pointer(iconsetptr, sizeof(IControl_Type)), size);
+						icons = (int)(val/(long)bytespericon);
+						idata = (IControl_Type *)iconsetptr;
+					}
+
+				if (mapsize) {
+					icons = mapsize;
+				}
+				idata->Count = (short)icons;
+
+				/*
+				**	Limit buffer to only the size needed.  This is done AFTER loading of the
+				**	raw icon data because it might have been compressed and thus need any
+				**	extra space to perform an overlapped decompression.
+				*/
+					if ((unsigned long)buffsize > size + transsize + mapsize + sizeof(IControl_Type)) {
+						buffsize = size + transsize + mapsize + sizeof(IControl_Type);
+					}
+
+					transptr = Add_Long_To_Pointer(iconsetptr, idata->TransFlag);
+					Read_Iff_Chunk(fh, FORM_TRNS, transptr, transsize);
+					idata = (IControl_Type *)iconsetptr;
+
+				mapptr = (void*)idata->Map;
+				Read_Iff_Chunk(fh, FORM_MAP, mapptr, mapsize);
+
+				/*
+				**	Let the graphic overlay know of the icon data.  This could involve
+				**	translation and other data manipulations.
+				*/
+				//Init_Stamps(iconsetptr);
+
+				returnptr = iconsetptr;
+			}
+		}
+		Close_Iff_File(fh);
+	}
+
+	return (returnptr);		// Return with icon pointer.
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FREE_ICON_SET -- Frees allocations made by Load_Icon_Set().             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine is used to free up any allocations by Load_Icon_Set().  *
+ *    Use this routine when a new icon set is to be loaded.                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void  Free_Icon_Set(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		if (icontrol->Allocated) {
+			Free((void *)iconset);
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+
+long  Get_Icon_Set_Size(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	long				size=0;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		size = icontrol->Size;
+	}
+	return(size);
+}
+
+
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Width(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	int				width=0;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		width = icontrol->Width;
+	}
+	return(width);
+}
+
+
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Height(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	int				height=0;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		height = icontrol->Height;
+	}
+	return(height);
+}
+
+
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Icondata(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol)
+		return(Add_Long_To_Pointer(iconset, (LONG)icontrol->Icons));
+	return(NULL);
+}
+
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Trans(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	void				*ptr=NULL;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		ptr = Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)iconset, icontrol->TransFlag);
+	}
+	return(ptr);
+}
+
+
+int  Get_Icon_Set_Count(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	int				count;
+
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol) {
+		count = icontrol->Count;
+	}
+	return(count);
+}
+
+
+void *  Get_Icon_Set_Map(void const *iconset)
+{
+	IControl_Type	*icontrol;
+	icontrol = (IControl_Type *)iconset;
+	if (icontrol)
+		return(Add_Long_To_Pointer(iconset, (LONG)icontrol->Map));
+	return(NULL);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/IFF.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IFF.C                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 16, 1991                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 19, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * IFF reader code designed for loading pictures (ILBM or PBM).            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Close_Iff_File -- Closes an IFF file handle.                          *
+ *   Get_Iff_Chunk_Size -- Get the size of the given IFF chunk.            *
+ *   Open_Iff_File -- Opens an IFF file for reading.                       *
+ *   Read_Iff_Chunk -- Reads a chunk from an IFF file.                     *
+ *   Write_Iff_Chunk -- Writes an IFF chuck out.                           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "iff.h"
+#include "file.h"
+
+#define ID_FORM			MAKE_ID('F','O','R','M')
+
+#ifdef MIN
+#undef MIN
+#endif
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPEN_IFF_FILE -- Opens an IFF file for reading.                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This function will open an IFF file for reading.  It will perform    *
+ *    a the simple validity test of checking the first four bytes to make  *
+ *    sure they are "FORM".  The value returned is the filehandle of the   *
+ *    opened file.                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   filename - ASCII name of the IFF file to be opened.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns the filehandle.  If there is an error or the file      *
+ *          is not an IFF FORM then -1 will be returned.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   You are responsible for error handling if this function     *
+ *             returns -1 (not an IFF file).                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/19/1994 SKB : Update to 32 bit library.                            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int __cdecl Open_Iff_File(char const *filename)
+{
+	int	fh;		// File handle.
+	long	type;		// IFF file type.
+
+
+	/* We want to be able to open the file for READ | WRITE, but we do not
+	   want the Open_File to create it.  So check to see if it exists before
+		the Open_File */
+
+//	fh = Open_File(filename, READ);		// Open the source file for READ
+//	Close_File(fh);
+
+	//fh = Open_File(filename, READ | WRITE);	// Open the source file again
+	fh = Open_File(filename, READ);	// Open the source file again
+
+	//	Validate that it is a FORM type.
+
+	Read_File(fh, &type, 4L);
+
+	if (type == ID_FORM) {
+
+		//	The file is valid (so far).  Position the read so that the actual
+		//	IFF file type code can be read.
+
+		Seek_File(fh, 4L, SEEK_CUR);		// Skip the filesize bytes.
+
+	} else {
+
+		// This is NOT an IFF file.  Close the source file and return with
+		//	the error code.
+		Close_File(fh);
+		fh = WW_ERROR;
+	}
+	return fh;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CLOSE_IFF_FILE -- Closes an IFF file handle.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    The routine will close the file that was opened with the             *
+ *    Open_Iff_File() function.                                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   fh - File handle that was returned from Open_Iff_File().       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/19/1994 SKB : Update to 32 bit library.                            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Close_Iff_File(int fh)
+{
+	if (fh != WW_ERROR) Close_File(fh);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GET_IFF_CHUNK_SIZE -- Get the size of the given IFF chunk.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      int file handle to open IFF file, long id to get size of   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     long size of the chunk or 0L if it was not found            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/03/1991  CY : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/19/1994 SKB : Update to 32 bit library.                            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Get_Iff_Chunk_Size(int fh, long id)
+{
+	long	form;					// Chunk iff form name.
+	long	chunksize;			// Size of the chunk.
+	char	first_iteration;	// Check once the current chunk name
+
+
+	first_iteration = TRUE;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (Read_File(fh, &form, 4L) != 4L && !first_iteration) break;
+
+
+		if (Read_File(fh, (char *) &chunksize, 4L) != 4L && !first_iteration) break;
+
+#if(IBM)
+		chunksize = Reverse_Long(chunksize);
+#endif
+
+		if (id == form) {
+			Seek_File(fh, -8L, SEEK_CUR);			// Seek back to the start of
+			return(chunksize);						// the chunk & return size
+		} else {
+
+			if (first_iteration) {
+				Seek_File(fh, 12L, SEEK_SET);		// Start at beginning of file.
+				first_iteration = FALSE;			// Don't do this again
+			} else {
+
+				/* Otherwise, go to the next chunk in the file */
+
+				chunksize = (chunksize + 1) & 0xFFFFFFFEL;
+				Seek_File(fh, chunksize, SEEK_CUR);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(0L);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * READ_IFF_CHUNK -- Reads a chunk from an IFF file.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Once an IFF file is opened, various chunks must be read from it.     *
+ *    This routine will search through the IFF file and load in the        *
+ *    specified chunk.  It will scan through the entire file when          *
+ *    searching for the chunk.  It will load the FIRST chunk of the given  *
+ *    type.                                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   fh       - File handle of IFF file.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          id       - Chunk ID code.                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          buffer   - Pointer to buffer to load the chunk.                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          maxsize  - Maximum data bytes to read.                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     Returns with the number of bytes read from the chunk.       *
+ *             If 0 is returned, this indicates that the chunk wasn't      *
+ *             found.                                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/16/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/19/1994 SKB : Update to 32 bit library.                            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Read_Iff_Chunk(int fh, long id, void *buffer, unsigned long maxsize)
+{
+	long	form;					// Chunk iff form name.
+	unsigned long	chunksize;			// Size of the chunk.
+	char	first_iteration;	// Check once the current chunk name
+
+	first_iteration = TRUE;
+
+	for (;;) {
+		if (Read_File(fh, &form, 4L) != 4L && !first_iteration) break;
+
+		if (Read_File(fh, (char *) &chunksize, 4L) != 4L && !first_iteration) break;
+
+#if(IBM)
+		chunksize = Reverse_Long(chunksize);
+#endif
+
+		if (id == form) {
+
+			maxsize = MIN(maxsize, chunksize);
+			Read_File(fh, buffer, maxsize);		// Read the buffer.
+
+			chunksize = (chunksize + 1) & 0xFFFFFFFEL;
+			if (maxsize < chunksize) {
+				Seek_File(fh, chunksize - maxsize, SEEK_CUR);
+			}
+			return(maxsize);
+		} else {
+
+			if (first_iteration) {
+				Seek_File(fh, 12L, SEEK_SET);		// Start at beginning of file.
+				first_iteration = FALSE;			// Don't do this again
+
+			} else {
+
+				/* Otherwise, go to the next chunk in the file */
+
+				chunksize = (chunksize + 1) & 0xFFFFFFFEL;
+				Seek_File(fh, chunksize, SEEK_CUR);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(0L);
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WRITE_IFF_CHUNK -- Writes an IFF chuck out.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/19/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Write_Iff_Chunk(int file, long id, void *buffer, long length)
+{
+	long	pos;		// Current position in the IFF file.
+	long	oldpos;	// Record of start of chunk offset.
+	long	endpos;	// end of file offset before we write our data
+	long	value;
+	BOOL	odd;		// Is length odd?
+	char	pad = 0;	// Optional padding byte for even sized chunks.
+
+	/*
+	** Get the current end of file (before we write more data to the file)
+	*/
+	pos 	 = Seek_File (file, 0L, SEEK_CUR);
+	endpos = Seek_File (file, 0L, SEEK_END);
+	Seek_File (file, pos, SEEK_SET);
+
+	if (length) {
+		value = id;
+		odd = (short)length & 0x01;
+
+		Write_File(file, &value, 4L);
+		oldpos = Seek_File(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR);
+		Write_File(file, &value, 4L);
+		Write_File(file, buffer, length);
+		pos = Seek_File(file, 0L, SEEK_CUR);
+		if (odd) {
+			Write_File(file, &pad, 1L);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the chunk size long.
+		*/
+		Seek_File(file, oldpos, SEEK_SET);
+		value = IFFize_LONG((pos - oldpos)-4);
+		Write_File(file, &value, 4L);
+
+		/*
+		**	Update the file size LONG. if we are not just overwriting existing data
+		*/
+		// (MCC)
+		if ( endpos < pos ) {
+			Seek_File(file, 4L, SEEK_SET);
+			value = IFFize_LONG((pos+odd) - 8);
+			Write_File(file, &value, 4L);
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Return to end of file.
+		*/
+		Seek_File(file, 0L, SEEK_END);
+	}
+}
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/IFF.H

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Part of the FILEIO Library               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IFF.H                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 20, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 20, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef IFF_H
+#define IFF_H
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MISC_H
+#include <misc.h>		// This is needed fro Reverse_WORD and _LONG
+#endif
+
+#ifndef MEMFLAGS_H
+#include <memflag.h>	// This is needed for MemoryFlagType.
+#endif
+
+#define LZW_SUPPORTED			FALSE
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Iff and Load Picture system defines and enumerations							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#define 	MAKE_ID(a,b,c,d)			((long) ((long) d << 24) | ((long) c << 16) | ((long) b <<  8) | (long)(a))
+#define	IFFize_WORD(a)			Reverse_Word(a)
+#define	IFFize_LONG(a)			Reverse_Long(a)
+
+
+//lint -strong(AJX,PicturePlaneType)
+typedef enum {
+	BM_AMIGA,	// Bit plane format (8K per bitplane).
+	BM_MCGA,		// Byte per pixel format (64K).
+
+	BM_DEFAULT=BM_MCGA	// Default picture format.
+} PicturePlaneType;
+
+/*
+**	This is the compression type code.  This value is used in the compressed
+**	file header to indicate the method of compression used.  Note that the
+**	LZW method may not be supported.
+*/
+//lint -strong(AJX,CompressionType)
+typedef enum {
+	NOCOMPRESS,		// No compression (raw data).
+	LZW12,			// LZW 12 bit codes.
+	LZW14,			// LZW 14 bit codes.
+	HORIZONTAL,		// Run length encoding (RLE).
+	LCW				// Westwood proprietary compression.
+} CompressionType;
+
+/*
+**	Compressed blocks of data must start with this header structure.
+**	Note that disk based compressed files have an additional two
+**	leading bytes that indicate the size of the entire file.
+*/
+//lint -strong(AJX,CompHeaderType)
+typedef struct {
+	char	Method;		// Compression method (CompressionType).
+	char	pad;			// Reserved pad byte (always 0).
+	long	Size;			// Size of the uncompressed data.
+	short	Skip;			// Number of bytes to skip before data.
+} CompHeaderType;
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: IFF.CPP								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Open_Iff_File(char const *filename);
+void __cdecl Close_Iff_File(int fh);
+unsigned long __cdecl Get_Iff_Chunk_Size(int fh, long id);
+unsigned long __cdecl Read_Iff_Chunk(int fh, long id, void *buffer, unsigned long maxsize);
+void __cdecl Write_Iff_Chunk(int file, long id, void *buffer, long length);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LOADPICT.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Load_Picture(char const *filename, BufferClass& scratchbuf, BufferClass& destbuf, unsigned char *palette=NULL, PicturePlaneType format=BM_DEFAULT);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LOAD.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+unsigned long __cdecl Load_Data(char const *name, void *ptr, unsigned long size);
+unsigned long __cdecl Write_Data(char const *name, void *ptr, unsigned long size);
+void * __cdecl Load_Alloc_Data(char const *name, MemoryFlagType flags);
+unsigned long __cdecl Load_Uncompress(char const *file, BufferClass& uncomp_buff, BufferClass& dest_buff, void *reserved_data=NULL);
+unsigned long __cdecl Uncompress_Data(void const *src, void *dst);
+void __cdecl Set_Uncomp_Buffer(int buffer_segment, int size_of_buffer);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: WRITELBM.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+PUBLIC BOOL Write_LBM_File(int lbmhandle, BufferClass& buff, int bitplanes, unsigned char *palette);
+
+
+
+/*========================= Assembly Functions ============================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: PACK2PLN.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern void __cdecl Pack_2_Plane(void *buffer, void * pageptr, int planebit);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LCWCOMP.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern unsigned long __cdecl LCW_Compress(void *source, void *dest, unsigned long length);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LCWUNCMP.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern unsigned long __cdecl LCW_Uncompress(void *source, void *dest, unsigned long length);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+
+#endif //IFF_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/IRANDOM.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : LIBRARY                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : IRANDOM.C                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : 10 Feb, 1995     [BWG]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <time.h>
+#include "misc.h"
+
+
+
+extern "C" unsigned long RandNumb = 0x12349876;
+
+
+
+/* IRANDOM ----------------------------------------------------------
+
+   IRandom returns a random value between min and max inclusive.
+
+   INPUTS:	int min and int max
+
+   RETURNS:	int random number
+*/
+
+int IRandom(int minval, int maxval)
+{
+	int num,mask;
+
+	// Keep minval and maxval straight.
+	if (minval > maxval) {
+		minval ^= maxval;
+		maxval ^= minval;
+		minval ^= maxval;
+	}
+
+	mask = Get_Random_Mask(maxval - minval);
+
+	while( (num = (rand() & mask) + minval) > maxval ) ;
+	return(num);
+}
+
+
+
+unsigned char Random(void)
+{
+	__asm {
+		lea	esi, [RandNumb]		//; get offset in segment of RandNumb
+		xor	eax,eax
+		mov	al,[esi]
+		shr	al,1						//; shift right 1 bit (bit0 in carry)
+		shr	al,1
+		rcl	[BYTE PTR esi+2],1	//; rcl byte 3 of RandNumb
+		rcl	[BYTE PTR esi+1],1 	//; rcl byte 2 of RandNumb
+		cmc								//; complement carry
+		sbb	al,[esi]					//; sbb byte 1 of RandNumb
+		shr	al,1						//; sets carry
+		rcr	[BYTE PTR esi],1 		//; rcr byte 1 of RandNumb
+		mov	al,[esi]					//; reload byte 1 of RandNumb
+		xor	al,[esi+1]				//; xor with byte 2 of RandNumb
+	}
+}		 
+
+
+
+int Get_Random_Mask(int maxval)
+{
+	__asm {
+		
+		bsr	ecx,[maxval]		//	; put bit position of highest bit in ecx
+		mov	eax, 1				//	; set one bit on in eax
+		jz		invalid				//	; if BSR shows maxval==0, return eax=1
+		inc	ecx					// ; get one bit higher than count showed
+		shl	eax,cl				// ; move our EAX bit into position
+		dec	eax					// ; dec it to create the mask.
+invalid:
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+			  
+#if (0)
+
+RandNumb	DD	12349876H
+
+;
+; UBYTE Random(VOID);
+; int Get_Random_Mask(int maxval);
+;
+; ----------------------------------------------------------------
+
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------
+; RANDOM
+;
+; UBYTE Random(VOID);
+;
+;*
+
+	PROC	Random C near
+	USES	esi
+
+	lea	esi, [RandNumb]		; get offset in segment of RandNumb
+	xor	eax,eax
+	mov	al,[esi]
+	shr	al,1			; shift right 1 bit (bit0 in carry)
+	shr	al,1
+	rcl	[BYTE PTR esi+2],1	; rcl byte 3 of RandNumb
+	rcl	[BYTE PTR esi+1],1 	; rcl byte 2 of RandNumb
+	cmc				; complement carry
+	sbb	al,[esi]		; sbb byte 1 of RandNumb
+	shr	al,1			; sets carry
+	rcr	[BYTE PTR esi],1 	; rcr byte 1 of RandNumb
+	mov	al,[esi]		; reload byte 1 of RandNumb
+	xor	al,[esi+1]		; xor with byte 2 of RandNumb
+
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Random
+
+
+;-----------------------------------------------------------------
+; GET_RANDOM_MASK - returns an AND value that is large enough that it
+; encloses the 'maxval' parameter.
+;
+; int Get_Random_Mask(int maxval);
+;
+;*
+
+	PROC	Get_Random_Mask C near
+	USES	ecx
+	ARG	maxval:DWORD
+
+; This function takes as a parameter a maximum value, for example, 61.  It
+; then tries to create an AND mask that is big enough to enclose that number.
+; For our example case, that AND mask would be 0x3F.  It does this by scanning
+; for the highest bit in the number, then making an all-1's mask from that
+; bit position down to bit 0.
+	bsr	ecx,[maxval]		; put bit position of highest bit in ecx
+	mov	eax,1			; set one bit on in eax
+	jz	??invalid		; if BSR shows maxval==0, return eax=1
+	inc	ecx			; get one bit higher than count showed
+	shl	eax,cl			; move our EAX bit into position
+	dec	eax			; dec it to create the mask.
+??invalid:
+	ret
+	ENDP	Get_Random_Mask
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	END
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/KEYBOARD.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,533 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Keyboard Library                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : KEYBOARD.CPP                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 10/16/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 26, 1995   []                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Put -- Logic to insert a key into the keybuffer]                         *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Get -- Logic to get a metakey from the buffer                            *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Check -- Checks to see if a key is in the buffer                         *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Put_Key_Message -- Translates and inserts wParam into Keyboard Buffer    *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Buff_Get -- Lowlevel function to get a key from key buffer               *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_X -- Returns the mouses current x position in pixels           *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_Y -- returns the mouses current y position in pixels           *
+ *   WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_XY -- Returns the mouses x,y position via reference vars       *
+ *   Check_Key -- compatability routine for old 32 bit library             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "keyboard.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+#include "mono.h"
+
+void Message_Loop(void);
+
+WWKeyboardClass *_Kbd;
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::WWKeyBoardClass -- Construction for Westwood Keyboard Class                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		none							                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none							                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+WWKeyboardClass::WWKeyboardClass(void)
+{
+	_Kbd = this;
+	//
+	// Initialize the keyboard remap table for our system (note it would be bad if someone
+	// switched keyboard modes after this happened.
+	//
+	memset(VKRemap, 0, 256);
+	memset(AsciiRemap, 0, 2048);
+	short lp;
+	for (lp = 31; lp < 255; lp ++) {
+		if (isprint(lp)) {
+			int vk_key = VkKeyScan((unsigned char)lp);
+			if (vk_key > 0 && vk_key < 2048) {
+				AsciiRemap[vk_key] = (unsigned char)lp;
+				VKRemap[lp] 	 = (unsigned char)(vk_key & 0xFF);
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Build a remap table of the different keys which are affected by the caps lock and
+	// the num lock.
+	//
+	memset(ToggleKeys, 0, 256);
+	for (lp = 0; lp < 255; lp++ ) {
+		if (isalpha(lp) && isupper(lp)) {
+			ToggleKeys[lp] = 1;
+		}
+		if (lp >= VK_NUMPAD0 && lp <= VK_DIVIDE) {
+			ToggleKeys[lp] = 2;
+		}
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Our buffer should start devoid of keys.
+	//
+	memset(Buffer, 0, 256);
+	Head				= 0;
+	Tail				= 0;
+
+	//
+	// There should be no starting queued mouse events for us to have to worry
+	// about.
+	//
+	MouseQX			= 0;
+	MouseQY			= 0;
+	MState			= 0;
+	Conditional		= 0;
+	CurrentCursor	= NULL;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Buff_Get -- Lowlevel function to get a key from key buffer                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        						  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int		- the key value that was pulled from buffer (includes bits)				  *                                                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   If the key was a mouse event MouseQX and MouseQY will be updated                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int WWKeyboardClass::Buff_Get(void)
+{
+	while (!Check()) {}										// wait for key in buffer
+	int 	temp		= Buffer[Head];						// get key out of the buffer
+	int   newhead	= Head;									// save off head for manipulation
+	if (Is_Mouse_Key(temp)) {								// if key is a mouse then
+		MouseQX	= Buffer[(Head + 1) & 255];			//		get the x and y pos
+		MouseQY	= Buffer[(Head + 2) & 255];			//		from the buffer
+		newhead += 3;		  									//		adjust head forward
+	} else {
+		newhead += 1;		  									//		adjust head forward
+	}
+	newhead	&= 255;
+	Head		 = newhead;
+	return(temp);
+}
+
+BOOL WWKeyboardClass::Is_Mouse_Key(int key)
+{
+	key &= 0xFF;
+	return (key == VK_LBUTTON || key == VK_MBUTTON || key == VK_RBUTTON);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Check -- Checks to see if a key is in the buffer                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL WWKeyboardClass::Check(void)
+{
+	Message_Loop();
+	unsigned short temp;											// store temp holding spot for key
+	if (Head == Tail) return(FALSE);							// if no keys in buff then get out
+	temp = Buffer[Head];											// get key out of the buffer
+	return(temp);													// send it back to main program
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Get -- Logic to get a metakey from the buffer                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        						  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int		- the meta key taken from the buffer.											  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:	This routine will not return until a keypress is received							  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int WWKeyboardClass::Get(void)
+{
+	int temp,bits;										// store temp holding spot for key
+
+	while (!Check()) {}								// wait for key in buffer
+	temp = Buff_Get();								// get key from the buffer
+
+	bits = temp & 0xFF00;							// save of keyboard bits
+
+	if (!(bits & WWKEY_VK_BIT)) {					// if its not a virtual key
+		temp = AsciiRemap[temp&0x1FF] | bits;	//   convert to ascii equivalent
+	}
+	return(temp);							// return the key that we pulled out
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Put -- Logic to insert a key into the keybuffer]                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		int	 	- the key to insert into the buffer          								  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     bool		- true if key is sucessfuly inserted.							              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none							                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL WWKeyboardClass::Put(int key)
+{
+	int	temp		= (Tail + 1) & 255;
+	if (temp != Head)
+	{
+		Buffer[Tail]	= (short)key;
+
+		//
+		// Critical Line
+		//
+		Tail				= temp;
+		return(TRUE);
+	}
+	return(FALSE);
+}
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Put_Key_Message -- Translates and inserts wParam into Keyboard Buffer      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/16/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+BOOL WWKeyboardClass::Put_Key_Message(UINT vk_key, BOOL release, BOOL dbl)
+{
+	int bits = 0;
+	//
+	// Get the status of all of the different keyboard modifiers.  Note, only pay attention
+	// to numlock and caps lock if we are dealing with a key that is affected by them.  Note
+	// that we do not want to set the shift, ctrl and alt bits for Mouse keypresses as this
+	// would be incompatible with the dos version.
+	//
+	if (vk_key != VK_LBUTTON && vk_key != VK_MBUTTON && vk_key != VK_RBUTTON) 	{
+		int	shift		= (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0xFF00) 		!= 0;
+		int	ctrl 		= (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0xFF00) 	!= 0;
+		int	alt 		= (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0xFF00) 		!= 0;
+		int	caps		= ((GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x00FF) 	!= 0) && (ToggleKeys[vk_key] == 1);
+		int	nums		= ((GetKeyState(VK_NUMLOCK) & 0x00FF) 	!= 0) && (ToggleKeys[vk_key] == 2);
+
+		//
+		// Set the proper bits for whatever the key we got is.
+		//
+		if (shift || caps || nums) {
+			bits |= WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT;
+		}
+		if (ctrl) {
+			bits |= WWKEY_CTRL_BIT;
+		}
+		if (alt) {
+			bits |= WWKEY_ALT_BIT;
+		}
+		}
+	if (!AsciiRemap[vk_key|bits]) {
+		bits |= WWKEY_VK_BIT;
+	}
+	if (release) {
+		bits |= WWKEY_RLS_BIT;
+	}
+	if (dbl) {
+		bits |= WWKEY_DBL_BIT;
+	}
+	//
+	// Finally use the put command to enter the key into the keyboard
+	// system.
+	//
+	return(Put(vk_key|bits));
+}
+
+void WWKeyboardClass::Clear(void)
+{
+	Head = Tail;
+}
+
+int WWKeyboardClass::To_ASCII(int key)
+{
+	if ( key && WWKEY_RLS_BIT)
+	  return(KN_NONE);
+	return(key);
+}
+
+int WWKeyboardClass::Down(int key)
+{
+	return(GetAsyncKeyState(key&0xFF));
+}
+
+VOID WWKeyboardClass::Split(int &key, int &shift, int &ctrl, int &alt, int &rls, int &dbl)
+{
+	shift = (key & WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT)	!= 0;
+	ctrl	= (key & WWKEY_CTRL_BIT)	!= 0;
+	alt	= (key & WWKEY_ALT_BIT)		!= 0;
+	rls	= (key & WWKEY_RLS_BIT)		!= 0;
+	dbl	= (key & WWKEY_DBL_BIT)		!= 0;
+	key	= (key & 0xFF);
+
+}
+
+
+extern "C" {
+	void __cdecl Stop_Execution (void);
+}
+
+//#pragma off(unreferenced)
+void WWKeyboardClass::Message_Handler(HWND , UINT message, UINT wParam, LONG lParam)
+{
+	return;
+#if (0)	//   ST - 12/20/2018 11:27AM
+	switch (message) {
+		case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
+		case WM_KEYDOWN:
+			if ( wParam==VK_SCROLL ){
+				Stop_Execution();
+			} else {
+				Put_Key_Message(wParam);
+			}
+			break;
+
+		case WM_SYSKEYUP:
+		case WM_KEYUP:
+			Put_Key_Message(wParam, TRUE);
+			break;
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_LBUTTON);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONUP:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_LBUTTON, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_LBUTTON, TRUE, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_MBUTTON);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_MBUTTONUP:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_MBUTTON, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_MBUTTON, TRUE, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_RBUTTON);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_RBUTTONUP:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_RBUTTON, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+
+		case WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK:
+			Put_Key_Message(VK_RBUTTON, TRUE, TRUE);
+			Put(LOWORD(lParam));
+			Put(HIWORD(lParam));
+			break;
+		case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
+			if (CurrentCursor)
+				SetCursor(CurrentCursor);
+			break;
+	}
+#endif
+}
+//#pragma on(unreferenced)
+
+
+
+
+void Message_Loop(void)
+{
+
+	MSG	msg;
+
+	while (PeekMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE )) {
+	  	if( !GetMessage( &msg, NULL, 0, 0 ) ){
+			return;
+		}
+		TranslateMessage(&msg);
+		DispatchMessage(&msg);
+	}
+
+
+
+
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CHECK_KEY -- compatability routine for old 32 bit library               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This routine checks to see if there is a key in the keyboard buffer     *
+ * and returns it to the sender if there is.  It does not remove the key	*
+ * from the buffer.																			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     The key that was pressed.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   You must declare a WWKeyboardClass object before calling    *
+ *					this routine.																*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/26/1995     : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Check_Key(void)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return(KA_NONE);
+	return(_Kbd->Check() & ~WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT);
+}
+
+void Clear_KeyBuffer(void)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return;
+	_Kbd->Clear();
+}
+
+int Check_Key_Num(void)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return(KN_NONE);
+	int key		= _Kbd->Check();
+	int flags	= key & 0xFF00;
+	key		   = key & 0x00FF;
+
+	if (isupper(key)) {
+		key = tolower(key);
+		if ( !(flags & WWKEY_VK_BIT) ) {
+			flags |= WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return(key | flags);
+}
+
+int Get_Key_Num(void)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return(KN_NONE);
+	int key		= _Kbd->Get();
+	int flags	= key & 0xFF00;
+	key		   = key & 0x00FF;
+
+	if (isupper(key)) {
+		key = tolower(key);
+		if ( !(flags & WWKEY_VK_BIT) ) {
+			flags |= WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT;
+		}
+	}
+	return(key | flags);
+}
+
+int KN_To_KA(int key)
+{
+	if ( key & WWKEY_RLS_BIT) {
+		return(KA_NONE);
+	}
+	if (!(key & WWKEY_VK_BIT)) {
+		int flags = key & 0xFF00;
+		key		 = key & 0x00FF;
+		if (flags & WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT) {
+			key		= toupper(key);
+			flags	  &= ~WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT;
+		}
+	}else{
+		/*
+		** If its a numeric keypad key then fix it up
+		*/
+		if ((key & 0xff) >=VK_NUMPAD0 && (key & 0xff) <=VK_NUMPAD9){
+			key = (key & 0xff) - VK_NUMPAD0 + KA_0;
+		}
+	}
+	return(key);
+}
+
+int KN_To_VK(int key)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return(KN_NONE);
+	if ( key & WWKEY_RLS_BIT) {
+		return(VK_NONE);
+	}
+
+	int flags = key & 0xFF00;
+	if (!(flags & WWKEY_VK_BIT)) {
+		key 		 = _Kbd->VKRemap[key & 0x00FF] | flags;
+	}
+	key &= ~WWKEY_VK_BIT;
+	return(key);
+}
+
+int Key_Down(int key)
+{
+	if (!_Kbd) return(FALSE);
+	return(_Kbd->Down(key));
+}
+
+int Get_Key(void)
+{
+	int retval;
+
+	if (!_Kbd) return(KN_NONE);
+	retval = _Kbd->Get() & ~WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT;
+	if (retval & WWKEY_RLS_BIT) {
+		retval = KN_NONE;
+	}
+	return(retval);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/KEYBOARD.H

@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Keyboard Library                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : KEYBOARD.H                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 10/16/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 16, 1995 [PWG]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef KEYBOARD_H
+#define KEYBOARD_H
+ 
+#include <WWSTD.H>
+
+typedef enum {
+	WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT	= 0x100,
+	WWKEY_CTRL_BIT		= 0x200,
+	WWKEY_ALT_BIT		= 0x400,
+	WWKEY_RLS_BIT		= 0x800,
+	WWKEY_VK_BIT		= 0x1000,
+	WWKEY_DBL_BIT		= 0x2000,
+	WWKEY_BTN_BIT		= 0x8000,
+} WWKey_Type;
+
+class WWKeyboardClass
+{
+	public:
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the base constructor and destructors for the class			*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		WWKeyboardClass();
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the functions which work with the Keyboard Class				*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		BOOL 	Check(void);															// checks keybuff for meta key
+		int 	Get(void);																// gets a meta key from the keybuffer
+		BOOL 	Put(int key);															// dumps a key into the keybuffer
+		BOOL	Put_Key_Message(	UINT vk_key, BOOL release = FALSE, 		// handles keyboard related message
+										BOOL dbl = FALSE);							//   and mouse clicks and dbl clicks
+		int 	Check_Num(void);														// checks keybuff for a keynum key
+		int 	Get_VK(void);															// gets keynum key from key buff
+		int 	Check_ACII(void);														// checks keybuff for an ascii key
+		int 	Get_ASCII(void);														// gets an ascii key from keybuff
+		int 	Check_Bits(void);														// checks keybuff for key w/ bits
+		int 	Get_Bits(void);														// get key from keybuff w/ bits
+		int 	To_ASCII(int num);													// converts keynum to ascii value
+		int 	Option_On(int option);												// turns specified option on
+		int 	Option_Off(int option);												// turns specified option off
+		void 	Clear(void);															// clears all keys from keybuffer
+		int 	Down(int key);															// tests to see if a key is down
+		void	AI(void);																// messaging logic for key manager
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the main hook for the message processing loop.					*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		void Message_Handler(HWND hwnd, UINT message, UINT wParam, LONG lParam);
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define public routines which can be used on keys in general.		*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		VOID Split(int &key, int &shift, int &ctrl, int &alt, int &rls, int &dbl);
+		BOOL Is_Mouse_Key(int key);
+
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the public access variables which are used with the			*/
+		/*   Keyboard Class.																	*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		int				MouseQX;
+		int				MouseQY;
+
+		unsigned char	VKRemap[256];		// gives vk for any ascii char
+	private:
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the private access functions which are used by keyboard		*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		int  Buff_Get(void);
+
+
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		/* Define the private access variables which are used with the			*/
+		/*   Keyboard Class.																	*/
+		/*===================================================================*/
+		unsigned char	AsciiRemap[2048];	// remap for shft/ctrl/alt key combos
+		unsigned short Buffer[256];		// buffer which holds actual keypresses
+		unsigned char  ToggleKeys[256];	// determines toggles which affect key
+		long				Head;					// the head position in keyboard buffer
+		long				Tail;					// the tail position in keyboard buffer
+		int				MState;
+		int				Conditional;
+		HANDLE			CurrentCursor;
+};
+
+
+#define	VK_NONE				  0x00
+#define	VK_LBUTTON          0x01
+#define	VK_RBUTTON          0x02
+#define	VK_CANCEL           0x03
+#define	VK_MBUTTON          0x04
+#define	VK_NONE_05			  0x05
+#define	VK_NONE_06			  0x06
+#define	VK_NONE_07			  0x07
+#define	VK_BACK             0x08
+#define	VK_TAB              0x09
+#define	VK_NONE_0A			  0x0A
+#define	VK_NONE_0B			  0x0B
+#define	VK_CLEAR            0x0C
+#define	VK_RETURN           0x0D
+#define	VK_NONE_0E			  0x0E
+#define	VK_NONE_0F			  0x0F
+#define	VK_SHIFT            0x10
+#define	VK_CONTROL          0x11
+#define	VK_MENU             0x12
+#define	VK_PAUSE            0x13
+#define	VK_CAPITAL          0x14
+#define	VK_NONE_15			  0x15
+#define	VK_NONE_16			  0x16
+#define	VK_NONE_17			  0x17
+#define	VK_NONE_18			  0x18
+#define	VK_NONE_19			  0x19
+#define	VK_NONE_1A			  0x1A
+#define	VK_ESCAPE           0x1B
+#define	VK_NONE_1C			  0x1C
+#define	VK_NONE_1D			  0x1D
+#define	VK_NONE_1E			  0x1E
+#define	VK_NONE_1F			  0x1F
+#define	VK_SPACE            0x20
+#define	VK_PRIOR            0x21
+#define	VK_NEXT             0x22
+#define	VK_END              0x23
+#define	VK_HOME             0x24
+#define	VK_LEFT             0x25
+#define	VK_UP               0x26
+#define	VK_RIGHT            0x27
+#define	VK_DOWN             0x28
+#define	VK_SELECT           0x29
+#define	VK_PRINT            0x2A
+#define	VK_EXECUTE          0x2B
+#define	VK_SNAPSHOT         0x2C
+#define	VK_INSERT           0x2D
+#define	VK_DELETE           0x2E
+#define	VK_HELP             0x2F
+#define	VK_0					  0x30
+#define	VK_1					  0x31
+#define	VK_2					  0x32
+#define	VK_3					  0x33
+#define	VK_4					  0x34
+#define	VK_5					  0x35
+#define	VK_6					  0x36
+#define	VK_7					  0x37
+#define	VK_8					  0x38
+#define	VK_9					  0x39
+#define	VK_NONE_3B			  0x3B
+#define	VK_NONE_3C			  0x3C
+#define	VK_NONE_3D			  0x3D
+#define	VK_NONE_3E			  0x3E
+#define	VK_NONE_3F			  0x3F
+#define	VK_NONE_40			  0x40
+#define	VK_A					  0x41
+#define	VK_B					  0x42
+#define	VK_C					  0x43
+#define	VK_D					  0x44
+#define	VK_E					  0x45
+#define	VK_F					  0x46
+#define	VK_G					  0x47
+#define	VK_H					  0x48
+#define	VK_I					  0x49
+#define	VK_J					  0x4A
+#define	VK_K					  0x4B
+#define	VK_L					  0x4C
+#define	VK_M					  0x4D
+#define	VK_N					  0x4E
+#define	VK_O					  0x4F
+#define	VK_P					  0x50
+#define	VK_Q					  0x51
+#define	VK_R					  0x52
+#define	VK_S					  0x53
+#define	VK_T					  0x54
+#define	VK_U					  0x55
+#define	VK_V					  0x56
+#define	VK_W					  0x57
+#define	VK_X					  0x58
+#define	VK_Y					  0x59
+#define	VK_Z					  0x5A
+#define	VK_NONE_5B			  0x5B
+#define	VK_NONE_5C			  0x5C
+#define	VK_NONE_5D			  0x5D
+#define	VK_NONE_5E			  0x5E
+#define	VK_NONE_5F			  0x5F
+#define	VK_NUMPAD0          0x60
+#define	VK_NUMPAD1          0x61
+#define	VK_NUMPAD2          0x62
+#define	VK_NUMPAD3          0x63
+#define	VK_NUMPAD4          0x64
+#define	VK_NUMPAD5          0x65
+#define	VK_NUMPAD6          0x66
+#define	VK_NUMPAD7          0x67
+#define	VK_NUMPAD8          0x68
+#define	VK_NUMPAD9          0x69
+#define	VK_MULTIPLY         0x6A
+#define	VK_ADD              0x6B
+#define	VK_SEPARATOR        0x6C
+#define	VK_SUBTRACT         0x6D
+#define	VK_DECIMAL          0x6E
+#define	VK_DIVIDE           0x6F
+#define	VK_F1               0x70
+#define	VK_F2               0x71
+#define	VK_F3               0x72
+#define	VK_F4               0x73
+#define	VK_F5               0x74
+#define	VK_F6               0x75
+#define	VK_F7               0x76
+#define	VK_F8               0x77
+#define	VK_F9               0x78
+#define	VK_F10              0x79
+#define	VK_F11              0x7A
+#define	VK_F12              0x7B
+#define	VK_F13              0x7C
+#define	VK_F14              0x7D
+#define	VK_F15              0x7E
+#define	VK_F16              0x7F
+#define	VK_F17              0x80
+#define	VK_F18              0x81
+#define	VK_F19              0x82
+#define	VK_F20              0x83
+#define	VK_F21              0x84
+#define	VK_F22              0x85
+#define	VK_F23              0x86
+#define	VK_F24              0x87
+#define	VK_NONE_88          0x88
+#define	VK_NONE_89          0x89
+#define	VK_NONE_8A          0x8A
+#define	VK_NONE_8B          0x8B
+#define	VK_NONE_8C          0x8C
+#define	VK_NONE_8D          0x8D
+#define	VK_NONE_8E          0x8E
+#define	VK_NONE_8F          0x8F
+#define	VK_NUMLOCK          0x90
+#define	VK_SCROLL           0x91
+#define	VK_NONE_92			  0x92
+#define	VK_NONE_93			  0x93
+#define	VK_NONE_94			  0x94
+#define	VK_NONE_95			  0x95
+#define	VK_NONE_96			  0x96
+#define	VK_NONE_97			  0x97
+#define	VK_NONE_98			  0x98
+#define	VK_NONE_99			  0x99
+#define	VK_NONE_9A			  0x9A
+#define	VK_NONE_9B			  0x9B
+#define	VK_NONE_9C			  0x9C
+#define	VK_NONE_9D			  0x9D
+#define	VK_NONE_9E			  0x9E
+#define	VK_NONE_9F			  0x9F
+#define	VK_NONE_A0			  0xA0
+#define	VK_NONE_A1			  0xA1
+#define	VK_NONE_A2			  0xA2
+#define	VK_NONE_A3			  0xA3
+#define	VK_NONE_A4			  0xA4
+#define	VK_NONE_A5			  0xA5
+#define	VK_NONE_A6			  0xA6
+#define	VK_NONE_A7			  0xA7
+#define	VK_NONE_A8			  0xA8
+#define	VK_NONE_A9			  0xA9
+#define	VK_NONE_AA			  0xAA
+#define	VK_NONE_AB			  0xAB
+#define	VK_NONE_AC			  0xAC
+#define	VK_NONE_AD			  0xAD
+#define	VK_NONE_AE			  0xAE
+#define	VK_NONE_AF			  0xAF
+#define	VK_NONE_B0			  0xB0
+#define	VK_NONE_B1			  0xB1
+#define	VK_NONE_B2			  0xB2
+#define	VK_NONE_B3			  0xB3
+#define	VK_NONE_B4			  0xB4
+#define	VK_NONE_B5			  0xB5
+#define	VK_NONE_B6			  0xB6
+#define	VK_NONE_B7			  0xB7
+#define	VK_NONE_B8			  0xB8
+#define	VK_NONE_B9			  0xB9
+#define	VK_NONE_BA			  0xBA
+#define	VK_NONE_BB			  0xBB
+#define	VK_NONE_BC			  0xBC
+#define	VK_NONE_BD			  0xBD
+#define	VK_NONE_BE			  0xBE
+#define	VK_NONE_BF			  0xBF
+#define	VK_NONE_C0			  0xC0
+#define	VK_NONE_C1			  0xC1
+#define	VK_NONE_C2			  0xC2
+#define	VK_NONE_C3			  0xC3
+#define	VK_NONE_C4			  0xC4
+#define	VK_NONE_C5			  0xC5
+#define	VK_NONE_C6			  0xC6
+#define	VK_NONE_C7			  0xC7
+#define	VK_NONE_C8			  0xC8
+#define	VK_NONE_C9			  0xC9
+#define	VK_NONE_CA			  0xCA
+#define	VK_NONE_CB			  0xCB
+#define	VK_NONE_CC			  0xCC
+#define	VK_NONE_CD			  0xCD
+#define	VK_NONE_CE			  0xCE
+#define	VK_NONE_CF			  0xCF
+#define	VK_NONE_D0			  0xD0
+#define	VK_NONE_D1			  0xD1
+#define	VK_NONE_D2			  0xD2
+#define	VK_NONE_D3			  0xD3
+#define	VK_NONE_D4			  0xD4
+#define	VK_NONE_D5			  0xD5
+#define	VK_NONE_D6			  0xD6
+#define	VK_NONE_D7			  0xD7
+#define	VK_NONE_D8			  0xD8
+#define	VK_NONE_D9			  0xD9
+#define	VK_NONE_DA			  0xDA
+#define	VK_NONE_DB			  0xDB
+#define	VK_NONE_DC			  0xDC
+#define	VK_NONE_DD			  0xDD
+#define	VK_NONE_DE			  0xDE
+#define	VK_NONE_DF			  0xDF
+#define	VK_NONE_E0			  0xE0
+#define	VK_NONE_E1			  0xE1
+#define	VK_NONE_E2			  0xE2
+#define	VK_NONE_E3			  0xE3
+#define	VK_NONE_E4			  0xE4
+#define	VK_NONE_E5			  0xE5
+#define	VK_NONE_E6			  0xE6
+#define	VK_NONE_E7			  0xE7
+#define	VK_NONE_E8			  0xE8
+#define	VK_NONE_E9			  0xE9
+#define	VK_NONE_EA			  0xEA
+#define	VK_NONE_EB			  0xEB
+#define	VK_NONE_EC			  0xEC
+#define	VK_NONE_ED			  0xED
+#define	VK_NONE_EE			  0xEE
+#define	VK_NONE_EF			  0xEF
+#define	VK_NONE_F0			  0xF0
+#define	VK_NONE_F1			  0xF1
+#define	VK_NONE_F2			  0xF2
+#define	VK_NONE_F3			  0xF3
+#define	VK_NONE_F4			  0xF4
+#define	VK_NONE_F5			  0xF5
+#define	VK_NONE_F6			  0xF6
+#define	VK_NONE_F7			  0xF7
+#define	VK_NONE_F8			  0xF8
+#define	VK_NONE_F9			  0xF9
+#define	VK_NONE_FA			  0xFA
+#define	VK_NONE_FB			  0xFB
+#define	VK_NONE_FC			  0xFC
+#define	VK_NONE_FD			  0xFD
+#define	VK_NONE_FE			  0xFE
+#define	VK_NONE_FF			  0xFF
+
+#define	VK_UPLEFT			  VK_HOME
+#define	VK_UPRIGHT			  VK_PRIOR
+#define	VK_DOWNLEFT			  VK_END
+#define	VK_DOWNRIGHT		  VK_NEXT
+#define	VK_ALT				  VK_MENU
+
+enum {
+	//
+	// Define all the KA types as variations of the VK types.  This is
+	// so the KA functions will work properly under windows 95.
+	//
+	KA_NONE				= 0,
+	KA_MORE 				= 1,
+	KA_SETBKGDCOL 		= 2,
+	KA_SETFORECOL 		= 6,
+	KA_FORMFEED 		= 12,
+	KA_SPCTAB 			= 20,
+	KA_SETX 				= 25,
+	KA_SETY 				= 26,
+
+	KA_SPACE				= 32,					/*   */
+	KA_EXCLAMATION,							/* ! */
+	KA_DQUOTE,									/* " */
+	KA_POUND,									/* # */
+	KA_DOLLAR,									/* $ */
+	KA_PERCENT,									/* % */
+	KA_AMPER,									/* & */
+	KA_SQUOTE,									/* ' */
+	KA_LPAREN,									/* ( */
+	KA_RPAREN,									/* ) */
+	KA_ASTERISK,								/* * */
+	KA_PLUS,										/* + */
+	KA_COMMA,									/* , */
+	KA_MINUS,									/* - */
+	KA_PERIOD,									/* . */
+	KA_SLASH,									/* / */
+
+	KA_0, KA_1, KA_2, KA_3, KA_4, KA_5, KA_6, KA_7, KA_8, KA_9,
+	KA_COLON,									/* : */
+	KA_SEMICOLON,								/* ; */
+	KA_LESS_THAN,								/* < */
+	KA_EQUAL,									/* = */
+	KA_GREATER_THAN,							/* > */
+	KA_QUESTION,								/* ? */
+
+	KA_AT,										/* @ */
+	KA_A,											/* A */
+	KA_B,											/* B */
+	KA_C,											/* C */
+	KA_D,											/* D */
+	KA_E,											/* E */
+	KA_F,											/* F */
+	KA_G,											/* G */
+	KA_H,											/* H */
+	KA_I,											/* I */
+	KA_J,											/* J */
+	KA_K,											/* K */
+	KA_L,											/* L */
+	KA_M,											/* M */
+	KA_N,											/* N */
+	KA_O,											/* O */
+
+	KA_P,											/* P */
+	KA_Q,											/* Q */
+	KA_R,											/* R */
+	KA_S,											/* S */
+	KA_T,											/* T */
+	KA_U,											/* U */
+	KA_V,											/* V */
+	KA_W,											/* W */
+	KA_X,											/* X */
+	KA_Y,											/* Y */
+	KA_Z,											/* Z */
+	KA_LBRACKET,								/* [ */
+	KA_BACKSLASH,								/* \ */
+	KA_RBRACKET,								/* ] */
+	KA_CARROT,									/* ^ */
+	KA_UNDERLINE,								/* _ */
+
+	KA_GRAVE,									/* ` */
+	KA_a,											/* a */
+	KA_b,											/* b */
+	KA_c,											/* c */
+	KA_d,											/* d */
+	KA_e,											/* e */
+	KA_f,											/* f */
+	KA_g,											/* g */
+	KA_h,											/* h */
+	KA_i,											/* i */
+	KA_j,											/* j */
+	KA_k,											/* k */
+	KA_l,											/* l */
+	KA_m,											/* m */
+	KA_n,											/* n */
+	KA_o,											/* o */
+
+	KA_p,											/* p */
+	KA_q,											/* q */
+	KA_r,											/* r */
+	KA_s,											/* s */
+	KA_t,											/* t */
+	KA_u,											/* u */
+	KA_v,											/* v */
+	KA_w,											/* w */
+	KA_x,											/* x */
+	KA_y,											/* y */
+	KA_z,											/* z */
+	KA_LBRACE,									/* { */
+	KA_BAR,										/* | */
+	KA_RBRACE,									/* ] */
+	KA_TILDA,									/* ~ */
+
+	KA_ESC 				= VK_ESCAPE | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_EXTEND 			= VK_ESCAPE | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_RETURN 			= VK_RETURN | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_BACKSPACE 		= VK_BACK | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_TAB 				= VK_TAB  | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_DELETE			= VK_DELETE | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* <DELETE> */
+	KA_INSERT			= VK_INSERT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* <INSERT> */
+	KA_PGDN				= VK_NEXT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <PAGE DOWN> */
+	KA_DOWNRIGHT 		= VK_NEXT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_DOWN				= VK_DOWN | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <DOWN ARROW> */
+	KA_END				= VK_END | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <END> */
+	KA_DOWNLEFT 		= VK_END | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_RIGHT				= VK_RIGHT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* <RIGHT ARROW> */
+	KA_KEYPAD5			= VK_SELECT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* NUMERIC KEY PAD <5> */
+	KA_LEFT				= VK_LEFT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <LEFT ARROW> */
+	KA_PGUP				= VK_PRIOR | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <PAGE UP> */
+	KA_UPRIGHT 			= VK_PRIOR | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_UP					= VK_UP | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <UP ARROW> */
+	KA_HOME				= VK_HOME | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* <HOME> */
+	KA_UPLEFT 			= VK_HOME | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F12				= VK_F12 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F11				= VK_F11 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F10				= VK_F10 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F9 				= VK_F9 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F8					= VK_F8 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F7					= VK_F7 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F6					= VK_F6 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F5					= VK_F5 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F4					= VK_F4 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F3					= VK_F3 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F2					= VK_F2 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_F1					= VK_F1 | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_LMOUSE 	 		= VK_LBUTTON | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KA_RMOUSE 	 		= VK_RBUTTON | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+
+	KA_SHIFT_BIT 		= WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT,
+	KA_CTRL_BIT  		= WWKEY_CTRL_BIT,
+	KA_ALT_BIT   		= WWKEY_ALT_BIT,
+	KA_RLSE_BIT  		= WWKEY_RLS_BIT,
+
+	//
+	// Define all the KN types as variations of the KA types.  This is
+	// so the KN functions will work properly under windows 95.
+	//
+	KN_NONE				= 0,
+	KN_GRAVE 			= KA_GRAVE,
+	KN_1 					= KA_1,
+	KN_2 					= KA_2,
+	KN_3 					= KA_3,
+	KN_4 					= KA_4,
+	KN_5 					= KA_5,
+	KN_6 					= KA_6,
+	KN_7 					= KA_7,
+	KN_8 					= KA_8,
+	KN_9 					= KA_9,
+	KN_0 					= KA_0,
+	KN_MINUS 			= KA_MINUS,									/* - */
+	KN_EQUAL 			= KA_EQUAL,									/* = */
+
+	KN_BACKSPACE		= KA_BACKSPACE,
+
+	KN_TAB				= KA_TAB,										/* <TAB> */
+	KN_Q 					= KA_q,
+	KN_W 					= KA_w,
+	KN_E 					= KA_e,
+	KN_R 					= KA_r,
+	KN_T 					= KA_t,
+	KN_Y 					= KA_y,
+	KN_U 					= KA_u,
+	KN_I 					= KA_i,
+	KN_O 					= KA_o,
+	KN_P 					= KA_p,
+	KN_LBRACKET			= KA_LBRACKET,								/* [ */
+	KN_RBRACKET			= KA_RBRACKET,								/* ] */
+	KN_BACKSLASH		= KA_BACKSLASH,								/* \ */
+
+
+	KN_A 					= KA_a,
+	KN_S 					= KA_s,
+	KN_D 					= KA_d,
+	KN_F 					= KA_f,
+	KN_G 					= KA_g,
+	KN_H 					= KA_h,
+	KN_J 					= KA_j,
+	KN_K 					= KA_k,
+	KN_L 					= KA_l,
+	KN_SEMICOLON 		= KA_SEMICOLON,								/* ; */
+	KN_SQUOTE 			= KA_SQUOTE,									/* ' */
+	KN_BACKSLASH2 		= KA_BACKSLASH,
+	KN_RETURN 			= KA_RETURN,
+	KN_Z 					= KA_z,
+	KN_X 					= KA_x,
+	KN_C 					= KA_c,
+	KN_V 					= KA_v,
+	KN_B 					= KA_b,
+	KN_N 					= KA_n,
+	KN_M 					= KA_m,
+	KN_COMMA 			= KA_COMMA,									/* , */
+	KN_PERIOD 			= KA_PERIOD,									/* . */
+	KN_SLASH 			= KA_SLASH,									/* / */
+	KN_SPACE 			= KA_SPACE,
+	KN_LMOUSE			= KA_LMOUSE,
+	KN_RMOUSE			= KA_RMOUSE,
+
+	KN_HOME				= KA_HOME,										/* num key pad 7 */
+	KN_UPLEFT			= KA_UPLEFT,
+	KN_LEFT				= KA_LEFT,										/* num key pad 4 */
+	KN_END				= KA_END,										/* num key pad 1 */
+	KN_DOWNLEFT			= KA_DOWNLEFT,
+
+	KN_KEYPAD_SLASH	= KA_SLASH,												/* num key pad / */
+	KN_UP					= KA_UP,											/* num key pad 8 */
+	KN_CENTER			= KA_KEYPAD5,									/* num key pad 5 */
+	KN_DOWN				= KA_DOWN,										/* num key pad 2 */
+	KN_INSERT			= KA_INSERT,									/* num key pad 0 */
+	KN_KEYPAD_ASTERISK= KA_ASTERISK,									/* num key pad * */
+	KN_PGUP				= KA_PGUP,										/* num key pad 9 */
+	KN_UPRIGHT			= KA_UPRIGHT,
+	KN_RIGHT				= KA_RIGHT,									/* num key pad 6 */
+	KN_PGDN				= KA_PGDN,										/* num key pad 3 */
+	KN_DOWNRIGHT		= KA_DOWNRIGHT,
+	KN_DELETE			= KA_DELETE,									/* num key pad . */
+
+	KN_KEYPAD_MINUS	= KA_MINUS,							/* num key pad - */
+	KN_KEYPAD_PLUS		= KA_PLUS,							/* num key pad + */
+
+
+	KN_KEYPAD_RETURN	= KA_RETURN,							/* num key pad <ENTER> */
+
+	KN_ESC				= KA_ESC,
+	KN_F1					= KA_F1,
+	KN_F2					= KA_F2,
+	KN_F3					= KA_F3,
+	KN_F4					= KA_F4,
+	KN_F5					= KA_F5,
+	KN_F6					= KA_F6,
+	KN_F7					= KA_F7,
+	KN_F8					= KA_F8,
+	KN_F9					= KA_F9,
+	KN_F10				= KA_F10,
+	KN_F11				= KA_F11,
+	KN_F12				= KA_F12,
+
+	KN_PRNTSCRN			= VK_PRINT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_CAPSLOCK			= VK_CAPITAL | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_SCROLLLOCK		= VK_SCROLL | WWKEY_VK_BIT,								/* <SCROLL LOCK> */
+	KN_PAUSE				= VK_PAUSE | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* <PAUSE> */
+	KN_LSHIFT			= VK_SHIFT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_RSHIFT			= VK_SHIFT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_LCTRL				= VK_CONTROL | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_RCTRL				= VK_CONTROL | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_LALT				= VK_MENU | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_RALT				= VK_MENU | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_E_INSERT			= VK_INSERT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_E_DELETE 		= VK_DELETE | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_E_LEFT			= VK_LEFT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <LEFT ARROW> */
+	KN_E_HOME			= VK_HOME | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <HOME> */
+	KN_E_END				= VK_END | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <END> */
+	KN_E_UP				= VK_UP | WWKEY_VK_BIT,										/* extended <UP ARROW> */
+	KN_E_DOWN			= VK_DOWN | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <DOWN ARROW> */
+	KN_E_PGUP			= VK_PRIOR | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <PAGE UP> */
+	KN_E_PGDN   		= VK_NEXT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <PAGE DOWN> */
+	KN_E_RIGHT			= VK_RIGHT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* extended <RIGHT ARROW> */
+	KN_NUMLOCK			= VK_NUMLOCK | WWKEY_VK_BIT,									/* <NUM LOCK> */
+
+	KN_SHIFT_BIT 		= WWKEY_SHIFT_BIT,
+	KN_CTRL_BIT  		= WWKEY_CTRL_BIT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_ALT_BIT   		= WWKEY_ALT_BIT | WWKEY_VK_BIT,
+	KN_RLSE_BIT  		= WWKEY_RLS_BIT,
+	KN_BUTTON    		= WWKEY_BTN_BIT,
+};
+
+
+extern WWKeyboardClass *_Kbd;
+
+
+/*
+** The following routines provide some compatability with the old westwood
+** library.
+*/
+int Check_Key(void);
+int Check_Key_Num(void);
+int Get_Key_Num(void);
+int Get_Key(void);
+int KN_To_KA(int key);
+void Clear_KeyBuffer(void);
+int Key_Down(int key);
+int KN_To_VK(int key);
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/KEYBOARD.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : KEYBOARD.INC                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : July 12, 1994                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : July 12, 1994   [PWG]                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Contains all the defines used by the keyboard interrupt for assembly    *
+;*   includes.                                                             *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+TRUE		EQU	1			; numerical true
+FALSE		EQU	0			; numerical false
+DEBUG		EQU	1
+
+MAX_X_PIXEL		EQU	319
+MAX_Y_PIXEL		EQU	199
+
+
+KN_RESERVED1		EQU	14
+KN_RESERVED2		EQU	45
+KN_RESERVED3		EQU	56
+
+
+; these two are reserved for AMIGA open and close.
+KN_LCOMM		EQU	59
+KN_RCOMM		EQU	63
+
+KN_LMOUSE		EQU	65
+KN_RMOUSE		EQU	66
+KN_JBUTTON1		EQU	67
+KN_JBUTTON2		EQU	68
+KN_J_UP			EQU	69
+KN_J_RIGHT		EQU	70
+KN_J_DOWN		EQU	71
+KN_J_LEFT		EQU	72
+
+KN_LEFT			EQU	92
+KN_UPLEFT		EQU	91
+KN_UP			EQU	96
+KN_UPRIGHT		EQU	101
+KN_RIGHT		EQU	102
+KN_DOWNRIGHT		EQU	103
+KN_DOWN			EQU	98
+KN_DOWNLEFT		EQU	93
+KN_CENTER		EQU	97
+
+KN_INSERT		EQU	99
+KN_DELETE		EQU	104
+
+KN_RETURN		EQU	43
+KN_SPACE		EQU	61
+KN_KEYPAD_RETURN	EQU	108
+
+
+; these two are reserved for AMIGA K left and right paren
+KN_KLPAREN		EQU	87
+KN_KRPAREN		EQU	88
+
+
+KN_NUMLOCK		EQU	90
+
+KN_SCROLLOCK		EQU	125		; key ignored by the logging system
+
+KN_MOUSE_MOVE	EQU	45	; Indicate a mouse move (for playback of logged data)
+
+; ----------------------------------------------------------------
+; flags used in Keyflags to customize keystroke interrupt.
+
+REPEATON	EQU	0001H	; 1:all makes into buffer, 0:only 1st make
+TRACKEXT	EQU	0002H	; 1:Home != keypad Home, 0:Home=keypad Home
+FILTERONLY	EQU	0004H	; 1:Normal BIOS operation with filter
+CTRLSON		EQU	0008H	; 1:pass scroll lock sequence into BIOS
+CTRLALTTURBO	EQU	0010H	; 1:Allow turbo up and down in application
+CTRLCON		EQU	0020H	; 1:pass stop code to BIOS
+SCROLLLOCKON	EQU	0040H	; 1:pass scroll lock key into BIOS
+PAUSEON		EQU	0080H	; 1:pass the pause key and seq to BIOS
+BREAKON		EQU	0100H	; 1:pass the ctrl break seq to BIOS
+NONUMLOCK	EQU	0200H	; 1:do NOT remap keypad to numbers
+TASKSWITCHABLE	EQU	0400H	; 1:allows task switching keys thru ALT-TAB,
+				;   ALT-ESC,CTRL-ESC
+PASSBREAKS	EQU	0800H	; 1:Pass all break codes to keyboard buffer.
+KEYMOUSE	EQU	1000H	; 1:Numeric keypad moves mouse
+SIMLBUTTON	EQU	2000H	; 1:have space and enter keys simulate Left
+DEBUGINT	EQU	4000H	;   mouse button when KEYMOUSE is set
+
+
+SHIFTPRESS	EQU	001H	; bit 0 for shift key pressed
+CTRLPRESS	EQU	002H	; bit 1 for ctrl key pressed
+ALTPRESS	EQU	004H	; bit 2 for alt key pressed
+KEYRELEASE	EQU	008H	; bit 3 for key released
+NOTKEYRELEASE	EQU	0F7H	; not of key released
+
+CAPSLOCK	EQU	00001H	; bit 0 for caps locked
+NUMLOCK	EQU	00002H	; bit 1 for num locked
+
+
+
+CLEARISR	EQU	020H	; value to clear In Service Register
+DOS		EQU 	021H
+INTCHIP0	EQU	020H	; 8259 interrupt chip controller 0
+KEYCTRL		EQU	061H	; control bits for KB sense data
+KEYDATA		EQU	060H	; keyboard scan code port

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/KEYSTRUC.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,159 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : KEYSTRUC.INC                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : July 13, 1994                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : July 13, 1994   [PWG]                    *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+STRUC	KeyboardType
+	SoundOn			DW	?	; toggled by alt S
+	MusicOn			DW	?	; toggled by alt M
+	KeyFlags			DD	?	; all but repeat for now
+	Break				DW	?
+	KeyMouseMove	DB	6  DUP(?)
+	ScreenEdge		DW	18 DUP (?)
+	Bits				DB	8  DUP (?)
+	CondPassKey		DW	17 DUP (?) 
+	CondPassCond	DW	17 DUP (?)
+	EscRoutine		DD	?
+	ExtCodes			DB	16 DUP (?)
+	ExtNums			DB	16 DUP (?)
+	ExtRemap			DB	16 DUP (?)
+	ExtRemapEnd		DB	?
+	ExtKeyboard		DB	?
+	KeyBuffer		DW	128 DUP(?) ; set to empty
+	KeyBufferHead	DD	?	; set to first entry
+	KeyBufferTail	DD	?	; set to head for empty buffer
+	KeyLock			DW	?	; num and caps lock bits
+	KeyNums			DB	89 DUP (?)
+	KeysCapsLock	DB	16 DUP (?)
+	KeysNumLock		DB	16 DUP (?)
+	KeysUpDown		DB	16 DUP (?)
+	KeyStream		DB	16 DUP (?)
+	PassCount		DW	?
+	KeyStreamIndex	DW	?
+	LastKeyE0		DB	?
+	LastKeyE1		DB	?
+	PassAlways		DB	10 DUP (?)
+	PassAlwaysEnd	DB	?		; invalid code to END PassAlways
+	CtrlFlags		DB	?
+	Buffer			DW	?
+	Time				DW	?
+	XYAdjust			DB	26 DUP (?)
+	EdgeConv			DW	16 DUP (?)
+	MouseUpdate		DW	?
+	MouseX			DD	?
+	LocalMouseX		DW	?
+	MouseY			DD	?
+	LocalMouseY		DW	?
+	IsExtKey			DB	?
+	ExtIndex			DW	?
+
+	KeyOldRMI			DD	?	; The origianl RM interrupt seg:off.
+	KeyOldPMIOffset	DD	?	; The origianl PM interrupt offset		
+	KeyOldPMISelector	DD	?	; The original PM interrupt segment.
+
+	KeyCodeOffset			DW	?	; Offset of the code in the RM stuff.
+	CallKeyRMIntOffset	DW	?	; Offset of function to call DOS timer interrupt.
+	CallKeyRMIntAddr		DD	?	; PM address of CallRealIntOffset for speed.
+	PMIssuedKeyInt			DD	?	; did Protected mode pass this through?
+
+	BrkOldRMI				DD	?	; The origianl RM interrupt seg:off.
+	BrkOldPMIOffset		DD	?	; The origianl PM interrupt offset		
+	BrkOldPMISelector		DD	?	; The original PM interrupt segment.
+
+	BrkCodeOffset			DW	?	; Offset of the code in the RM stuff.
+	CallBrkRMIntOffset	DW	?	; Offset of function to call DOS timer interrupt.
+	CallBrkRMIntAddr		DD	?	; PM address of CallRealIntOffset for speed.
+	PMIssuedBrkInt			DD	?	; did Protected mode pass this through?
+	KeyIntDisabled			DD	?
+
+	DbgOldPMIOffset		DD	?	; The origianl PM interrupt offset		
+	DbgOldPMISelector		DD	?	; The original PM interrupt segment.
+
+	;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	; Begin definition of Mouse Specific Variables for real mode
+	;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Button				DB	?	; current value of the mouse button
+	MDisabled			DB	?	; Is the mouse driver disabled
+	MInput				DB	?	; Defaults to mouse input allowed.
+	Adjust				DW	?	; flag to adjust coordinates if necessary
+	MouseStepX			DW	?	; step values if the mouse moves at
+	MouseStepY			DW	?	;   more than one pixel at a time
+	MouseOffsetX		DW	?	; Fractional step values used if a mouse
+	MouseOffsetY		DW	?	;   moves at less than one pixel at a time
+	MState				DD	?	; Tracks if mouse is hidden (TRUE) or not (FALSE)
+	MouseXOld     		DW	?	; Holds last MouseX and MouseY to determine if 
+	MouseYOld     		DW	?	;   mouse needs to be redrawn
+	MCState				DW	?	; Tracks if mouse conditional hidden (TRUE) or not
+	MouseCXLeft			DD	?	; Conditional hide mouse left x position
+	MouseCYUpper		DD	?	; Conditional hide mouse top y position
+	MouseCXRight		DD	?	; Conditional hide mouse right x position
+	MouseCYLower		DD	?	; Conditional hide mouse lower y position
+	MouseCursor   		DD	?	; Pointer to the mouse cursor to draw
+	MouseCursorSize	DW	?	; Size of mouse cursor draw area
+	MouseBuffer   		DD	?	; Pointer to buffer mouse is saved in
+	MouseXHot     		DD	?	; Offset to mouse's x hot spot
+	MouseYHot     		DD	?	; Offset to mouse's y hot spot
+	MouseBuffX			DD	?	; X position background was saved at
+	MouseBuffY			DD	?	; Y position background was saved at
+	MouseBuffW			DD	?	; Width of the region saved for mouse
+	MouseBuffH			DD	?	; Height of the region saved for mouse
+	MouseWidth			DD	?	; Mouse cursor theoretical width
+	MouseHeight			DD	?	; Mouse cursor theoretical height
+	MouseCodeOffset	DW	?	; Offset to the real mode code offset
+	MouseRight			DD	?	; Right hand side of the screen
+	MouseBottom			DD	?	; Bottom of the screen
+
+
+	ShadowPtr			dw	?
+	DrawMousePtr 		dw	?
+
+	VGAMouseDraw		dw	?
+	VGAMouseShadow		dw	?
+
+	VESAMouseDraw		dw	?
+	VESAMouseShadow	dw	?
+
+	VesaPtr				dd ?	
+	VesaBankTable	   DD	8 dup (?)
+	Adjust_XPos			dd ?
+	Adjust_YPos			dd ?
+
+
+ENDS
+
+; InitFlags that are set to have a fully functional interrupt.
+IF_ALLOC_RM			equ	1		; Allocation of RM was successful.
+IF_SET_VECTORS		equ	2		; Vectors have been set.
+IF_LOCKED_PM_CODE	equ	4		; Locked PM code for DPMI.
+IF_LOCKED_PM_DATA	equ	8		; Locked PM code for DPMI.
+IF_RATE_CHANGE		equ	10		; Timer rate was changed.
+IF_FUNCTIONAL		equ	20		; Timer is in and functional.
+IF_LOCKED_RM_CODE	equ	40

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/LOAD.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,375 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header: g:/library/wwlib32/file/rcs/load.cpp 1.4 1994/04/22 12:42:21 scott_bowen Exp $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : LIBRARY                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : LOAD.C                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Christopher Yates                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 17, 1993   [JLB]               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Load_Uncompress -- Load and uncompress the given file.                *
+ *   Uncompress_Data -- Uncompress standard CPS buffer.                    *
+ *   Load_Data -- Loads a data file from disk.                             *
+ *   Load_Alloc_Data -- Loads and allocates buffer for a file.             *
+ *   Write_Data -- Writes a block of data as a file to disk.               *
+ *   Uncompress_Data -- Uncompresses data from one buffer to another.      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "iff.h"
+#include "file.h"
+#include <misc.h>
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include <dos.h>
+#include <wwmem.h>
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_DATA -- Loads a data file from disk.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will load a data file from disk.  It does no translation*
+ *    on the data.                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Pointer to ASCII filename of the data file.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          ptr   -- Buffer to load the data file into.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          size  -- Maximum size of the buffer (in bytes).                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of bytes read.                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/24/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Load_Data(char const *name, void *ptr, unsigned long size)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = Open_File(name, READ);
+	size = Read_File(fd, ptr, size);
+	Close_File(fd);
+	return(size);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WRITE_DATA -- Writes a block of data as a file to disk.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will write a block of data as a file to the disk.  It   *
+ *    is the compliment of Load_Data.                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   name     -- Name of the file to create.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          ptr      -- Pointer to the block of data to write.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          size     -- Size of the data block to be written.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the number of bytes actually written.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/05/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Write_Data(char const *name, void *ptr, unsigned long size)
+{
+	int fd;
+
+	fd = Open_File(name, WRITE);
+	size = Write_File(fd, ptr, size);
+	Close_File(fd);
+	return(size);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_ALLOC_DATA -- Loads and allocates buffer for a file.               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    The routine will allocate a buffer and load the specified file into  *
+ *    it.  The kind of memory used for the buffer is determined by the     *
+ *    memory allocation flags passed in.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   name  -- Name of the file to load.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          flags -- Memory allocation flags to use when allocating.       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the buffer that contains the file's  *
+ *          data.                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   A memory error could occur if regular memory flags are      *
+ *             specified.  If XMS memory is specified, then this routine   *
+ *             could likely return NULL.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/28/1992 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * __cdecl Load_Alloc_Data(char const *name, MemoryFlagType flags)
+{
+	int	fd;		// Working file handle.
+	unsigned long	size;		// Size of the file to load.
+	void	*buffer;	// Buffer to hold the file.
+
+	fd = Open_File(name, READ);
+	size = File_Size(fd);
+	buffer = Alloc(size, flags);
+	if (buffer) {
+		Read_File(fd, buffer, size);
+	}
+	Close_File(fd);
+	return(buffer);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_UNCOMPRESS -- Load and uncompress the given file.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      char *					- file name to uncompress 					*
+ *					GraphicBufferClass&	- to load the source data into			*
+ *					GraphicBufferClass&	- for the picture								*
+ *             void *					- ptr for header uncompressed data     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     unsigned long size of uncompressed data                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/28/1991  CY : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/26/1991 JLB : Handles load & uncompress to same buffer.            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Load_Uncompress(char const *file, BufferClass& uncomp_buff, BufferClass& dest_buff, void *reserved_data)
+{
+	int	fd;				// Source file handle.
+	unsigned int	isize=0;			// Size of the file.
+	unsigned int	skipsize;		// Size of the skip data bytes.
+	void	*uncomp_ptr;	//	Source buffer pointer.
+	char	*newuncomp_ptr;	// Adjusted source pointer.
+
+
+	uncomp_ptr = uncomp_buff.Get_Buffer();		// get a pointer to buffer
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Read the file into the uncompression buffer.									*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+
+	fd = Open_File(file, READ);					// Open up the file to read from
+	Read_File(fd, (char *) &isize,	2L);		// Read the file size
+	Read_File(fd, uncomp_ptr, 			8L);		// Read the header bytes in.
+	isize -= 8; 										// Remaining data in file.
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Check for and read in the skip data block.									*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+
+	skipsize = *(((short *)uncomp_ptr) + 3);
+
+	if (reserved_data && skipsize) {
+		Read_File(fd, reserved_data, (unsigned long) skipsize);
+	} else {
+		Seek_File(fd, skipsize, SEEK_CUR);
+	}
+
+	*( ((short *)uncomp_ptr+3) )	 = 0;				// K/O any skip value.
+	isize 							-= skipsize;
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/*	If the source and dest buffer are the same, we adjust the pointer so */
+	/* that the compressed data is loaded into the end of the buffer.  In 	*/
+	/* this way the uncompress code can write to the same buffer.				*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	newuncomp_ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer(uncomp_buff.Get_Buffer(), uncomp_buff.Get_Size() - (isize+8L));
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/*	Duplicate the header bytes.														*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	Mem_Copy(uncomp_ptr,newuncomp_ptr,8);
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/*	Read in the main compressed part of the file.								*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	Read_File(fd, newuncomp_ptr + 8, (unsigned long)isize);
+	Close_File(fd);
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Uncompress the file into the destination buffer (which may very well	*/
+	/*		be the source buffer).															*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	return(Uncompress_Data(newuncomp_ptr, dest_buff.Get_Buffer()));
+}
+#if(0)
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_UNCOMPRESS -- Load and uncompress the given file.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      char *file name to uncompress, BuffType uncomp_buff to load *
+ *             the source data into, BuffType dest_buff for the picture,   *
+ *             void *reserved_data pointer for header uncompressed data    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     unsigned long size of uncompressed data                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/28/1991  CY : Created.                                             *
+ *   06/26/1991 JLB : Handles load & uncompress to same buffer.            *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Load_Uncompress(char const *file, BuffType uncomp_buff, BuffType dest_buff, void *reserved_data)
+{
+	int	fd;				// Source file handle.
+	unsigned int	isize;			// Size of the file.
+	unsigned int	skipsize;		// Size of the skip data bytes.
+	void	*uncomp_ptr;	//	Source buffer pointer.
+	char	*newuncomp_ptr;	// Adjusted source pointer.
+
+
+	uncomp_ptr = Get_Buff(uncomp_buff);		/* Get pointer to uncomp buffer */
+
+	/* Read the file into the uncomp_buff */
+
+	fd = Open_File(file, READ);
+	Read_File(fd, (char *) &isize, 2L);				/* Read the file size 		*/
+	#if(AMIGA)
+		isize = Reverse_Word(isize);
+	#endif
+
+	Read_File(fd, uncomp_ptr, 8L);		// Read the header bytes in.
+	isize -= 8; 								// Remaining data in file.
+
+	/*
+	**	Check for and read in the skip data block.
+	*/
+
+	skipsize = *(((short*)uncomp_ptr) + 3);
+	#if(AMIGA)
+		skipsize = Reverse_Word(skipsize);
+	#endif
+
+	if (reserved_data && skipsize) {
+		Read_File(fd, reserved_data, (unsigned long) skipsize);
+	} else {
+		Seek_File(fd, skipsize, SEEK_CUR);
+	}
+	*( ((short *)uncomp_ptr+3) ) = 0;		// K/O any skip value.
+	isize -= skipsize;
+
+	/*
+	**	If the source and dest buffer are the same, we
+	**	adjust the pointer so that the compressed data is
+	**	loaded into the end of the buffer.  In this way the
+	**	uncompress code can write to the same buffer.
+	*/
+	#if(IBM)
+		newuncomp_ptr = (char *)Add_Long_To_Pointer(Get_Buff(uncomp_buff), PageArraySize[uncomp_buff] - (isize+8L));
+	#else
+		newuncomp_ptr = Get_Buff(uncomp_buff);
+		newuncomp_ptr += PageArraySize[uncomp_buff] - ((isize+10) & 0xFFFE);
+	#endif
+
+	/*
+	**	Duplicate the header bytes.
+	*/
+	Mem_Copy(uncomp_ptr,newuncomp_ptr,8);
+
+	/*
+	**	Read in the main compressed part of the file.
+	*/
+	Read_File(fd, newuncomp_ptr + 8, (unsigned long)isize);
+	Close_File(fd);
+
+	return(Uncompress_Data(newuncomp_ptr, Get_Buff(dest_buff)));
+}
+
+#endif
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Uncompress_Data -- Uncompresses data from one buffer to another.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine takes data from a compressed file (sans the first two   *
+ *    size bytes) and uncompresses it to a destination buffer.  The source *
+ *    data MUST have the CompHeaderType at its start.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   src   -- Source compressed data pointer.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          dst   -- Destination (paragraph aligned) pointer.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the size of the uncompressed data.                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   If LCW compression is used, the destination buffer must     *
+ *             be paragraph aligned.                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/17/1993 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+unsigned long __cdecl Uncompress_Data(void const *src, void *dst)
+{
+	unsigned int					skip;			// Number of leading data to skip.
+	CompressionType	method;		// Compression method used.
+	unsigned long					uncomp_size=NULL;
+
+	if (!src || !dst) return(NULL);
+
+	/*
+	**	Interpret the data block header structure to determine
+	**	compression method, size, and skip data amount.
+	*/
+	uncomp_size = ((CompHeaderType*)src)->Size;
+	#if(AMIGA)
+		uncomp_size = Reverse_Long(uncomp_size);
+	#endif
+	skip = ((CompHeaderType*)src)->Skip;
+	#if(AMIGA)
+		skip = Reverse_Word(skip);
+	#endif
+	method = (CompressionType) ((CompHeaderType*)src)->Method;
+	src = Add_Long_To_Pointer((void *)src, (long)sizeof(CompHeaderType) + (long)skip);
+
+	switch (method) {
+
+		default:
+		case NOCOMPRESS:
+			Mem_Copy((void *) src, dst, uncomp_size);
+			break;
+
+		case HORIZONTAL:
+#if LIB_EXTERNS_RESOLVED
+			RLE_Uncompress((void *) src, dst, uncomp_size);
+#endif
+			break;
+
+		case LCW:
+			LCW_Uncompress((void *) src, (void *) dst, (unsigned long) uncomp_size);
+			break;
+
+	}
+
+	return(uncomp_size);
+}
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/LOADFONT.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : LOADFONT.C                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : September 6, 1991                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 27, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Load_Font -- Loads a font from disk.                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "font.h"
+#include <file.h>
+#include <wwmem.h>
+#include <wwstd.h>
+
+#if(IBM)
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <io.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+int FontXSpacing = 0;
+int FontYSpacing = 0;
+void const *FontPtr = NULL;
+char FontWidth  = 8;
+char FontHeight = 8;
+
+// only font.c and set_font.c use the following
+char *FontWidthBlockPtr = NULL;
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * LOAD_FONT -- Loads a font from disk.                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This loads a font from disk.  This function must be called as a    	*
+ *    precursor to calling Set_Font().  You need only call this function 	*
+ *    once per desired font at the beginning of your code, but AFTER     	*
+ *    Prog_Init() is called.                                             	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      name  - Pointer to font name to use (eg. "topaz.font")    	*
+ *                                                                       	*
+ *             fontsize - Size in points of the font loaded.             	*
+ *                                                                       	*
+ * OUTPUT:     Pointer to font data or NULL if unable to load.           	*
+ *                                                                       	*
+ * WARNINGS:   Some system memory is grabbed by this routine.            	*
+ *                                                                       	*
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   4/10/91    BS  : 2.0 compatibily                                     	*
+ *   6/09/91    JLB : IBM and Amiga compatability.                        	*
+ *   11/27/1991 JLB : Uses file I/O routines for disk access.              *
+ *   01/29/1992 DRD : Modified to use new font format.                     *
+ *   02/01/1992 DRD : Added font file verification.                        *
+ *   06/29/1994 SKB : modified for 32 bit library                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * __cdecl Load_Font(char const *name)
+{
+	char	valid;
+	int		fh;		// DOS file handle for font file.
+	unsigned short	size;		// Size of the data in the file (-2);
+	char	*ptr = NULL;		// Pointer to newly loaded font.
+
+
+
+	fh=Open_File(name,READ);
+	if ( fh>=0 ){
+		if ( Read_File(fh, (char *) &size, 2) != 2) return(NULL);
+
+		ptr = (char *) Alloc(size , MEM_NORMAL );
+		*(short *)ptr = size;
+		Read_File(fh, ptr + 2, size - 2);
+		Close_File(fh);
+	} else {
+		return ((void*)errno);
+	}
+
+
+
+#ifdef cuts
+	if (Find_File(name)) {
+		fh = Open_File(name, READ);
+		if (Read_File(fh, (char *) &size, 2) != 2) return(NULL);
+
+		ptr = (char *) Alloc(size, MEM_NORMAL);
+		*(short *)ptr = size;
+		Read_File(fh, ptr + 2, size - 2);
+		Close_File(fh);
+	} else {
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	//
+	// verify that the file loaded is a valid font file.
+	//
+
+	valid = FALSE;
+	if (*(ptr + 2) == 0) {		// no compression
+		if (*(ptr + 3) == 5) {		// currently only 5 data blocks are used.
+			valid = TRUE;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if ( !valid ) {
+		return (NULL);
+	}
+
+   return(ptr);
+}
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/LOADPAL.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Load_Palette                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : LOADPAL.CPP                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 25, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : April 27, 1994   [BR]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Note: This module contains dependencies upon the file I/O system,			*
+ * specifically Load_Data().																*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *	  Load_Palette -- Loads a palette file into the given palette buffer.	*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+//#include <wwstd.h>
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#include "iff.h"
+#include "palette.h"
+
+/*
+********************************* Constants *********************************
+*/
+
+/*
+********************************** Globals **********************************
+*/
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Load_Palette -- Loads a palette file into the given palette buffer.		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      																				*
+ *		BYTE * file_name 			- name of the file to load.						*
+ *		BYTE * palette_pointer	- pointer to palette buffer.	      			*
+ *																									*
+ * OUTPUT:     																				*
+ *		none                                                        			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   	                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/20/1991 BS : Created.                                              *
+ *   04/27/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Load_Palette(char *palette_file_name, void *palette_pointer)
+{
+	#if(IBM)
+		Load_Data(palette_file_name, palette_pointer, 768);
+	#else
+		Load_Data(palette_file_name, palette_pointer, (ULONG)(2<<BIT_PLANES));
+	#endif
+}
+
+/**************************** End of loadpal.cpp ***************************/

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MCGAPRIM.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : MCGAPRIM.INC                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : January 16, 1995                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : January 16, 1995   [PWG]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+; Externs from REGIONSZ.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Size_Of_Region	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from GETPIX.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Get_Pixel          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VGETPIX.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Get_Pixel          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from PUTPIX.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Put_Pixel 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VPUTTPIX.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Put_Pixel 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from CLEAR.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Clear	          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VCLEAR.ASM module of the MCGA/SVGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Clear			:NEAR
+; Externs from BITBLIT.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Blit_To_Linear		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VBITBLIT.ASM module of the MCGA/SVGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Blit_To_Vesa		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Blit_To_Linear		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Blit_To_Vesa		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TOBUFF.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_To_Buffer		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VTOBUFF.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_To_Buffer		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TOPAGE.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Buffer_To_Page		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VTOPAGE.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Buffer_To_Page		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from SCALE.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Scale_To_Linear 	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VSCALE.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Scale_To_Vesa 		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Scale_To_Linear		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Scale_To_Vesa 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from TXTPRNT.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Print			:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VTXTPRNT.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Print			:NEAR
+
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Define MCGA only assembly GLOBALS					   *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+
+; Externs from DRAWLINE.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Draw_Line 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from FILLQUAD.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Fill_Quad 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from FILLRECT.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Fill_Rect 		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from REMAP.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Remap      		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from STAMP.ASM module of the MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL MCGA_Draw_Stamp 		:NEAR
+
+GLOBAL get_clip	 	   : NEAR
+
+struc  RECTANGLE
+		  x0	dd	?
+		  y0 dd	?
+		  x1	dd	?
+		  y1 dd ?
+ends 	 RECTANGLE
+
+
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MEMFLAG.H

@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Memory System                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MEMFLAG.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Jeff Wilson                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 4, 1994                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 8, 1994   [IML]                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef MEMFLAG_H
+#define MEMFLAG_H
+// Memory Flags
+/*
+**	Memory allocation flags.  These are the flags that are passed into Alloc
+**	in order to control the type of memory allocated.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	MEM_NORMAL = 0x0000,		// Default memory (normal).
+	MEM_NEW	  = 0x0001,		// Called by the operator new and was overloaded.
+	MEM_CLEAR  = 0x0002,		// Clear memory before returning.
+	MEM_REAL   = 0x0004,		// Clear memory before returning.
+	MEM_TEMP   = 0x0008,		// Clear memory before returning.
+	MEM_LOCK   = 0x0010,		// Lock the memory that we allocated
+} MemoryFlagType;
+
+
+/*
+** Prototypes for VMPAGEIN.ASM
+*/
+extern "C"{
+	void __cdecl Force_VM_Page_In (void *buffer, int length);
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: ALLOC.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void * operator new(size_t size, MemoryFlagType flag);
+void * operator new[] (size_t size, MemoryFlagType flag);
+void	*Alloc(unsigned long bytes_to_alloc, MemoryFlagType flags);
+void	Free(void const *pointer);
+void	DPMI_Lock(VOID const *ptr, long const size);
+void	DPMI_Unlock(void const *ptr, long const size);
+void	*Resize_Alloc(void *original_ptr, unsigned long new_size_in_bytes);
+long	Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType flag);
+long	Heap_Size(MemoryFlagType flag);
+long	Total_Ram_Free(MemoryFlagType flag);
+
+//PG_TO_FIX
+//#pragma option -Jgd
+
+inline void * operator new(size_t size, MemoryFlagType flag)
+{
+	return(Alloc(size, flag));
+}
+inline void * operator new[] (size_t size, MemoryFlagType flag)
+{
+	return(Alloc(size, flag));
+}
+
+//#pragma option -Jgd
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: MEM_COPY.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern "C" {
+	void __cdecl Mem_Copy(void const *source, void *dest, unsigned long bytes_to_copy);
+}
+
+
+inline void *Add_Long_To_Pointer(void const *ptr, long size)
+{
+ 	return ((void *) ( (char const *) ptr + size));
+}
+
+extern void (*Memory_Error)(void);
+extern void (*Memory_Error_Exit)(char *string);
+
+extern unsigned long MinRam;		// Record of least memory at worst case.
+extern unsigned long MaxRam;		// Record of total allocated at worst case.
+
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MISC.H

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : 32 bit library                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MISC.H                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MISC_H
+#define MISC_H
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN	// eliminates unecessary definitions in windows.h
+#ifndef _WIN32 // Denzil 6/2/98 Watcom 11.0 complains without this check
+#define _WIN32
+#endif // _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+#include <ddraw.h>
+
+extern	LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE	PaletteSurface;
+
+/*========================= C++ Routines ==================================*/
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: DDRAW.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void 		Process_DD_Result(HRESULT result, int display_ok_msg);
+BOOL 		Set_Video_Mode(HWND hwnd, int w, int h, int bits_per_pixel);
+void 		Reset_Video_Mode(void);
+unsigned 	Get_Free_Video_Memory(void);
+void 		Wait_Blit(void);
+unsigned 	Get_Video_Hardware_Capabilities(void);
+
+extern "C" void Wait_Vert_Blank(void);
+extern "C" void Set_DD_Palette (void *palette);
+
+/*
+** Pointer to function to call if we detect a focus loss
+*/
+extern	void (*Misc_Focus_Loss_Function)(void);
+/*
+** Pointer to function to call if we detect a surface restore
+*/
+extern	void (*Misc_Focus_Restore_Function)(void);
+
+
+/*
+ *  Flags returned by Get_Video_Hardware_Capabilities
+ */
+/* Hardware blits supported? */
+#define	VIDEO_BLITTER					1
+
+/* Hardware blits asyncronous? */
+#define	VIDEO_BLITTER_ASYNC  		2
+
+/* Can palette changes be synced to vertical refresh? */
+#define	VIDEO_SYNC_PALETTE			4
+
+/* Is the video cards memory bank switched? */
+#define	VIDEO_BANK_SWITCHED			8
+
+/* Can the blitter do filled rectangles? */
+#define	VIDEO_COLOR_FILL				16
+
+/* Is there no hardware assistance avaailable at all? */
+#define	VIDEO_NO_HARDWARE_ASSIST	32
+
+
+
+/*
+ * Definition of surface monitor class
+ *
+ * This class keeps track of all the graphic buffers we generate in video memory so they
+ *  can be restored after a focus switch.
+*/
+
+#define	MAX_SURFACES	20
+
+class SurfaceMonitorClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		SurfaceMonitorClass();
+
+		void	Add_DD_Surface (LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE);
+		void	Remove_DD_Surface (LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE);
+		BOOL	Got_Surface_Already (LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE);
+		void	Restore_Surfaces (void);
+		void	Set_Surface_Focus ( BOOL in_focus );
+		void	Release(void);
+
+		BOOL	SurfacesRestored;
+
+	private:
+
+		LPDIRECTDRAWSURFACE	Surface[MAX_SURFACES];
+		BOOL						InFocus;
+
+};
+
+extern	SurfaceMonitorClass	AllSurfaces;				//List of all direct draw surfaces
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following variables are declared in: DDRAW.CPP								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+extern	LPDIRECTDRAW	DirectDrawObject;
+extern	LPDIRECTDRAW2	DirectDraw2Interface;
+extern	HWND				MainWindow;
+extern BOOL 				SystemToVideoBlits;
+extern BOOL				VideoToSystemBlits;
+extern BOOL				SystemToSystemBlits;
+extern BOOL				OverlappedVideoBlits;	// Can video driver blit overlapped regions?
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: EXIT.CPP							*/
+/* Prog_End Must be supplied by the user program in startup.cpp				*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+VOID __cdecl Prog_End(const char *why = NULL, bool fatal = false);	// Added why and fatal parameters. ST - 6/27/2019 10:10PM		 
+VOID __cdecl Exit(INT errorval, const BYTE *message, ...);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: DELAY.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void Delay(int duration);
+void Vsync(void);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FINDARGV.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+BYTE  __cdecl Find_Argv(BYTE const *str);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LIB.CPP								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+char *Find_Argv(char const *str);
+void Mono_Mem_Dump(void const *databuf, int bytes, int y);
+void Convert_RGB_To_HSV(unsigned int r, unsigned int g, unsigned int b, unsigned int *h, unsigned int *s, unsigned int *v);
+void Convert_HSV_To_RGB(unsigned int h, unsigned int s, unsigned int v, unsigned int *r, unsigned int *g, unsigned int *b);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: VERSION.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+BYTE  __cdecl Version(VOID);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: IRANDOM.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+int IRandom(int minval, int maxval);
+
+
+/*========================= Assembly Routines ==============================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: RANDOM.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+unsigned char __cdecl Random(void);
+int __cdecl Get_Random_Mask(int maxval);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: SHAKESCR.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void __cdecl Shake_Screen(int shakes);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: REVERSE.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+long __cdecl Reverse_Long(long number);
+short __cdecl Reverse_Short(short number);
+long __cdecl Swap_Long(long number);
+#if (0)
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: FACING8.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Desired_Facing8(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: FACING16.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Desired_Facing16(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: FACINGFF.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int __cdecl Desired_Facing256(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: FADING.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#endif
+
+void * __cdecl Build_Fading_Table(void const *palette, void const *dest, long int color, long int frac);
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototype is for the file: CRC.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+long __cdecl Calculate_CRC(void *buffer, long length);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: DETPROC.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern WORD __cdecl  Processor(void);
+extern WORD __cdecl Operating_System(void);
+extern unsigned long random ( unsigned long mod )  ;
+//extern void  randomize ( void ) ;
+
+extern int __cdecl Clip_Rect ( int * x , int * y , int * dw , int * dh ,
+	       	   			 int width , int height ) ;
+extern int __cdecl Confine_Rect ( int * x , int * y , int dw , int dh ,
+	      	      			 int width , int height ) ;
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: OPSYS.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern WORD OperationgSystem;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#endif // MISC_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MODEMREG.H

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+#define WIN32
+#ifndef _WIN32 // Denzil 6/2/98 Watcom 11.0 complains without this check
+#define _WIN32
+#endif // _WIN32
+#endif	//WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+
+
+
+class ModemRegistryEntryClass {
+
+	public:
+
+		ModemRegistryEntryClass (int modem_number);
+		~ModemRegistryEntryClass (void);
+
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Name (void) { return (ModemName); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Device_Name (void) { return (ModemDeviceName); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Enable (void) { return (ErrorCorrectionEnable); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Error_Correction_Disable (void) { return (ErrorCorrectionDisable); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Compression_Enable (void) { return (CompressionEnable); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Compression_Disable (void) { return (CompressionDisable); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_Hardware_Flow_Control (void) { return (HardwareFlowControl); }
+
+		char *Get_Modem_No_Flow_Control (void) { return (HardwareFlowControl); }
+
+	private:
+
+		char *ModemName;
+		char *ModemDeviceName;
+		char *ErrorCorrectionEnable;
+		char *ErrorCorrectionDisable;
+		char *CompressionEnable;
+		char *CompressionDisable;
+		char *HardwareFlowControl;
+		char *NoFlowControl;
+
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MONO.H

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\monoc.h_v   2.16   06 Sep 1995 16:29:02   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               *** 
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MONO.H                                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : July 2, 1994                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : July 2, 1994   [JLB]                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef MONOC_H
+#define MONOC_H
+
+
+class MonoClass {
+		/*
+		**	This is a private structure that is used to control which characters
+		**	are used when a box is drawn. Line drawing on the monochrome screen is
+		**	really made up of characters. This specifies which characters to use.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			unsigned char	UpperLeft;
+			unsigned char	TopEdge;
+			unsigned char	UpperRight;
+			unsigned char	RightEdge;
+			unsigned char	BottomRight;
+			unsigned char	BottomEdge;
+			unsigned char	BottomLeft;
+			unsigned char	LeftEdge;
+		} BoxDataType;
+
+		/*
+		**	Each cell is constructed of the actual character that is displayed and the
+		**	attribute to use. This character pair is located at every position on the
+		**	display (80 x 25). Since this cell pair can be represented by a "short"
+		**	integer, certain speed optimizations are taken in the monochrome drawing
+		**	code.
+		*/
+		typedef struct {
+			char Character;			// Character to display.
+			char Attribute;			// Attribute.
+		} CellType;
+
+		/*
+		**	These private constants are used in the various monochrome operations.
+		*/
+		enum MonoClassPortEnums {
+			CONTROL_PORT=0x03B4,			// CRTC control register.
+			DATA_PORT=0x03B5,				// CRTC data register.
+			COLUMNS=80,						// Number of columns.
+			LINES=25,						// Number of lines.
+			SIZE_OF_PAGE=LINES*COLUMNS*sizeof(CellType),	// Entire page size.
+			DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE=0x02		// Normal white on black color attribute.
+		};
+
+	public:
+		enum MonoClassPageEnums {
+			MAX_MONO_PAGES=16,	// Maximum RAM pages on mono card.
+			SEGMENT=0xB000  		// Monochrome screen segment.
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	These are the various box styles that may be used.
+		*/
+		typedef enum BoxStyleType {
+			SINGLE,				// Single thickness.
+			DOUBLE_HORZ,		// Double thick on the horizontal axis.
+			DOUBLE_VERT,		// Double thick on the vertical axis.
+			DOUBLE,				// Double thickness.
+
+			COUNT
+		} BoxStyleType;
+
+		MonoClass(void);
+		~MonoClass(void);
+
+		static void Enable(void) {Enabled = 1;};
+		static void Disable(void) {Enabled = 0;};
+		static int Is_Enabled(void) {return Enabled;};
+		static MonoClass * Get_Current(void) {return PageUsage[0];};
+
+		void Draw_Box(int x, int y, int w, int h, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE, BoxStyleType thick=SINGLE);
+		void Set_Default_Attribute(char attrib) {Attrib = attrib;};
+		void Clear(void);
+		void Set_Cursor(int x, int y);
+		void Print(char const *text);
+		void Print(int text);
+		void Printf(char const *text, ...);
+		void Printf(int text, ...);
+		void Text_Print(char const *text, int x, int y, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
+		void Text_Print(int text, int x, int y, char attrib=DEFAULT_ATTRIBUTE);
+		void View(void);
+		int Get_X(void) const {return X;};
+		int Get_Y(void) const {return Y;};
+
+		/*
+		**	Handles deep copies for the mono class objects. This performs what is essentially
+		**	a screen copy.
+		*/
+		MonoClass & operator = (MonoClass const & );
+
+		/*
+		**	This merely makes a duplicate of the mono object into a newly created mono
+		**	object.
+		*/
+		MonoClass (MonoClass const &);
+
+	private:
+		char	X;					// Cursor X position.
+		char	Y;					// Cursor Y position.
+		char	Attrib;			// Normal attribute to use if none specified.
+		char	Page;				// The current page to write to.
+
+		/*
+		**	Helper functions to help with display operations.
+		*/
+		int Offset(int x=0, int y=0) const {return (SIZE_OF_PAGE*Page) + sizeof(CellType)*(x + (y*COLUMNS));};
+		void Scroll(int lines);
+		void Store_Cell(CellType &cell, int x, int y) {
+			*(CellType *)((long)MonoSegment + Offset(x, y)) = cell;
+		};
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the segment/selector of the monochrome screen.
+		*/
+		static void * MonoSegment;
+
+		/*
+		** This the the arrays of characters used for drawing boxes.
+		*/
+		static BoxDataType const CharData[4];
+
+		/*
+		**	This array contains pointers to the monochrome objects that are assigned
+		**	to each of the monochrome pages. As the monochrome pages are made visible,
+		**	they can be shuffled around between the actual locations. The first entry
+		**	in this table is the one that is visible.
+		*/
+		static MonoClass * PageUsage[MAX_MONO_PAGES];
+
+		/*
+		**	If this is true, then monochrome output is allowed. It defaults to false
+		**	so that monochrome output must be explicitly enabled.
+		*/
+		static int Enabled;
+};
+
+void Mono_Set_Cursor(int x, int y);
+int Mono_Printf(char const *string, ...);
+void Mono_Clear_Screen(void);
+void Mono_Text_Print(void const *text, int x, int y, int attrib);
+void Mono_Draw_Rect(int x, int y, int w, int h, int attrib, int thick);
+void Mono_Print(void const *text);
+int Mono_X(void);
+int Mono_Y(void);
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MORPHPAL.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : wwlib32                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : PALTOPAL.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 2, 1994                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 2, 1994   [BR]                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Morph_Palette -- morphs a palette from source to destination          *
+ *   Palette_To_Palette -- morph src palette to a dst palette              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#include "palette.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+
+/*
+********************************* Constants *********************************
+*/
+#define SCALE(a,b,c) (((((long)(a)<<8) / (long)(b) ) * (unsigned long)(c)) >>8)
+
+
+/*
+********************************** Globals **********************************
+*/
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+
+PRIVATE int __cdecl Palette_To_Palette(void *src_palette, void *dst_palette, unsigned long current_time, unsigned long delay);
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Morph_Palette -- morphs a palette from source to destination            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		void *src_pal	- starting palette												*
+ *		void *dst_pal	- ending palette													*
+ *		unsigned int delay	- time delay in 60ths of a second							*
+ *		void *callback	- user-defined callback, NULL if none						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none.																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/02/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void cdecl Morph_Palette (void *src_pal, void *dst_pal, unsigned int delay,
+	void (*callback) (void) )
+{
+	int	result;
+	unsigned long	pal_start = TickCount.Time();
+	extern void   (*cb_ptr) ( void ) ;	// callback function pointer
+
+//	(void *)cb_ptr = callback;
+	cb_ptr = callback ;
+
+	/*===================================================================*/
+	/* Make sure that we don't go too fast but also make sure we keep		*/
+	/*		processing the morph palette if we have one.							*/
+	/*===================================================================*/
+	while (1) {
+		if (src_pal && dst_pal) {
+			result = Palette_To_Palette (src_pal, dst_pal,
+				(TickCount.Time() - pal_start), (unsigned long)delay);
+			if (!result)
+				break;
+
+			if (callback) {
+				(*cb_ptr)();
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return;
+
+}	/* end of Morph_Palette */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Palette_To_Palette -- morph src palette to a dst palette                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * Creates & sets a palette that's in-between 'src_palette' & 					*
+ * 'dst_palette'; how close it is to dst_palette is based on how close 		*
+ * 'current_time' is to 'delay'.  'current_time' & 'delay' are based on		*
+ * 0 being the start time.																	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:               void *src_palette =  palette we want to morph from *
+ *                      void *dst_palette =  palette we want to morph to   *
+ *                      long current_time =  time we started morph pal		*
+ *                      long delay         = time we want the morph to take*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:					int if the time had elapsed and no chages were		*
+ *									  necessary this routine returns FALSE				*
+ *									  otherwise it will always return TRUE (this		*
+ *									  was necessary to detect the end of the ice		*
+ *									  effect.													*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/24/1993  MC : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE int cdecl Palette_To_Palette(void *src_palette, void *dst_palette,
+	unsigned long current_time, unsigned long delay)
+{
+	char	colour;
+	char	diff;
+	int	chgval;
+	int	lp;
+	int	change;
+	static char  palette[768];
+	char	*src_pal = (char*)src_palette;
+	char	*dst_pal = (char*)dst_palette;
+
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Loop through each RGB value attempting to change it to the correct	*/
+	/*		color.																				*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	for (change = lp = 0; lp < 768; lp++) {
+		if (current_time < delay ) {
+			diff		= dst_pal[lp] & (char)63;
+			diff	  -= src_pal[lp] & (char)63;
+			if (diff)
+				change = TRUE;
+			chgval	= SCALE(diff, delay, current_time);
+			colour 	= src_pal[lp] & (char)63;
+			colour	+=(char)chgval;
+		}
+		else {
+			colour = dst_pal[lp] & (char)63;
+			change = FALSE;
+		}
+		palette[lp] = colour;
+	}
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	/* Set the palette to the color that we created.								*/
+	/*======================================================================*/
+	Set_Palette(palette);
+	return(change);
+
+}	/* end of Palette_To_Palette */
+
+
+/*************************** End of morphpal.cpp ***************************/
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MOUSE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 Bit Library                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MOUSE.H                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/12/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 12, 1995 [PWG]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WW_MOUSE_H
+#define WW_MOUSE_H
+
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+
+class WWMouseClass {
+	public:
+		WWMouseClass(GraphicViewPortClass *scr, int mouse_max_width, int mouse_max_height);
+		~WWMouseClass();
+		void *Set_Cursor(int xhotspot, int yhotspot, void *cursor);
+		void Process_Mouse(void);
+		void Hide_Mouse(void);
+		void Show_Mouse(void);
+		void Conditional_Hide_Mouse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+		void Conditional_Show_Mouse(void);
+		int Get_Mouse_State(void);
+		int Get_Mouse_X(void);
+		int Get_Mouse_Y(void);
+		void Get_Mouse_XY(int &x, int &y);
+		//
+		// The following two routines can be used to render the mouse onto a graphicbuffer
+		// other than the hidpage.
+		//
+		void Draw_Mouse(GraphicViewPortClass *scr);
+		void Erase_Mouse(GraphicViewPortClass *scr, int forced = FALSE);
+
+		void Block_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer);
+		void Unblock_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer);
+		void Set_Cursor_Clip(void);
+		void Clear_Cursor_Clip(void);
+
+	private:
+		enum 	{
+			CONDHIDE		= 1,
+			CONDHIDDEN 	= 2,
+		};
+		void Low_Hide_Mouse(void);
+		void Low_Show_Mouse(int x, int y);
+
+		char						*MouseCursor;	// pointer to the mouse cursor in memory
+		int						MouseXHot;		// X hot spot of the current mouse cursor
+		int						MouseYHot;		// Y hot spot of the current mouse cursor
+		int						CursorWidth;	// width of the mouse cursor in pixels
+		int						CursorHeight;	// height of the mouse cursor in pixels
+
+		char						*MouseBuffer;	// pointer to background buffer in memory
+		int						MouseBuffX;		// pixel x mouse buffer was preserved at
+		int						MouseBuffY;		// pixel y mouse buffer was preserved at
+		int						MaxWidth;		// maximum width of mouse background buffer
+		int						MaxHeight;		// maximum height of mouse background buffer
+
+		int						MouseCXLeft;	// left x pos if conditional hide mouse in effect
+		int						MouseCYUpper;	// upper y pos if conditional hide mouse in effect
+		int						MouseCXRight;	// right x pos if conditional hide mouse in effect
+		int						MouseCYLower;	// lower y pos if conditional hide mouse in effect
+		char						MCFlags;			// conditional hide mouse flags
+		char						MCCount;			// nesting count for conditional hide mouse
+
+		GraphicViewPortClass	*Screen;			// pointer to the surface mouse was init'd with
+		char *					PrevCursor;		// pointer to previous cursor shape
+		int						MouseUpdate;
+		int						State;
+
+		char						*EraseBuffer;	// Buffer which holds background to restore to hidden page
+		int						EraseBuffX;		// X position of the hidden page background
+		int						EraseBuffY;		// Y position of the hidden page background
+		int						EraseBuffHotX;	// X position of the hidden page background
+		int						EraseBuffHotY;	// Y position of the hidden page background
+
+		int						EraseFlags;		// Records whether mutex has been released
+
+		CRITICAL_SECTION		MouseCriticalSection;  // Control for mouse re-enterancy
+		unsigned					TimerHandle;
+
+};
+
+extern "C" {
+	 void __cdecl Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(void *thisptr, GraphicViewPortClass *srcdst, void *buffer, int x, int y, int hotx, int hoty, int store);
+	 void __cdecl Draw_Mouse(void *thisptr, GraphicViewPortClass *srcdst, int x, int y);
+	 void * __cdecl ASM_Set_Mouse_Cursor(void * thisptr, int hotspotx, int hotspoty, VOID *cursor);
+};
+
+void Hide_Mouse(void);
+void Show_Mouse(void);
+void Conditional_Hide_Mouse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
+void Conditional_Show_Mouse(void);
+int Get_Mouse_State(void);
+void *Set_Mouse_Cursor(int hotx, int hoty, void *cursor);
+int Get_Mouse_X(void);
+int Get_Mouse_Y(void);
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MOUSE.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;*********************************************************************************************** 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                                      * 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*                    File Name : MOUSE.INC                                                    * 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                                             * 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*                   Start Date : 12/12/95                                                     * 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*                  Last Update : December 12, 1995 [PWG]                                      * 
+;*                                                                                             * 
+;*---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 
+;* Functions:                                                                                  * 
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+STRUC MouseType
+MouseCursor		DD		?			; pointer to the mouse cursor in memory
+MouseXHot		DD		?			; X hot spot of the current mouse cursor
+MouseYHot		DD		?			; Y hot spot of the current mouse cursor
+CursorWidth		DD		?			; Width of mouse cursor in pixels
+CursorHeight	DD		?			; Height of the mouse cursor in pixels
+
+MouseBuffer		DD		?			; pointer to background buffer in memory
+MouseBuffX		DD		?			; pixel x mouse buffer was preserved at
+MouseBuffY		DD		?			; pixel y mouse buffer was preserved at
+MaxWidth			DD		?			; Maximum possible width of the background buffer
+MaxHeight		DD		?			; Maximum possible height of the background buffer
+
+MouseCXLeft		DD		?			; left hand x position if conditional hide mouse in effect
+MouseCYUpper	DD		?			; upper y position if conditional hide mouse in effect
+MouseCXRight	DD		?			; right hand x position if conditional hide mouse in effect
+MouseCYLower	DD		?			; lower y position if conditional hide mouse in effect
+MCFlags			DB		?			; conditional hide mouse flags
+MCCount			DB		?			; nesting count for conditional hide mouse
+
+Screen			DD		?			; pointer to the surface mouse was init'd with
+PrevCursor		DD		?			; pointer to the prev cursor shape
+MouseUpdate		DD		?			; is the mouse being currently updated
+State				DD		?
+
+EraseBuffer		DD		?
+EraseBuffX		DD		?
+EraseBuffY		DD		?
+EraseBuffHotX	DD		?
+EraseBuffHotY	DD		?
+EraseFlags		DD		?
+ENDS

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/MOUSEWW.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : MOUSE.CPP                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Philip W. Gorrow                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 12/12/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : December 12, 1995 [PWG]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   WWMouseClass::WWMouseClass -- Constructor for the Mouse Class                                 *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "mouse.h"
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+
+static WWMouseClass *_Mouse=NULL;
+void CALLBACK Process_Mouse( UINT event_id, UINT res1 , DWORD user, DWORD  res2, DWORD  res3 );
+extern bool GameInFocus;
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * MOUSECLASS::MOUSECLASS -- Constructor for the Mouse Class                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		GraphicViewPortClass * screen - pointer to screen mouse is created for				 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   12/12/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+WWMouseClass::WWMouseClass(GraphicViewPortClass *scr, int mouse_max_width, int mouse_max_height)
+{
+	MouseCursor 	= new char[mouse_max_width * mouse_max_height];
+	MouseXHot		= 0;
+	MouseYHot		= 0;
+	CursorWidth		= 0;
+	CursorHeight	= 0;
+
+	MouseBuffer		= new char[mouse_max_width * mouse_max_height];
+	MouseBuffX		= -1;
+	MouseBuffY  	= -1;
+	MaxWidth			= mouse_max_width;
+	MaxHeight		= mouse_max_height;
+
+	MouseCXLeft		= 0;
+	MouseCYUpper	= 0;
+	MouseCXRight	= 0;
+	MouseCYLower	= 0;
+	MCFlags			= 0;
+	MCCount			= 0;
+
+	Screen			= scr;
+	PrevCursor		= NULL;
+	MouseUpdate		= 0;
+	State				= 1;
+	timeBeginPeriod ( 1000/ 60);
+
+	InitializeCriticalSection (&MouseCriticalSection);
+	//
+	// Install the timer callback event handler
+	//
+
+	EraseBuffer		= new char[mouse_max_width * mouse_max_height];
+	EraseBuffX		= -1;
+	EraseBuffY  	= -1;
+	EraseBuffHotX	= -1;
+	EraseBuffHotY	= -1;
+	EraseFlags		= FALSE;
+
+	_Mouse			= this;
+	
+	// Add TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag. ST - 2/13/2019 5:07PM
+	//TimerHandle = timeSetEvent( 1000/60 , 1 , ::Process_Mouse, 0 , TIME_PERIODIC);
+	//TimerHandle = timeSetEvent( 1000/60 , 1 , ::Process_Mouse, 0 , TIME_PERIODIC | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS);		// Removed. ST - 2/13/2019 5:12PM
+
+	/*
+	** Force the windows mouse pointer to stay withing the graphic view port region
+	*/
+	Set_Cursor_Clip();
+}
+
+WWMouseClass::~WWMouseClass()
+{
+	MouseUpdate++;
+
+	if (MouseCursor) delete[] MouseCursor;
+	if (MouseBuffer) delete[] MouseBuffer;
+	if (TimerHandle) {
+		timeKillEvent(TimerHandle);
+		TimerHandle = 0;		//ST - 2/13/2019 5:12PM
+	}
+	timeEndPeriod (1000/60);
+	DeleteCriticalSection(&MouseCriticalSection);
+
+	/*
+	** Free up the windows mouse pointer movement
+	*/
+	Clear_Cursor_Clip();
+}
+
+
+void Block_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer)
+{
+	if (_Mouse){
+		_Mouse->Block_Mouse(buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+void Unblock_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer)
+{
+	if (_Mouse){
+		_Mouse->Unblock_Mouse(buffer);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Block_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer)
+{
+	if (buffer == Screen->Get_Graphic_Buffer()){
+		EnterCriticalSection(&MouseCriticalSection);
+	}
+}
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Unblock_Mouse(GraphicBufferClass *buffer)
+{
+	if (buffer == Screen->Get_Graphic_Buffer()){
+		LeaveCriticalSection(&MouseCriticalSection);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Set_Cursor_Clip(void)
+{
+#if (0)		// Not needed. ST - 1/3/2019 2:18PM
+	if (Screen){
+		RECT	region;
+
+		region.left		= 0;
+		region.top 		= 0;
+		region.right	= Screen->Get_Width();
+		region.bottom	= Screen->Get_Height();
+
+		ClipCursor(&region);
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Clear_Cursor_Clip(void)
+{
+#if (0)
+	ClipCursor(NULL);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Process_Mouse(void)
+{
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+	return;
+#if (0)
+	POINT 	pt;					// define a structure to hold current cursor pos
+
+	//
+	// If the mouse is currently hidden or it has not been installed, then we
+	// have no need to redraw the mouse.
+	//
+	if (!Screen || !_Mouse || State > 0 || MouseUpdate || EraseFlags || !GameInFocus)
+		return;
+
+	//
+	// Make sure there are no conflicts with other
+	// threads that may try and lock the screen buffer
+	//
+	//Block_Mouse(Screen->Get_Graphic_Buffer());
+
+	//
+	// If the screen is already locked by another thread then just exit
+	//
+	if (Screen->Get_LockCount()!=0){
+		//Unblock_Mouse(Screen->Get_Graphic_Buffer());
+		return;
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Get the mouse's current real cursor position
+	//
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);			// get the current cursor position
+	//
+	// If the mouse has moved then we are responsible to redraw the mouse
+	//
+	if (pt.x != MouseBuffX || pt.y != MouseBuffY) {
+		//
+		// If we can't lock the surface we need to draw to, we cannot update
+		// the mouse.
+		//
+		if (Screen->Lock()) 	{
+			//
+			// Erase the old mouse by dumping the mouses shadow buff
+			//   to the screen (if its position had ever been recorded).
+			//
+			Low_Hide_Mouse();
+
+			//
+			// Verify that the mouse has not gone into a conditional hiden area
+			// If it has, mark it as being in one.
+			//
+			if (MCFlags & CONDHIDE && pt.x >= MouseCXLeft && pt.x <= MouseCXRight && pt.y >= MouseCYUpper && pt.y <= MouseCYLower) {
+				MCFlags |= CONDHIDDEN;
+			}
+
+			//
+			// Show the mouse if we are allowed to.
+			//
+			if (!(MCFlags & CONDHIDDEN)) 	{
+				Low_Show_Mouse(pt.x, pt.y);
+			}
+			//
+			// Finally unlock the destination surface as we have sucessfully
+			// updated the mouse.
+			//
+			Screen->Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+
+	//
+	// Allow other threads to lock the screen again
+	//
+	//Unblock_Mouse(Screen->Get_Graphic_Buffer());
+#endif
+}
+
+void *WWMouseClass::Set_Cursor(int xhotspot, int yhotspot, void *cursor)
+{
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+	xhotspot;
+	yhotspot;
+	cursor;
+	return cursor;
+
+#if (0)
+	
+	//
+	// If the pointer to the cursor we got is invalid, or its the same as the
+	// currently set cursor then just return.
+	if (!cursor || cursor == PrevCursor)
+		return(cursor);
+
+	//
+	// Wait until we have exclusive access to our data
+	//
+	MouseUpdate++;
+	//
+	// Since we are updating the mouse we need to hide the cursor so we
+	// do not get some sort of weird transformation.
+	//
+	Hide_Mouse();
+	//
+	// Now convert the shape to a mouse cursor with the given hotspots and
+	// set it as our current mouse.
+	//
+	void *retval = ASM_Set_Mouse_Cursor(this, xhotspot, yhotspot, cursor);
+	//
+	// Show the mouse which will force it to appear with the new shape we
+	// have assigned.
+	//
+	Show_Mouse();
+	//
+	// We are done updating the mouse cursor so on to bigger and better things.
+	//
+	MouseUpdate--;
+	//
+	// Return the previous mouse cursor which as conveniantly passed back by
+	// Asm_Set_Mouse_Cursor.
+	//
+	return(retval);
+#endif
+}
+
+void WWMouseClass::Low_Hide_Mouse()
+{
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+#if (0)
+	if (!State) {
+		if (MouseBuffX != -1 || MouseBuffY != -1) {
+			if (Screen->Lock()){
+				Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(this, Screen, MouseBuffer, MouseBuffX, MouseBuffY, MouseXHot, MouseYHot, 0);
+				Screen->Unlock();
+			}
+		}
+		MouseBuffX = -1;
+		MouseBuffY = -1;
+	}
+#endif
+	State++;
+}
+void WWMouseClass::Hide_Mouse()
+{
+	MouseUpdate++;
+	Low_Hide_Mouse();
+	MouseUpdate--;
+}
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Low_Show_Mouse(int x, int y)
+{
+	//
+	// If the mouse is already visible then just ignore the problem.
+	//
+	if (State == 0) return;
+	//
+	// Make the mouse a little bit more visible
+	//
+	State--;
+
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+#if (0)
+
+	//
+	//	If the mouse is completely visible then draw it at its current
+	// position.
+	//
+	if (!State)	{
+		//
+		// Try to lock the screen til we sucessfully get a lock.
+		//
+		if (Screen->Lock()){
+			//
+			// Save off the area behind the mouse.
+			//
+			Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(this, Screen, MouseBuffer, x, y, MouseXHot, MouseYHot, 1);
+			//
+			// Draw the mouse in its new location
+			//
+			::Draw_Mouse(this, Screen, x, y);
+			//
+			// Save off the positions that we saved the buffer from
+			//
+			MouseBuffX = x;
+			MouseBuffY = y;
+			//
+			// Unlock the screen and lets get moving.
+			//
+			Screen->Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+#endif
+}
+
+void WWMouseClass::Show_Mouse()
+{
+	POINT	pt;
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);
+
+	MouseUpdate++;
+	Low_Show_Mouse(pt.x, pt.y);
+	MouseUpdate--;
+}
+
+void WWMouseClass::Conditional_Hide_Mouse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
+{
+	POINT	pt;
+
+	MouseUpdate++;
+
+	//
+	// First of all, adjust all the coordinates so that they handle
+	// the fact that the hotspot is not necessarily the upper left
+	// corner of the mouse.
+	//
+	x1 -= (CursorWidth - MouseXHot);
+	x1  = MAX(0, x1);
+	y1 -= (CursorHeight - MouseYHot);
+	y1  = MAX(0, y1);
+	x2  += MouseXHot;
+	x2  = MIN(x2, Screen->Get_Width());
+	y2  += MouseYHot;
+	y2  = MIN(y2, Screen->Get_Height());
+
+	// The mouse could be in one of four conditions.
+	// 1) The mouse is visible and no conditional hide has been specified.
+	// 	(perform normal region checking with possible hide)
+	// 2) The mouse is hidden and no conditional hide as been specified.
+	// 	(record region and do nothing)
+	// 3) The mouse is visible and a conditional region has been specified
+	// 	(expand region and perform check with possible hide).
+	// 4) The mouse is already hidden by a previous conditional.
+	// 	(expand region and do nothing)
+	//
+	// First: Set or expand the region according to the specified parameters
+	if (!MCCount) {
+		MouseCXLeft		= x1;
+		MouseCYUpper	= y1;
+		MouseCXRight	= x2;
+		MouseCYLower	= y2;
+	} else {
+		MouseCXLeft		= MIN(x1, MouseCXLeft);
+		MouseCYUpper	= MIN(y1, MouseCYUpper);
+		MouseCXRight	= MAX(x2, MouseCXRight);
+		MouseCYLower	= MAX(y2, MouseCYLower);
+	}
+	//
+	// If the mouse isn't already hidden, then check its location against
+	// the hiding region and hide if necessary.
+	//
+	if (!(MCFlags & CONDHIDDEN)) {
+		GetCursorPos(&pt);
+		if (MouseBuffX >= MouseCXLeft && MouseBuffX <= MouseCXRight && MouseBuffY >= MouseCYUpper && MouseBuffY <= MouseCYLower) {
+			Low_Hide_Mouse();
+			MCFlags |= CONDHIDDEN;
+		}
+	}
+	//
+	// Record the fact that a conditional hide was called and then exit
+	//
+	//
+	MCFlags |= CONDHIDE;
+	MCCount++;
+	MouseUpdate--;
+
+}
+void WWMouseClass::Conditional_Show_Mouse(void)
+{
+	MouseUpdate++;
+
+	//
+	// if there are any nested hides then dec the count
+	//
+	if (MCCount) {
+		MCCount--;
+		//
+		// If the mouse is now not hidden and it had actually been
+		// hidden before then display it.
+		//
+		if (!MCCount) {
+			if (MCFlags & CONDHIDDEN) {
+				Show_Mouse();
+			}
+			MCFlags = 0;
+		}
+	}
+
+	MouseUpdate--;
+}
+
+
+void WWMouseClass::Draw_Mouse(GraphicViewPortClass *scr)
+{
+	scr;
+	return;
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+#if (0)
+	
+	POINT pt;
+
+	if (State != 0) return;
+	MouseUpdate++;
+	//
+	//	Get the position that the mouse is currently located at
+	//
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);
+	if (MCFlags & CONDHIDE && pt.x >= MouseCXLeft && pt.x <= MouseCXRight && pt.y >= MouseCYUpper && pt.y <= MouseCYLower) {
+		Hide_Mouse();
+		MCFlags |= CONDHIDDEN;
+	} else {
+		//
+		// If the mouse is already visible then just ignore the problem.
+		//
+		EraseFlags = TRUE;
+
+		//
+		// Try to lock the screen  - dont do video stuff if we cant.
+		//
+		if (scr->Lock()){
+			//
+			// Save off the area behind the mouse into two different buffers, one
+			// which will be used to restore the mouse and the other which will
+			// be used to restore the hidden surface when we get a chance.
+			//
+			Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(this, scr, EraseBuffer, pt.x, pt.y, MouseXHot, MouseYHot, 1);
+			memcpy(MouseBuffer, EraseBuffer, MaxWidth * MaxHeight);
+			//
+			// Draw the mouse in its new location
+			//
+			::Draw_Mouse(this, scr, pt.x, pt.y);
+			//
+			// Save off the positions that we saved the buffer from
+			//
+			EraseBuffX 		= pt.x;
+			MouseBuffX 		= pt.x;
+			EraseBuffY 		= pt.y;
+			MouseBuffY 		= pt.y;
+			EraseBuffHotX	= MouseXHot;
+			EraseBuffHotY	= MouseYHot;
+			//
+			// Unlock the screen and lets get moving.
+			//
+			scr->Unlock();
+		}
+	}
+
+	MouseUpdate--;
+#endif
+}
+
+void WWMouseClass::Erase_Mouse(GraphicViewPortClass *scr, int forced)
+{
+//ST - 1/3/2019 10:50AM	
+	scr;
+	forced;
+	return;
+#if (0)
+	//
+	// If we are forcing the redraw of a mouse we already managed to
+	// restore then just get outta here.
+	//
+	if (forced && EraseBuffX == -1 && EraseBuffY == -1) return;
+
+	MouseUpdate++;
+
+	//
+	// If this is not a forced call, only update the mouse is we can legally
+	//	lock the buffer.
+	//
+	if (!forced) {
+#if(0)
+		if (scr->Lock()) {
+			//
+			// If the surface has not already been restore then restore it and erase the
+			// restoration coordinates so we don't accidentally do it twice.
+			//
+			if (EraseBuffX != -1 || EraseBuffY != -1) {
+				Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(this, scr, EraseBuffer, EraseBuffX, EraseBuffY, 0);
+				EraseBuffX = -1;
+				EraseBuffY = -1;
+			}
+			//
+			// We are done writing to the buffer so unlock it.
+			//
+			scr->Unlock();
+		}
+#endif
+	} else	{
+			//
+			// If the surface has not already been restore then restore it and erase the
+			// restoration coordinates so we don't accidentally do it twice.
+			//
+			if (EraseBuffX != -1 || EraseBuffY != -1) {
+				if (scr->Lock()){
+					Mouse_Shadow_Buffer(this, scr, EraseBuffer, EraseBuffX, EraseBuffY, EraseBuffHotX, EraseBuffHotY, 0);
+					scr->Unlock();
+				}
+				EraseBuffX = -1;
+				EraseBuffY = -1;
+			}
+	}
+	MouseUpdate--;
+  	EraseFlags = FALSE;
+#endif
+}
+
+int WWMouseClass::Get_Mouse_State(void)
+{
+	return(State);
+}
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_X -- Returns the mouses current x position in pixels             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int		- returns the mouses current x position in pixels                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int WWMouseClass::Get_Mouse_X(void)
+{
+	POINT 	pt;
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);
+	return(pt.x);
+}
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_Y -- returns the mouses current y position in pixels             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     int		- returns the mouses current y position in pixels                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+int WWMouseClass::Get_Mouse_Y(void)
+{
+	POINT 	pt;
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);
+	return(pt.y);
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WWKeyboardClass::Get_Mouse_XY -- Returns the mouses x,y position via reference vars         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:		int &x		- variable to return the mouses x position in pixels                *
+ *					int &y		- variable to return the mouses y position in pixels					  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:     none - output is via reference variables                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *   10/17/1995 PWG : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+void WWMouseClass::Get_Mouse_XY(int &x, int &y)
+{
+	POINT 	pt;
+
+	GetCursorPos(&pt);
+	x = pt.x;
+	y = pt.y;
+}
+
+//#pragma off(unreferenced)
+
+void CALLBACK Process_Mouse( UINT event_id, UINT res1 , DWORD user, DWORD  res2, DWORD  res3 )
+{
+	static	BOOL	in_mouse_callback = false;
+
+	if (_Mouse && !in_mouse_callback) {
+		in_mouse_callback = TRUE;
+		_Mouse->Process_Mouse();
+		in_mouse_callback = FALSE;
+	}
+}
+//#pragma on(unreferenced)
+
+void Hide_Mouse(void)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return;
+	_Mouse->Hide_Mouse();
+}
+
+void Show_Mouse(void)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return;
+	_Mouse->Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+void Conditional_Hide_Mouse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return;
+	_Mouse->Conditional_Hide_Mouse(x1, y1, x2, y2);
+}
+
+void Conditional_Show_Mouse(void)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return;
+	_Mouse->Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+}
+
+int Get_Mouse_State(void)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return(0);
+	return(_Mouse->Get_Mouse_State());
+}
+
+void *Set_Mouse_Cursor(int hotx, int hoty, void *cursor)
+{
+	if (!_Mouse) return(0);
+	return(_Mouse->Set_Cursor(hotx,hoty,cursor));
+}
+
+extern int DLLForceMouseX;
+extern int DLLForceMouseY;
+
+
+int Get_Mouse_X(void)
+{
+	if (DLLForceMouseX >= 0) {
+		return DLLForceMouseX;
+	}
+	if (!_Mouse) return(0);
+	return(_Mouse->Get_Mouse_X());
+}
+
+int Get_Mouse_Y(void)
+{
+	if (DLLForceMouseY >= 0) {
+		return DLLForceMouseY;
+	}
+	
+	if (!_Mouse) return(0);
+	return(_Mouse->Get_Mouse_Y());
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/NEWDEL.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Memory system.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : NEWDEL.CPP                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 21, 1994                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : October 20, 1994   [SKB]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   operator NEW -- Overides the global new function.                     *
+ *   operator delete -- Overides the global delete function.               *
+ *   operator NEW[] -- Overides the array version of new.                  *
+ *   operator delete[] -- Overides the array version of delete[]           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "wwmem.h"
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPERATOR NEW -- Overides the global new function.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * operator new(size_t size) 
+{
+	return (Alloc((unsigned long) size, MEM_NEW));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPERATOR NEW[] -- Overides the array version of new.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * operator new[](size_t size) 
+{
+	return (Alloc((unsigned long) size, MEM_NEW));
+}
+ 
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPERATOR DELETE -- Overides the global delete function.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/21/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void operator delete(void *ptr) 
+{
+	Free(ptr);
+}
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPERATOR DELETE[] -- Overides the array version of delete[]           	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/20/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void operator delete[](void *ptr) 
+{
+	Free(ptr);
+}
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/NYBBTB.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;****************************************************************************
+;* bNybbleTablexxxx - ADPCM Lookup table for nybbles
+;****************************************************************************
+
+		align	4
+
+bNybbleTableLow	DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+		DB	00h*2,01h*2,02h*2,03h*2,04h*2,05h*2,06h*2,07h*2,08h*2,09h*2,0Ah*2,0Bh*2,0Ch*2,0Dh*2,0Eh*2,0Fh*2
+
+		align 4
+
+bNybbleTableHigh	DB	00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2,00h*2
+		DB	01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2,01h*2
+		DB	02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2,02h*2
+		DB	03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2,03h*2
+		DB	04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2,04h*2
+		DB	05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2,05h*2
+		DB	06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2,06h*2
+		DB	07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2,07h*2
+		DB	08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2,08h*2
+		DB	09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2,09h*2
+		DB	0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2,0Ah*2
+		DB	0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2,0Bh*2
+		DB	0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2,0Ch*2
+		DB	0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2,0Dh*2
+		DB	0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2,0Eh*2
+		DB	0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2,0Fh*2

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/PALETTE.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : PALETTE.C											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : BILL STOKES										*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 6/20/91												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 2, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Note: This module contains dependencies upon the video system,				*
+ * specifically Get_Video_Mode().														*
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Set_Palette -- sets the current palette											*
+ *   Set_Palette_Color -- Set a color number in a palette to the data.     *
+ *	  Fade_Palette_To -- Fades the current palette into another					*
+ *   Determine_Bump_Rate -- determines desired bump rate for fading        *
+ *   Bump_Palette -- increments the palette one step, for fading           *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+/*
+********************************* Includes **********************************
+*/
+//#include <mem.h>
+
+#include "palette.h"
+#include "timer.h"
+#include "wwstd.h"
+
+
+/*
+********************************* Constants *********************************
+*/
+
+/*
+********************************** Globals **********************************
+*/
+extern "C" extern unsigned char  CurrentPalette[];		/* in pal.asm */
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+
+PRIVATE void __cdecl Determine_Bump_Rate(void *palette, int delay, short *ticks, short *rate);
+PRIVATE BOOL __cdecl Bump_Palette(void *palette1, unsigned int step);
+
+/*
+******************************** Code *********************************
+*/
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Set_Palette -- sets the current palette											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		void *palette		- palette to set												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/25/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/27/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Set_Palette(void *palette)
+{
+
+	#if(IBM)
+		Set_Palette_Range(palette);
+	#else
+		Copy_Palette(palette,CurrentPalette);
+   	LoadRGB4(&Main_Screen->ViewPort,palette,32L);
+	   LoadRGB4(AltVPort,palette,32L);
+	#endif
+
+}	/* end of Set_Palette */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Set_Palette_Color -- Set a color number in a palette to the data.       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		void *palette	- palette to set color in										*
+ *		int color		- which color index to set										*
+ *		void *data		- RGB data for color												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/25/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *   04/27/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void __cdecl Set_Palette_Color(void *palette, int color, void *data)
+{
+	/*
+	---------------------- Return if 'palette' is NULL -----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!palette) return;
+
+	/*
+	------------------- Change the color & set the palette -------------------
+	*/
+	#if(IBM)
+		memcpy(&((unsigned char *)palette)[color * RGB_BYTES], data, RGB_BYTES);
+		Set_Palette_Range(palette);
+	#else
+		palette[color] = *(unsigned short*)data;
+		Set_Palette(palette);
+	#endif
+
+}	/* end of Set_Palette */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ *	Fade_Palette_To -- Fades the current palette into another					*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This will allow the palette to fade from current palette into the 		*
+ * palette that was passed in.  This can be used to fade in and fade out.	*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      																				*
+ *    char  *palette1 - this is the palette to fade to.           			*
+ *		unsigned int delay		 -	fade with this timer count down							*
+ *		void *callback  - user-defined callback function							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/20/1991  BS : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Fade_Palette_To(void *palette1, unsigned int delay, void (*callback)() )
+{
+	BOOL	changed;	// Flag that palette has changed this tick.
+	short	jump;		// Gun values to jump per palette set.
+	unsigned long	timer;		// Tick count timer used for timing.
+	short	ticksper;	// The ticks (fixed point) per bit jump.
+	int	tickaccum;
+
+
+	extern void (*cb_ptr)(void);	// callback function pointer
+
+//	(void *)cb_ptr = callback;
+	cb_ptr = callback;
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Return if 'palette1' is NULL ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!palette1)
+		return;
+
+	/*
+	--------------------------- Get the bump rate ----------------------------
+	*/
+	Determine_Bump_Rate(palette1, delay, &ticksper, &jump);
+
+	tickaccum = 0;							// init accumulated elapsed time
+	timer = TickCount.Time(); 				// timer = current time
+	do {
+		changed = FALSE;
+
+		tickaccum += ticksper;			// tickaccum = time of next change * 256
+		timer += (tickaccum >> 8);		// timer = time of next change (rounded)
+		tickaccum &= 0x0FF;				// shave off high byte, keep roundoff bits
+
+		changed = Bump_Palette(palette1, jump);	// increment palette
+
+		/*
+		.................. Wait for time increment to elapse ..................
+		*/
+		if (changed) {
+			while (TickCount.Time() < (int)timer) {
+				/*
+				................. Update callback while waiting .................
+				*/
+				if (callback) {
+#if LIB_EXTERNS_RESOLVED
+					Sound_Callback();		// should be removed!
+#endif
+					(*cb_ptr)();
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+#if LIB_EXTERNS_RESOLVED
+		Sound_Callback();		// should be removed!
+#endif
+		if (callback) {
+			(*cb_ptr)();
+		}
+	} while (changed);
+
+}	/* end of Fade_Palette_To */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Determine_Bump_Rate -- determines desired bump rate for fading          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		unsigned char *palette	- palette to fade to												*
+ *		int delay		- desired time delay in 60ths of a second					*
+ *		short *ticks		- output: loop ticks per color jump							*
+ *		short *rate		- output: color gun increment rate							*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		none																						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/27/1994 BR : Converted to 32-bit                                   *
+ *   08/02/1994 SKB : Made private                                         *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE void __cdecl Determine_Bump_Rate(void *palette, int delay, short *ticks,
+	short *rate)
+{
+	int gun1;		// Palette 1 gun value.
+	int gun2;		// Palette 2 gun value.
+	int diff;		// Maximum color gun difference.
+	int tp;			// Temporary tick accumulator.
+	int index;		// Color gun working index.
+	long t;			// Working tick intermediate value.
+	int adiff;		// Absolute difference between guns.
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Find max gun difference -------------------------
+	*/
+	diff = 0;
+	for (index = 0; index < PALETTE_BYTES; index++) {
+		gun1 = ((unsigned char *)palette)[index];
+		gun2 = CurrentPalette[index];
+		adiff = ABS(gun1-gun2);
+		diff = MAX(diff, adiff);
+	}
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	ticks = (total time delay ) / (max gun diff)
+	The value is computed based on (delay * 256), for fixed-point math;
+	the lower bits represent the leftover from the division;  'ticks' is
+	returned still shifted, so the low bits can be used to accumulate the
+	time more accurately; the caller must shift the accumulated value down
+	8 bits to determine the actual elapsed time!
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	t = ((long)delay) << 8;
+	if (diff) {
+		t /= diff;
+		t = MIN((long)t, (long)0x7FFF);
+	}
+	*ticks = (short)t;
+
+	/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
+	Adjust the color gun rate value if the time to fade is faster than can
+	reasonably be performed given the palette change, ie if (ticks>>8)==0,
+	and thus less than 1/60 of a second
+	------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+	tp = *ticks;
+	*rate = 1;
+	while (*rate <= diff && *ticks < 256) {
+		*ticks += tp;
+		*rate += 1;
+	}
+
+}	/* end of Determine_Bump_Rate */
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * Bump_Palette -- increments the palette one step, for fading             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *		palette1		- palette to fade towards											*
+ *		step			- max step amount, determined by Determine_Bump_Rate		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *		FALSE = no change, TRUE = changed												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/27/1994 BR : Created.                                              *
+ *   08/02/1994 SKB : Made private                                         *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#if(IBM)
+PRIVATE BOOL __cdecl Bump_Palette(void *palette1, unsigned int step)
+{
+	BOOL	changed=FALSE;				// Flag that palette has changed this tick.
+	int	index;						// Index to DAC register gun.
+	int	gun1,gun2;					// Palette 1 gun value.
+	unsigned char	palette[PALETTE_BYTES];	// copy of current palette
+
+	/*
+	---------------------- Return if 'palette1' is NULL ----------------------
+	*/
+	if (!palette1)
+		return (FALSE);
+
+
+	/*
+	------------------------ Copy the current palette ------------------------
+	*/
+	memcpy(palette, CurrentPalette, 768);
+
+	/*
+	----------------------- Loop through palette bytes -----------------------
+	*/
+	for (index = 0; index < PALETTE_BYTES; index++) {
+		gun1 = ((unsigned char *)palette1)[index];
+		gun2 = palette[index];
+
+		/*
+		............. If the colors match, go on to the next one ..............
+		*/
+		if (gun1 == gun2) continue;
+
+		changed = TRUE;
+
+		/*
+		.................. Increment current palette's color ..................
+		*/
+		if (gun2 < gun1) {
+			gun2 += step;
+			gun2 = MIN(gun2, gun1);		// make sure we didn't overshoot it
+		}
+		/*
+		.................. Decrement current palette's color ..................
+		*/
+		else {
+			gun2 -= step;
+			gun2 = MAX(gun2, gun1);		// make sure we didn't overshoot it
+		}
+
+		palette[index] = (unsigned char)gun2;
+	}
+
+	/*
+	----------------- Set current palette to the new palette -----------------
+	*/
+	if (changed) {
+		Set_Palette(&palette[0]);
+	}
+
+	return (changed);
+
+}	/* end of Bump_Palette */
+
+#else
+
+	/* This is already implemented in asm on the Amiga */
+
+#endif
+
+void (*cb_ptr)(void);	// callback function pointer
+
+/**************************** End of palette.cpp ***************************/
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/PALETTE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Palette 32bit Library.                   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : PALETTE.H                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : April 25, 1994                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : April 27, 1994 [BRR]							*
+;*                                                                         *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef PALETTE_H
+#define PALETTE_H
+
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+/*
+********************************* Constants *********************************
+*/
+#define RGB_BYTES			3
+#define PALETTE_SIZE		256
+#define PALETTE_BYTES	768
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+/*
+-------------------------------- Palette.cpp --------------------------------
+*/
+void __cdecl Set_Palette(void *palette);
+void __cdecl Set_Palette_Color(void *palette, int color, void *data);
+void Fade_Palette_To(void *palette1, unsigned int delay, void (*callback)() );
+
+/*
+-------------------------------- loadpal.cpp --------------------------------
+*/
+void __cdecl Load_Palette(char *palette_file_name, void *palette_pointer);
+
+/*
+------------------------------- morphpal.cpp --------------------------------
+*/
+void __cdecl Morph_Palette (void *src_palette, void *dst_palette, unsigned int delay,
+	void *callback);
+
+/*
+---------------------------------- pal.asm ----------------------------------
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern void __cdecl Set_Palette_Range(void *palette);
+extern BOOL __cdecl Bump_Color(void *palette, int changable, int target);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+extern "C" extern unsigned char  CurrentPalette[];		/* in pal.asm */
+
+
+#endif // PALETTE_H
+
+/***************************** End of palette.h ****************************/

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/PLAYCD.H

@@ -0,0 +1,306 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB	  											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : PLAYCD.H											*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : STEVE WETHERILL									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : 5/13/94												*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 4, 1994   [SW]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PLAYCD_H
+#define PLAYCD_H
+
+
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+/* ==================================================================== */
+/* Defines */
+/* ==================================================================== */
+
+#define	CHLEFT	0
+#define	CHRIGHT	1
+#define	CHBOTH	2
+
+#define	AUDIO_START_MIN	1
+#define	AUDIO_START_SEC  44
+
+typedef struct {
+					  unsigned short seg ;
+ 					  unsigned short sel ;
+					} SEGSEL ;
+
+
+
+
+extern "C" int  DPMI_real_alloc ( UINT , SEGSEL * , USHORT * ) ;
+extern "C" int  DPMI_real_free ( SEGSEL  ) ;
+extern "C" void DPMI_real_intr ( int , union REGS * , struct SREGS * );
+extern "C" void DPMI_real_call ( void * funct , union REGS * , struct SREGS * );
+
+
+
+
+/* ==================================================================== */
+/* Data structures */
+/* ==================================================================== */
+
+// Audio Track Info request block
+
+struct	TinfoType {
+	UBYTE		Length;
+	UBYTE		SubCd;
+	UBYTE		Command;
+	UWORD		Status;
+	UBYTE		Rsvd[8];
+	UBYTE		MDescr;
+
+	UWORD		TrnsAdOff;
+	UWORD		TrnsAdSeg;
+
+	UWORD		CntTrns;
+	UWORD		StSect;
+
+	UWORD		VolIDOff;
+	UWORD		VolIDSeg;
+
+	UBYTE		TrInfo;
+	UBYTE		Track;
+	ULONG		Start;
+	UBYTE		TrCtrl;
+};
+
+// Audio Track Status Control Block
+
+struct	StatType {
+	UBYTE		Length;
+	UBYTE		SubCd;
+	UBYTE		Command;
+	UWORD		Status;
+	UBYTE		Rsvd[8];
+	UBYTE		MDescr;
+
+	UWORD		TrnsAdOff;
+	UWORD		TrnsAdSeg;
+
+	UWORD		CntTrns;
+	UWORD		StSect;
+
+	UWORD		VolIDOff;
+	UWORD		VolIDSeg;
+
+	UBYTE		StatInfo;
+	UWORD		Stat;
+	ULONG		Start;
+	ULONG		End;
+	};
+
+// Audio Track Volume control block
+
+struct	VolmType	{
+	UBYTE		Length;
+	UBYTE		SubCd;
+	UBYTE		Command;
+	UWORD		Status;
+	UBYTE		Rsvd[8];
+	UBYTE		MDescr;
+
+	UWORD		TrnsAdOff;
+	UWORD		TrnsAdSeg;
+
+	UWORD		CntTrns;
+	UWORD		StSect;
+
+	UWORD		VolIDOff;
+	UWORD		VolIDSeg;
+
+	UBYTE		TrInfo;
+	UBYTE		In0;
+	UBYTE		Vol0;
+	UBYTE		In1;
+	UBYTE		Vol1;
+	UBYTE		In2;
+	UBYTE		Vol2;
+	UBYTE		In3;
+	UBYTE		Vol3;
+	};
+
+// Audio Track Play request block
+
+struct	PlayType {
+	UBYTE		Length;
+	UBYTE		SubCd;
+	UBYTE		Command;
+	UWORD		Status;
+	UBYTE		Rsvd[8];
+	UBYTE		AddrMd;
+	ULONG		Start;
+	ULONG		CntSect;
+	};
+
+
+// Audio Track Stop request block
+
+struct	StopType {
+	UBYTE		Length;
+	UBYTE		SubCd;
+	UBYTE		Command;
+	UWORD		Status;
+	UBYTE		Rsvd[8];
+	};
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GetCDClass -- object which will return logical CD drive						*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/04/1994 SW : Created.																*
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#define MAX_CD_DRIVES 26
+#define NO_CD_DRIVE -1
+
+class	GetCDClass {
+
+protected:
+
+	int	CDDrives[MAX_CD_DRIVES];	//Array containing CD drive letters
+	int	CDCount;							//Number of available CD drives
+	int	CDIndex;
+
+public:
+
+
+	GetCDClass(VOID);					// This is the default constructor
+	~GetCDClass(VOID);				// This is the destructor
+
+	inline	int	Get_First_CD_Drive(void);
+	inline	int	Get_Next_CD_Drive(void);
+	inline	int	Get_Number_Of_Drives(void) {return (CDCount);};
+
+};
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * GCDC::Get_Next_CD_Drive -- return the logical drive number of the next CD drive             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Logical drive number of a cd drive or -1 if none                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    5/21/96 3:50PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline int GetCDClass::Get_Next_CD_Drive(void)
+{
+	if (CDCount){
+		if (CDIndex == CDCount) CDIndex = 0;
+		return (CDDrives[CDIndex++]);
+	}else{
+		return (-1);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * GCDC::Get_First_CD_Drive -- return the number of the first CD drive     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *			none																				  *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *			logical drive number 														  *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/26/1994 SW : Created.                                              *
+ *   12/4/95    ST : fixed for Win95                                       *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+inline int GetCDClass::Get_First_CD_Drive(void)
+{
+	CDIndex = 0;
+	return (Get_Next_CD_Drive());
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * RedBookClass -- adds red book functionality										*
+ *																									*
+ *	this class inherits from GetCDClass and adds red book play functionality*
+ *																									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   06/04/1994 SW : Created.																*
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+class RedBookClass : public GetCDClass {
+
+private:
+
+	SEGSEL		Tinfo_addrp;
+	SEGSEL		Stat_addrp;
+	SEGSEL		Stop_addrp;
+	SEGSEL		Volm_addrp;
+	SEGSEL  	   Play_addrp;
+
+	StopType 	Stop;
+	PlayType		Play;
+	VolmType		Volm;
+	StatType		Stat;
+	TinfoType	Tinfo;
+
+public:
+
+	RedBookClass(VOID);					// This is the default constructor
+	~RedBookClass(VOID);					// This is the destructor
+
+	ULONG	RedToHS(ULONG i);
+	ULONG MSFtoRed(UBYTE m, UBYTE s, UBYTE f);
+	VOID  FullCDVolume(UBYTE chan);
+	VOID  PlayTrack(UWORD track);
+	VOID  Play_CD_MSL(UWORD min_sec, UWORD len);
+	VOID  PlayMSF(UBYTE startM, UBYTE startS, UBYTE startF,
+				UBYTE endM, UBYTE endS, UBYTE endF, UBYTE chan);
+	UWORD CheckCDMusic(VOID);
+	VOID  StopCDMusic(VOID);
+
+};
+
+#endif	//NOT_FOR_WIN95
+/***************************** End of Playcd.h ****************************/
+
+#endif // PLAYCD_H
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/PROFILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Library profiler                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : PROFILE.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 11/17/95                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : November 20th 1995 [ST]                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  New System                                                                                 *
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  The new profiler system creates a seperate thread and then starts a timer off there. The   *
+ *  timer in the second thread uses GetThreadContext to sample the IP address of each user     *
+ *  thread. This system has the advantage of being able to sample what is happening in all the *
+ *  threads we own not just the main thread. Another advantage is that it doesnt require a     *
+ *  major recompilation.                                                                       *
+ *  The disadvantage is that we dont really know what is going on when the IP is outside the   *
+ *  scope of our threads - We could be in direct draw, direct sound or even something like the *
+ *  VMM and there is no way to tell.                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  Old System                                                                                 *
+ * ~~~~~~~~~~~                                                                                 *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  The profiler works by using the function prologue and epilogue hooks available in Watcom   *
+ *  to register the current functions address in a global variable and then sampling the       *
+ *  contents of the variable using a windows timer which runs at up to 1000 samples per second.*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  Compile the code to be sampled with the -ep and -ee flags to enable the prologue (__PRO)   *
+ *  and epilogue (__EPI) calls to be generated.                                                *
+ *  At the beginning of the section to be profiled (just before main loop normally) call the   *
+ *  Start_Profiler function to start sampling. At the end of the section, call Stop_Profiler   *
+ *  which will stop the timer and write the profile data to disk in the PROFILE.BIN file.      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  Use PROFILE.EXE to view the results of the session.                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  The addition of prologue and epilogue code will slow down the product and the profiler     *
+ *  allocates a huge buffer for data so it should not be linked in unless it is going to be    *
+ *  used.                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *  The advantage of the prologue/epilogue approach is that all samples represent valid        *
+ *  addresses within our code so we get valid results we can use even when the IP is in system *
+ *  code.                                                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#define	MAX_PROFILE_TIME	60*1		//1 minute(s) @ 14.4 Mb per hour
+#define	PROFILE_RATE		1000	//samples per sec (max 1000)
+
+
+/*
+ * Defines for choosing between the old and new profiler system
+ *
+*/
+
+#define	OLD_PROFILE_SYSTEM	1
+#define	NEW_PROFILE_SYSTEM	2
+
+//#define	PROFILE_SYSTEM			OLD_PROFILE_SYSTEM
+#define	PROFILE_SYSTEM			NEW_PROFILE_SYSTEM
+
+
+
+extern "C"{
+	void __cdecl Profile_Init(void);
+	void __cdecl Profile_End(void);
+	void __cdecl Start_Profiler(void);
+	void __cdecl Stop_Profiler(void);
+}
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/PROFILE.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+
+;USE_PROFILER	=1
+
+
+macro	prologue
+Ifdef USE_PROFILER
+		global	__PRO:near
+
+		call		__PRO
+endif ;USE_PROFILER
+endm
+
+
+
+macro epilogue
+ifdef USE_PROFILER
+		global	__EPI:near
+
+		push		ebp
+		call		__EPI
+		pop			ebp
+endif ;USE_PROFILER
+endm
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/RAWFILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\rawfile.h_v   2.15   06 Sep 1995 16:29:30   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : RAWFILE.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : October 18, 1994   [JLB]                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *   RawFileClass::File_Name -- Returns with the filename associate with the file object.      *
+ *   RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Default constructor for a file object.                      *
+ *   RawFileClass::Is_Open -- Checks to see if the file is open or not.                        *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef RAWFILE_H
+#define RAWFILE_H
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+#define WIN32 1
+#ifndef _WIN32 // Denzil 6/2/98 Watcom 11.0 complains without this check
+#define _WIN32
+#endif // _WIN32
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+//#include	<wwlib32.h>
+#include	<limits.h>
+#include	<errno.h>
+#include	<windows.h>
+//#include	<algo.h>
+#include	"wwfile.h"
+
+#ifdef NEVER
+	/*
+	**	This is a duplicate of the error numbers. The error handler for the RawFileClass handles
+	**	these errors. If the error routine is overridden and additional errors are defined, then
+	**	use numbers starting with 100. Note that these errors here are listed in numerical order.
+	**	These errors are defined in the standard header file "ERRNO.H".
+	*/
+	EZERO,				// Non-error.
+	EINVFNC,				// Invalid function number.
+	ENOFILE,				// File not found.
+	ENOENT=ENOFILE,	// No such file or directory.
+	ENOPATH,				// Path not found.
+	EMFILE,				// Too many open files.
+	EACCES,				// Permission denied.
+	EBADF,				// Bad file number.
+	ECONTR,				// Memory blocks destroyed.
+	ENOMEM,				// Not enough core memory.
+	EINVMEM,				// Invalid memory block address.
+	EINVENV,				// Invalid environment.
+	EINVFMT,				// Invalid format.
+	EINVACC,				// Invalid access code.
+	EINVDAT,				// Invalid data.
+	EFAULT,				// Unknown error.
+	EINVDRV,				// Invalid drive specified.
+	ENODEV=EINVDRV,	// No such device.
+	ECURDIR,				// Attempt to remove CurDir.
+	ENOTSAM,				// Not same device.
+	ENMFILE,				// No more files.
+	EINVAL,				// Invalid argument.
+	E2BIG,				// Argument list too long.
+	ENOEXEC,				// exec format error.
+	EXDEV,				// Cross-device link.
+	ENFILE,				// Too many open files.
+	ECHILD,				// No child process.
+	ENOTTY,				// not used
+	ETXTBSY,				// not used
+	EFBIG,				// not used
+	ENOSPC,				// No space left on device.
+	ESPIPE,				// Illegal seek.
+	EROFS,				// Read-only file system.
+	EMLINK,				// not used
+	EPIPE,				// Broken pipe.
+	EDOM,					// Math argument.
+	ERANGE,				// Result too large.
+	EEXIST,				// File already exists.
+	EDEADLOCK,			// Locking violation.
+	EPERM,				// Operation not permitted.
+	ESRCH,				// not used
+	EINTR,				// Interrupted function call.
+	EIO,					// Input/output error.
+	ENXIO,				// No such device or address.
+	EAGAIN,				// Resource temporarily unavailable.
+	ENOTBLK,				// not used
+	EBUSY,				// Resource busy.
+	ENOTDIR,				// not used
+	EISDIR,				// not used
+	EUCLEAN,				// not used
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	This is the definition of the raw file class. It is derived from the abstract base FileClass
+**	and handles the interface to the low level DOS routines. This is the first class in the
+**	chain of derived file classes that actually performs a useful function. With this class,
+**	I/O is possible. More sophisticated features, such as packed files, CD-ROM support,
+**	file caching, and XMS/EMS memory support, are handled by derived classes.
+**
+**	Of particular importance is the need to override the error routine if more sophisticated
+**	error handling is required. This is more than likely if greater functionality is derived
+**	from this base class.
+*/
+class RawFileClass : public FileClass
+{
+	public:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is a record of the access rights used to open the file. These rights are
+		**	used if the file object is duplicated.
+		*/
+		int Rights;
+
+		RawFileClass(char const *filename);
+		RawFileClass(void);
+		RawFileClass (RawFileClass const & f);
+		RawFileClass & operator = (RawFileClass const & f);
+		virtual ~RawFileClass(void) {if (Allocated && Filename) free((char *)Filename);};
+
+		virtual char const * File_Name(void) const;
+		virtual char const * Set_Name(char const *filename);
+		virtual int Create(void);
+		virtual int Delete(void);
+		virtual int Is_Available(int forced=false);
+		virtual int Is_Open(void) const;
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ);
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ);
+		virtual long Read(void *buffer, long size);
+		virtual long Seek(long pos, int dir=SEEK_CUR);
+		virtual long Size(void);
+		virtual long Write(void const *buffer, long size);
+		virtual void Close(void);
+		virtual void Error(int error, int canretry = false, char const * filename=NULL);
+		virtual void Set_Buffer_Size(int size);
+
+
+	protected:
+
+		/*
+		**	This function returns the largest size a low level DOS read or write may
+		**	perform. Larger file transfers are performed in chunks of this size or less.
+		*/
+		long Transfer_Block_Size(void) {return (long)((unsigned)UINT_MAX)-16L;};
+
+	private:
+
+		/*
+		**	This is the low level DOS handle. A -1 indicates an empty condition.
+		*/
+		int Handle;
+
+		/*
+		**	This points to the filename as a NULL terminated string. It may point to either a
+		**	constant or an allocated string as indicated by the "Allocated" flag.
+		*/
+		char const *Filename;
+
+		/*
+		**	Filenames that were assigned as part of the construction process
+		**	are not allocated. It is assumed that the filename string is a
+		**	constant in that case and thus making duplication unnecessary.
+		**	This value will be non-zero if the filename has be allocated
+		**	(using strdup()).
+		*/
+		unsigned Allocated:1;
+};
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::File_Name -- Returns with the filename associate with the file object.        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine what filename is associated with this file object. If no   *
+ *    filename has yet been assigned, then this routing will return NULL.                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the file name associated with this file object or NULL   *
+ *          if one doesn't exist.                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline char const * RawFileClass::File_Name(void) const
+{
+	return Filename;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::RawFileClass -- Default constructor for a file object.                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    This constructs a null file object. A null file object has no file handle or filename    *
+ *    associated with it. In order to use a file object created in this fashion it must be     *
+ *    assigned a name and then opened.                                                         *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline RawFileClass::RawFileClass(void) : Filename(0)
+{
+	Handle = -1;
+	Allocated = false;
+}
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * RawFileClass::Is_Open -- Checks to see if the file is open or not.                          *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *    Use this routine to determine if the file is open. It returns true if it is.             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:  bool; Is the file open?                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                                            *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+;*   10/18/1994 JLB : Created.                                                                 *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+inline int RawFileClass::Is_Open(void) const
+{
+	return (Handle != -1);
+}
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/REGIONSZ.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB 32                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : REGIONSZ.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : November 3, 1994                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : November 3, 1994   [PWG]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Size_Of_Region -- Calculates the size of a given region               *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following PRIVATE functions are in this file:                       */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+/*= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SIZE_OF_REGION -- Calculates the size of a given region                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:	int width  - the width of the region                           *
+ *				int height - the height of the region									*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  long - the size of the region                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   11/03/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long Size_Of_Region(int width, int height)                                 
+{
+	return(width * height);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/REMAP.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : REMAP.ASM                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : July 1, 1994                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : July 1, 1994   [PWG]                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+IDEAL
+P386
+MODEL USE32 FLAT
+
+INCLUDE ".\drawbuff.inc"
+INCLUDE ".\gbuffer.inc"
+
+
+CODESEG
+
+	PROC	Buffer_Remap C NEAR
+	USES	eax,ebx,ecx,edx,esi,edi
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	;* Define the arguements that our function takes.
+	;*===================================================================
+	ARG	this_object:DWORD
+	ARG	x0_pixel:DWORD
+	ARG	y0_pixel:DWORD
+	ARG	region_width:DWORD
+	ARG	region_height:DWORD
+	ARG	remap	:DWORD
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	; Define some locals so that we can handle things quickly
+	;*===================================================================
+	local	x1_pixel  : DWORD
+	local	y1_pixel  : DWORD
+	local	win_width : dword
+	local	counter_x : dword
+
+
+	cmp	[ remap ] , 0
+	jz	??real_out
+
+; Clip Source Rectangle against source Window boundaries.
+	mov  	esi , [ this_object ]	    ; get ptr to src
+	xor 	ecx , ecx
+	xor 	edx , edx
+	mov	edi , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	ebx , [ x0_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ x0_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ region_width ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	mov	edi,[ ( GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPHeight ] ; get height into register
+	mov	ebx , [ y0_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ y0_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ region_height ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	xor	cl , 5
+	xor	dl , 5
+	mov	al , cl
+	test	dl , cl
+	jnz	??real_out
+	or	al , dl
+	jz	??do_remap
+
+	test	cl , 1000b
+	jz	??scr_left_ok
+	mov	[ x0_pixel ] , 0
+
+??scr_left_ok:
+	test	cl , 0010b
+	jz	??scr_bottom_ok
+	mov	[ y0_pixel ] , 0
+
+??scr_bottom_ok:
+	test	dl , 0100b
+	jz	??scr_right_ok
+	mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , eax
+??scr_right_ok:
+	test	dl , 0001b
+	jz	??do_remap
+	mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPHeight ]  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , eax
+
+
+??do_remap:
+       cld
+       mov	edi , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPOffset ]
+       mov	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPXAdd ]
+       mov	ebx , [ x1_pixel ]
+       add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPWidth ]
+       add	eax , [ (GraphicViewPort esi) . GVPPitch ]
+       mov	esi , eax
+       mul	[ y0_pixel ]
+       add	edi , [ x0_pixel ]
+       sub	ebx , [ x0_pixel ]
+       jle	??real_out
+       add	edi , eax
+       sub	esi , ebx
+
+       mov	ecx , [ y1_pixel ]
+       sub	ecx , [ y0_pixel ]
+       jle	??real_out
+       mov	eax , [ remap ]
+       mov	[ counter_x ] , ebx
+       xor	edx , edx
+
+??outer_loop:
+       mov	ebx , [ counter_x ]
+??inner_loop:
+       mov	dl , [ edi ]
+       mov	dl , [ eax + edx ]
+       mov	[ edi ] , dl
+       inc	edi
+       dec	ebx
+       jnz	??inner_loop
+       add	edi , esi
+       dec	ecx
+       jnz	??outer_loop
+
+
+
+
+??real_out:
+	ret
+
+	ENDP	Buffer_Remap
+
+	END

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SET_FONT.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SET_FONT.C                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : September 6, 1991                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 29, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Set_Font -- Changes the default text printing font.                   *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#include "font.h"
+#include <wwstd.h>
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_FONT -- Changes the default text printing font.                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will change the default text printing font for all      *
+ *    text output.  It handles updating the system where necessary.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   fontptr  -- Pointer to the font to change to.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with a pointer to the previous font.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   09/06/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   09/17/1991 JLB : Fixed return value bug.                              *
+ *   01/31/1992 DRD : Modified to use new font format.                     *
+ *   06/29/1994 SKB : modified for 32 bit library                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void * __cdecl Set_Font(void const *fontptr)
+{
+	void *oldfont;
+	char	const *blockptr;
+
+	oldfont = (void *) FontPtr;
+
+	if (fontptr) {
+		FontPtr    = (void *) fontptr;
+
+		/*
+		**	Inform the system about the new font.
+		*/
+
+		FontWidthBlockPtr = (char*)fontptr + *(unsigned short *)((char*)fontptr + FONTWIDTHBLOCK);
+		blockptr  = (char*)fontptr + *(unsigned short *)((char*)fontptr + FONTINFOBLOCK);
+		FontHeight = *(blockptr + FONTINFOMAXHEIGHT);
+		FontWidth  = *(blockptr + FONTINFOMAXWIDTH);
+		//Draw_Char_Setup();
+
+#if FALSE
+		WindowLines = WinH / FontHeight;
+		WindowWidth = WinW << 3;
+		WindowColumns = WindowWidth / FontWidth;
+#endif
+	}
+
+	return(oldfont);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SHAPE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,187 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SHAPE.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Bill Randolph                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 25, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 14, 1994   [IML]               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef SHAPE_H
+#define SHAPE_H
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include "gbuffer.h"
+#endif
+/*
+*********************************** Types ***********************************
+*/
+/*
+--------------------------- Shape creation flags ----------------------------
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	MAKESHAPE_NORMAL	 = 0x0000,	// 256-color compressed shape
+	MAKESHAPE_COMPACT  = 0x0001,	// 16-color shape (with built-in color table)
+	MAKESHAPE_NOCOMP	 = 0x0002,	// Uncompressed shape
+	MAKESHAPE_VARIABLE =	0x0004	// <16-color shape
+} MakeShapeFlags_Type;
+
+inline MakeShapeFlags_Type operator|(MakeShapeFlags_Type a, MakeShapeFlags_Type b)
+{return static_cast<MakeShapeFlags_Type>(static_cast<int>(a) | static_cast<int>(b));}
+
+inline MakeShapeFlags_Type operator&(MakeShapeFlags_Type a, MakeShapeFlags_Type b)
+{return static_cast<MakeShapeFlags_Type>(static_cast<int>(a) & static_cast<int>(b));}
+
+inline MakeShapeFlags_Type operator~(MakeShapeFlags_Type a)
+{return static_cast<MakeShapeFlags_Type>(~static_cast<int>(a));}
+
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Shape drawing flags:
+- The low byte is for coordinate transformations.
+- The high byte is for drawing effects.
+---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+typedef enum {
+	SHAPE_NORMAL 			= 0x0000,		// Standard shape
+	SHAPE_HORZ_REV 		= 0x0001,		// Flipped horizontally
+	SHAPE_VERT_REV 		= 0x0002,		// Flipped vertically
+	SHAPE_SCALING 			= 0x0004,		// Scaled (WORD scale_x, WORD scale_y)
+	SHAPE_VIEWPORT_REL 	= 0x0010,		// Coords are window-relative
+	SHAPE_WIN_REL 			= 0x0010,		// Coordinates are window relative instead of absolute.
+	SHAPE_CENTER 			= 0x0020,		// Coords are based on shape's center pt
+	SHAPE_BOTTOM			= 0x0040,		// Y coord is based on shape's bottom pt
+	SHAPE_FADING 			= 0x0100,		// Fading effect (void * fading_table,
+													//  WORD fading_num)
+	SHAPE_PREDATOR 		= 0x0200,		// Transparent warping effect
+	SHAPE_COMPACT 			= 0x0400,		// Never use this bit
+	SHAPE_PRIORITY 		= 0x0800,		// Use priority system when drawing
+	SHAPE_GHOST				= 0x1000,		// Shape is drawn ghosted
+	SHAPE_SHADOW			= 0x2000,
+	SHAPE_PARTIAL  		= 0x4000,
+	SHAPE_COLOR 			= 0x8000			// Remap the shape's colors
+													//  (void * color_table)
+} ShapeFlags_Type;
+
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator|(ShapeFlags_Type a, ShapeFlags_Type b)
+{return static_cast<ShapeFlags_Type>(static_cast<int>(a) | static_cast<int>(b));}
+
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator&(ShapeFlags_Type a, ShapeFlags_Type b)
+{return static_cast<ShapeFlags_Type>(static_cast<int>(a) & static_cast<int>(b));}
+
+inline ShapeFlags_Type operator~(ShapeFlags_Type a)
+{return static_cast<ShapeFlags_Type>(~static_cast<int>(a));}
+
+
+/*
+------------------------------- Shape header --------------------------------
+*/
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short		ShapeType;			// 0 = normal, 1 = 16 colors,
+										//  2 = uncompressed, 4 = 	<16 colors
+	unsigned char		Height;				// Height of the shape in scan lines
+	unsigned short		Width;				// Width of the shape in bytes
+	unsigned char		OriginalHeight;	// Original height of shape in scan lines
+	unsigned short		ShapeSize;			// Size of the shape, including header
+	unsigned short		DataLength;			// Size of the uncompressed shape (just data)
+	unsigned char		Colortable[16];	// Optional color table for compact shape
+} Shape_Type;
+
+/*
+------------------------------- Shape block ---------------------------------
+*/
+//#pragma warning (push, 4200)
+#pragma warning (disable : 4200)
+typedef struct {
+	unsigned short		NumShapes;			// number of shapes in the block
+	long		Offsets[];			// array of offsets to shape data
+										//  (offsets within the shape block, with
+										//  0 being the first offset value, not the
+										//  start of the shape block)
+} ShapeBlock_Type;
+//#pragma warning (pop)
+
+/*
+******************************** Prototypes *********************************
+*/
+
+/*
+-------------------------------- prioinit.c ---------------------------------
+*/
+
+extern "C" {
+extern void  *MaskPage;
+extern void  *BackGroundPage;
+extern long  _ShapeBufferSize;
+extern char  *_ShapeBuffer;
+}
+
+
+void __cdecl Init_Priority_System (GraphicBufferClass *mask,
+											GraphicBufferClass *back);
+
+
+/*
+-------------------------------- drawshp.asm --------------------------------
+*/
+
+extern "C" {
+int Draw_Shape(GraphicViewPortClass *gvp, void const *shape, LONG x, LONG y, LONG flags, ...);
+}
+
+/*
+---------------------------------- shape.c ----------------------------------
+*/
+short __cdecl Get_Shape_Data(void const *shape, int data);
+int __cdecl Extract_Shape_Count(void const *buffer);
+void * __cdecl Extract_Shape(void const *buffer, int shape);
+int __cdecl Restore_Shape_Height(void *shape);
+int __cdecl Set_Shape_Height(void const *shape, int newheight);
+
+extern "C" {
+int __cdecl Get_Shape_Width(void const *shape);
+int __cdecl Get_Shape_Height(void const *shape);
+int __cdecl Get_Shape_Original_Height(void const *shape);
+int __cdecl Get_Shape_Uncomp_Size(void const *shape);
+}
+
+
+/*
+------------------------------- setshape.asm --------------------------------
+*/
+extern "C" {
+void __cdecl Set_Shape_Buffer(void const *buffer, int size);
+}
+/*
+------------------------------- shapeinf.asm --------------------------------
+*/
+int __cdecl Get_Shape_Flags(void const *shape);
+int  __cdecl Get_Shape_Size(void const *shape);
+int  __cdecl Get_Shape_Scaled_Width(void const *shape, int scale);
+int  __cdecl Get_Shape_Scaled_Height(void const *shape, int scale);
+
+#endif // SHAPE_H
+
+/****************************** End of shape.h *****************************/
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SHAPE.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : WWLIB32                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : SHAPE.INC                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Scott Bowen				   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : May 25, 1994                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : September 14, 1994   [IML]               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+;****************************** Equates ************************************
+;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+;............................ Shape Types ..................................
+;
+TRUE	equ	1			; Boolean 'true' value
+FALSE	equ	0			; Boolean 'false' value
+
+MAKESHAPE_NORMAL		EQU	0	; 256-color compressed shape
+MAKESHAPE_COMPACT		EQU	1	; 16-color shape (built-in color table)
+MAKESHAPE_NOCOMP		EQU	2	; non-wwcomped shape
+MAKESHAPE_VARIABLE	EQU	4	; <16-color shape with variable #
+					; of colors (ColorTable[0] = # of colors)
+; old names:
+;COLOR_SHAPE		EQU	1	; flag which determines a color shape
+;NORM_SHAPE			EQU	2	; flag that indicates non wwcomped shp
+;NORM_SHAPE_16		EQU	4	; flag that tells us if we have a variable sized table
+					;  variable sized table
+;
+;...........................................................................
+; Drawing flags:
+; The low byte is for coordinate transformations.
+; The high byte is for drawing effects.
+;...........................................................................
+;
+SHAPE_NORMAL			EQU	0000h	; no options; just a copy
+SHAPE_HORZ_REV			EQU	0001h	; reverse horizontally
+SHAPE_VERT_REV			EQU	0002h	; reverse vertically
+SHAPE_SCALING			EQU	0004h	; scale
+SHAPE_VIEWPORT_REL	EQU	0010h	; viewport-relative coordinates
+SHAPE_CENTER			EQU	0020h	; use centered coordinates
+SHAPE_BOTTOM			EQU 0040h	; Y coord is based on shape bottom pt
+SHAPE_FADING			EQU	0100h	; fading effect shape
+SHAPE_PREDATOR			EQU	0200h	; predator effect shape
+SHAPE_COMPACT			EQU	0400h	; shape is in 16 colors
+SHAPE_PRIORITY			EQU	0800h	; priority draw shape
+SHAPE_GHOST				EQU	1000h	; ghosting effect
+SHAPE_SHADOW			EQU	2000h	; shadow effect
+SHAPE_PARTIAL			EQU	4000h	; partial predator effect
+SHAPE_COLOR				EQU	8000h	; use alternative color table effect
+
+SHAPE_EFFECTS			EQU    03F00h	; shape effect flags
+
+;
+;.......................... Shadow Effect ..................................
+;
+SHADOW_COL		EQU	00FFh	; magic number for shadows
+
+;......................... Priority System .................................
+;
+CLEAR_UNUSED_BITS  	EQU	0007h	; and with 0000-0111 to clear
+					;  non-walkable high bit and
+					;  scaling id bits
+NON_WALKABLE_BIT  	EQU	0080h	; and with 1000-0000 to clear all
+					;  but non-walkable bit
+;
+;......................... Predator Effect .................................
+;
+PRED_MASK		EQU	0007h	; mask used for predator pixel puts
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; This table is a list of the local stack variables in the function
+; Draw_Shape.  Many other functions in other modules access these variables
+; on the stack.  Since the BP is not changed when these other functions are
+; called by Draw_Shape (possibly indirectly), they can also access these
+; stack varibles.  When adding or removing from the table, one must be very
+; careful to change the offsets.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;.......................... proc addresses .................................
+LSkipRout	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 04h		;DWORD  pointer to the skip routine
+RSkipRout	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 08h		;DWORD  pointer to the skip routine
+DrawRout	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 0Ch			;DWORD  pointer to the draw routine
+;........................ optional arguments ...............................
+ColorTable	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 10h		;DWORD	ptr to the shapes color table
+FadingTable	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 14h		;DWORD  ptr to the fading table
+
+FadingNum	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 18h		;DWORD  number of times to fade
+IsTranslucent	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 1Ch	;DWORD	ptr to is_translucent table
+Translucent	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 20h		;DWORD	ptr to actual translucent tbl
+PriLevel	EQU BYTE  PTR ebp - 24h			;BYTE	priority level of the object
+ScaleX		EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 28h		;DWORD  the x increment to scale by
+ScaleY		EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 2Ch		;DWORD  the y increment to scale by
+ShadowingTable	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 30h	;DWORD	ptr to the shadowing table
+;........................ Shape header values ..............................
+ShapeType	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 34h 	;DWORD	shape type
+ShapeWidth	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 38h 	;DWORD	shape's unscaled width
+ShapeHeight	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 3Ch 	;DWORD	shape's unscaled height
+UncompDataLen	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 40h ;DWORD	uncompressed data length
+ShapeData	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 44h 	;DWORD	pointer to shape data
+;...................... Scaled shape dimensions ............................
+ScaledWidth	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 48h 	;DWORD	shape's scaled width
+ScaledHeight	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 4Ch ;DWORD	shape's scaled height
+;...................... Pixel clipping variables ...........................
+LeftClipPixels	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 50h ;DWORD	# left-clipped pixels
+RightClipPixels	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 54h ;DWORD	# right-clipped pixels
+TopClipPixels	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 58h ;DWORD	# top-clipped pixels
+BotClipPixels	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 5Ch ;DWORD	# bottom-clipped pixels
+PixelWidth	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 60h 	;DWORD	drawable area in pixels
+PixelHeight	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 64h 	;DWORD	drawable area in pixels
+;......................... Drawing variables ...............................
+NumColors	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 68h ;DWORD	# colors for 16-color shapes
+StartDraw	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 6Ch ;DWORD	offset of drawing start pos
+NextLine	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 70h ;DWORD	offset of next drawing line
+LeftClipBytes	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 74h ;DWORD	# left-clipped bytes
+XTotal		EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 78h ;DWORD	accumulated x-pixels
+XTotalInit	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 7Ch ;DWORD	initial roundoff for XTotal
+YTotal		EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 80h ;DWORD	accumulated y-pixels
+HeightCount	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 84h ;DWORD	ht counter for drawing lines
+LineStart	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 88h ;DWORD	address of start of line
+WidthCount	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 8Ch ;DWORD	counts down # bytes skipped
+StashReg	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 90h 	;DWORD	temp variable for draw routines
+MaskAdjust	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 94h ;DWORD  priority buffer offset
+BackAdjust	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 98h ;DWORD  background buffer offset
+StashECX	EQU DWORD PTR ebp - 9Ch 	;DWORD  temp variable for ECX register
+StashEDX	EQU DWORD PTR ebp -0A0h 	;DWORD  temp variable for EDX register
+
+Local_Size	EQU 00A4h		; Amt of data on stack: 4+last offset
+
+;****************************** Declarations *******************************
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Global variables used by the shape routines, defined in drawshp.asm
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GLOBAL C ShapeBuffer:DWORD
+GLOBAL C ShapeBufferSize:DWORD
+GLOBAL C _MaskPage:DWORD
+GLOBAL C _BackGroundPage:DWORD
+GLOBAL C PredCount:DWORD
+GLOBAL C PredTable:BYTE
+GLOBAL C PredValue:DWORD
+GLOBAL C PartialPred:DWORD
+GLOBAL C PartialCount:DWORD
+GLOBAL C Flags:DWORD
+
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; External tables that are defined in ds_table.asm.
+;---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GLOBAL LSkipTable:DWORD
+GLOBAL RSkipTable:DWORD
+GLOBAL DrawTable:DWORD
+
+;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+; Public functions, declared in the order they appear in the function tables.
+;--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+GLOBAL	C Not_Supported:NEAR
+;	LSkipTable:
+GLOBAL Left_Skip:NEAR						; ds_ls
+GLOBAL Left_Reverse_Skip:NEAR				; ds_lrs
+GLOBAL Left_Skip:NEAR						; ds_ls
+GLOBAL Left_Reverse_Skip:NEAR				; ds_lrs
+GLOBAL Left_Scale_Skip:NEAR				; ds_lss
+GLOBAL Left_Scale_Reverse_Skip:NEAR		; ds_lsrs
+GLOBAL Left_Scale_Skip:NEAR				; ds_lss
+GLOBAL Left_Scale_Reverse_Skip:NEAR		; ds_lsrs
+
+;	RSkipTable:
+GLOBAL Right_Skip:NEAR					   ; ds_rs
+GLOBAL Right_Reverse_Skip:NEAR			; ds_rrs
+GLOBAL Right_Skip:NEAR					   ; ds_rs
+GLOBAL Right_Reverse_Skip:NEAR			; ds_rrs
+GLOBAL Right_Scale_Skip:NEAR				; ds_rss
+GLOBAL Right_Scale_Reverse_Skip:NEAR	; ds_rsrs
+GLOBAL Right_Scale_Skip:NEAR				; ds_rss
+GLOBAL Right_Scale_Reverse_Skip:NEAR	; ds_rsrs
+
+;	DrawTable:
+GLOBAL Draw_Normal:NEAR					; ds_dn
+GLOBAL Draw_Reverse:NEAR				; ds_dr
+GLOBAL Draw_Normal:NEAR					; ds_dn
+GLOBAL Draw_Reverse:NEAR				; ds_dr
+GLOBAL Draw_Scale:NEAR					; ds_ds
+GLOBAL Draw_Scale_Reverse:NEAR		; ds_dsr
+GLOBAL Draw_Scale:NEAR					; ds_ds
+GLOBAL Draw_Scale_Reverse:NEAR		; ds_dsr
+
+
+;************************* End of shape.inc ********************************
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SOUND.H

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D    S T U D I O S        **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SOUND.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : September 1, 1993                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 1, 1993   [JLB]                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef SOUND_H
+#define SOUND_H
+
+//#define	HMI_DRIVER	TRUE
+//#include	"sos.h"
+#include	"soscomp.h"
+#include "dsound.h"
+
+/*
+**	Maximum number of sound effects that may run at once.
+*/
+#define	MAX_SFX		5
+
+/*
+** Size of temp HMI low memory staging buffer.
+*/
+#define	SECONDARY_BUFFER_SIZE		(1024*32)
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SOUNDINT.H

@@ -0,0 +1,289 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : SOUNDINT.H                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : June 23, 1995                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : June 23, 1995   [PWG]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * This file is the include file for the Westwood Sound Sytem defines and  *
+ * routines that are handled in an interrupt.
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include "sound.h"
+
+/*
+** Defines for true and false.  These are included because we do not allow
+** the sound int to include any of the westwood standard headers.  If we
+** did, there might be too much temptation to call another library function.
+** this would be bad, because then that function would not be locked.
+*/
+#define	FALSE		0
+#define	TRUE		1
+
+/*
+** Define the different type of sound compression avaliable to the westwood
+** library.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	SCOMP_NONE=0,			// No compression -- raw data.
+	SCOMP_WESTWOOD=1,		// Special sliding window delta compression.
+	SCOMP_SONARC=33,		// Sonarc frame compression.
+	SCOMP_SOS=99			// SOS frame compression.
+} SCompressType;
+
+/*
+**	This is the safety overrun margin for the sonarc compressed
+** data frames.  This value should be equal the maximum 'order' times
+**	the maximum number of bytes per sample.  It should be evenly divisible
+**	by 16 to aid paragraph alignment.
+*/
+#define	SONARC_MARGIN				32
+
+
+/*
+** Define the sample control structure which helps us to handle feeding
+** data to the sound interrupt.
+*/
+#pragma pack(1);
+typedef struct {
+	/*
+	**	This flags whether this sample structure is active or not.
+	*/
+	unsigned Active;
+	//unsigned Active:1;
+
+	/*
+	**	This flags whether the sample is loading or has been started.
+	*/
+	//unsigned Loading:1;
+	unsigned Loading;
+
+	/*
+	**	This semaphore ensures that simultaneous update of this structure won't
+	**	occur.  This is necessary since both interrupt and regular code can modify
+	**	this structure.
+	*/
+	//unsigned DontTouch:1;
+	unsigned DontTouch;
+
+	/*
+	**	If this sample is really to be considered a score rather than
+	**	a sound effect, then special rules apply.  These largely fall into
+	**	the area of volume control.
+	*/
+	//unsigned IsScore:1;
+	unsigned IsScore;
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the original sample pointer. It is used to control the sample based on
+	**	pointer rather than handle. The handle method is necessary when more than one
+	**	sample could be playing simultaneously. The pointer method is necessary when
+	**	the dealing with a sample that may have stopped behind the programmer's back and
+	**	this occurance is not otherwise determinable.  It is also used in
+	** conjunction with original size to unlock a sample which has been DPMI
+	** locked.
+	*/
+	void const *Original;
+	long OriginalSize;
+
+	/*
+	**	These are pointers to the double buffers.
+	*/
+	LPDIRECTSOUNDBUFFER PlayBuffer;
+
+	/*
+	** Variable to keep track of the playback rate of this buffer
+	*/
+	int	PlaybackRate;
+
+	/*
+	** Variable to keep track of the sample type ( 8 or 16 bit ) of this buffer
+	*/
+	int	BitSize;
+
+	/*
+	** Variable to keep track of the stereo ability of this buffer
+	*/
+	int	Stereo;
+
+	/*
+	**	The number of bytes in the buffer that has been filled but is not
+	**	yet playing.  This value is normally the size of the buffer,
+	**	except for the case of the last bit of the sample.
+	*/
+	LONG DataLength;
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the buffer index for the low buffer that
+	**	has been filled with data but not yet being
+	**	played.
+	*/
+//	short int Index;
+
+	/*
+	**	Pointer into the play buffer for writing the next
+	**  chunk of sample to
+	**
+	*/
+	VOID *DestPtr;
+
+	/*
+	**	This flag indicates that there is more source data
+	**  to copy to the play buffer
+	**
+	*/
+	BOOL MoreSource;
+
+	/*
+	**	This flag indicates that the entire sample fitted inside the
+	** direct sound secondary buffer
+	**
+	*/
+	BOOL OneShot;
+
+	/*
+	**	Pointer to the sound data that has not yet been copied
+	**	to the playback buffers.
+	*/
+	VOID *Source;
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the number of bytes remaining in the source data as
+	**	pointed to by the "Source" element.
+	*/
+	LONG Remainder;
+
+	/*
+	**	Object to use with Enter/LeaveCriticalSection
+	**
+	*/
+	CRITICAL_SECTION AudioCriticalSection;
+
+	/*
+	**	Samples maintain a priority which is used to determine
+	**	which sounds live or die when the maximum number of
+	**	sounds are being played.
+	*/
+	int Priority;
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the handle as returned by sosDIGIStartSample function.
+	*/
+	short int Handle;
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the current volume of the sample as it is being played.
+	*/
+	int Volume;
+	int Reducer;		// Amount to reduce volume per tick.
+
+	/*
+	**	This is the compression that the sound data is using.
+	*/
+	SCompressType Compression;
+	short int TrailerLen;						// Number of trailer bytes in buffer.
+	BYTE Trailer[SONARC_MARGIN];		// Maximum number of 'order' samples needed.
+
+
+	DWORD Pitch;
+	WORD Flags;
+
+	/*
+	**	This flag indicates whether this sample needs servicing.
+	**	Servicing entails filling one of the empty low buffers.
+	*/
+	short int Service;
+
+	/*
+	**	This flag is TRUE when the sample has stopped playing,
+	**	BUT there is more data available.  The sample must be
+	**	restarted upon filling the low buffer.
+	*/
+	BOOL Restart;
+
+	/*
+	**	Streaming control handlers.
+	*/
+	BOOL (*Callback)(short int id, short int *odd, VOID **buffer, LONG *size);
+	VOID	*QueueBuffer;	// Pointer to continued sample data.
+	LONG	QueueSize;		// Size of queue buffer attached.
+	short int	Odd;				// Block number tracker (0..StreamBufferCount-1).
+	int	FilePending;	// Number of buffers already filled ahead.
+	long	FilePendingSize;	// Number of bytes in last filled buffer.
+
+	/*
+	**	The file variables are used when streaming directly off of the
+	**	hard drive.
+	*/
+	int	FileHandle;		// Streaming file handle (ERROR = not in use).
+	VOID	*FileBuffer;	// Temporary streaming buffer (allowed to be freed).
+	/*
+	** The following structure is used if the sample if compressed using
+	** the sos 16 bit compression Codec.
+	*/
+
+	_SOS_COMPRESS_INFO sosinfo;
+
+
+} SampleTrackerType;
+
+
+typedef struct LockedData {
+	unsigned int 		DigiHandle; 			// = -1;
+	BOOL 					ServiceSomething;		// = FALSE;
+	long 					MagicNumber; 			// = 0xDEAF;
+	VOID 					*UncompBuffer;			// = NULL;
+	long 					StreamBufferSize; 	// = (2*SECONDARY_BUFFER_SIZE)+128;
+	short 				StreamBufferCount; 	// = 32;
+	SampleTrackerType SampleTracker[MAX_SFX];
+	unsigned int		SoundVolume;
+	unsigned int		ScoreVolume;
+	BOOL					_int;
+} LockedDataType;
+
+extern LockedDataType LockedData;
+#pragma pack(4);
+
+void Init_Locked_Data(void);
+long Simple_Copy(void ** source, long * ssize, void ** alternate, long * altsize, void **dest, long size);
+long Sample_Copy(SampleTrackerType *st, void ** source, long * ssize, void ** alternate, long * altsize, void * dest, long size, SCompressType scomp, void * trailer, short int *trailersize);
+VOID far __cdecl maintenance_callback(VOID);
+VOID __cdecl far DigiCallback(unsigned int driverhandle, unsigned int callsource, unsigned int sampleid);
+void far HMI_TimerCallback(void);
+void *Audio_Add_Long_To_Pointer(void const *ptr, long size);
+void	DPMI_Unlock(VOID const *ptr, long const size);
+extern "C" {
+	void __cdecl Audio_Mem_Set(void const *ptr, unsigned char value, long size);
+//	void	Mem_Copy(void *source, void *dest, unsigned long bytes_to_copy);
+	long  __cdecl Decompress_Frame(void * source, void * dest, long size);
+	int	__cdecl Decompress_Frame_Lock(void);
+	int	__cdecl Decompress_Frame_Unlock(void);
+	int	__cdecl sosCODEC_Lock(void);
+	int	__cdecl sosCODEC_Unlock(void);
+	void	__GETDS(void);
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/STAMP.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+; This is the control structure at the start of a loaded icon set.  It must match
+; the structure in ICONSET.C!  This structure MUST be a multiple of 16 bytes long.
+
+ifdef NO_WAY_THIS_WILL_BE_DEFINED_HAHAHAHA
+
+	STRUC	IControl_Type
+Width		DW	?	; Width in pixels (per icon).
+Height		DW	?	; Height in pixels (per icon).
+Count		DW	?	; Number of icons in this set.
+Allocated	DW	?	; Was this iconset allocated?
+Size		DD	?	; Size of entire iconset memory block.
+Icons		DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+Palettes	DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to palette data.
+Remaps		DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to remap index data.
+TransFlag	DD	?	; Offset for transparency flag data.
+Map		DD	?	; Icon map offset.
+	ENDS
+
+else
+
+
+	STRUC	IControl_Type
+
+Width		DW	?	; Width in pixels (per icon).
+Height		DW	?	; Height in pixels (per icon).
+Count		DW	?	; Number of icons in this set.
+Allocated	DW	?	; Was this iconset allocated?
+MapWidth	DW	?
+MapHeight	DW	?
+Size		DD	?	; Size of entire iconset memory block.
+Icons		DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+Palettes	DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to palette data.
+Remaps		DD	?	; Offset from buffer start to remap index data.
+TransFlag	DD	?	; Offset for transparency flag data.
+ColorMap	DD	?
+Map		DD	?	; Icon map offset.
+	ENDS
+
+endif
+
+ICON256	EQU	1

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/STRUCTS.H

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32 Examples                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : STRUCTS.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/SVGAPRIM.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**      C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S      **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : SVGAPRIM.INC                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : December 8, 1994                         *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : December 8, 1994   [PWG]                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+
+; Externs from VIDEO.CPP module of the VIDEO library
+GLOBAL BankTable			:DWORD
+GLOBAL VesaFunc			:DWORD
+GLOBAL XRes					:DWORD
+GLOBAL YRes					:DWORD
+GLOBAL CurrentMode		:DWORD
+global cpu_video_page	:dword
+global cpu_page_limit   :dword
+
+
+; Externs from VESA.ASM module of the SVGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Asm_Set_Win		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Asm_Next_Win		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VGETPIX.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Get_Pixel          	:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VPUTTPIX.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Put_Pixel 		:NEAR
+
+
+; Externs from VCLEAR.ASM module of the MCGA/SVGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Clear			:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VBITBLIT.ASM module of the MCGA/SVGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Blit_To_Vesa		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Blit_To_Linear		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Blit_To_Vesa		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VTOBUFF.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_To_Buffer		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VTOPAGE.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Buffer_To_Page		:NEAR
+
+; Externs from VSCALE.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Linear_Scale_To_Vesa 		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Scale_To_Linear		:NEAR
+GLOBAL Vesa_Scale_To_Vesa 		:NEAR
+
+
+; Externs from VSCALE.ASM module of the SVGA/MCGAPRIM library
+GLOBAL Vesa_Print	 		:NEAR

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Part of the TILE Library                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TILE.H                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 2, 1995                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 2, 1995 [BWG]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TILE_H
+#define TILE_H
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: ICONSET.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void * Load_Icon_Set(char const *filename, void *iconsetptr, long buffsize);
+void Free_Icon_Set(void const *iconset);
+long Get_Icon_Set_Size(void const *iconset);
+int Get_Icon_Set_Width(void const *iconset);
+int Get_Icon_Set_Height(void const *iconset);
+void * Get_Icon_Set_Icondata(void const *iconset);
+void * Get_Icon_Set_Trans(void const *iconset);
+void * Get_Icon_Set_Remapdata(void const *iconset);
+void * Get_Icon_Set_Palettedata(void const *iconset);
+int Get_Icon_Set_Count(void const *iconset);
+void * Get_Icon_Set_Map(void const *iconset);
+
+
+
+#if (1)
+/*
+** This is the control structure at the start of a loaded icon set.  It must match
+** the structure in WWLIB.I!  This structure MUST be a multiple of 16 bytes long.
+*/
+
+// C&C version of struct
+typedef struct {
+	short	Width;			// Width of icons (pixels).
+	short	Height;			// Height of icons (pixels).
+	short	Count;			// Number of (logical) icons in this set.
+//	BOOL	Allocated;		// Was this iconset allocated?
+	short	Allocated;		// Was this iconset allocated?
+	long	Size;				// Size of entire iconset memory block.
+	unsigned char *Icons;			// Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+	long	Palettes;		// Offset from buffer start to palette data.
+	long	Remaps;			// Offset from buffer start to remap index data.
+	long	TransFlag;		// Offset for transparency flag table.
+	unsigned char *Map;				// Icon map offset (if present).
+} IControl_Type;
+
+
+#else
+
+// RA version of struct
+typedef struct {
+	short	Width;			// Width of icons (pixels).
+	short	Height;			// Height of icons (pixels).
+	short	Count;			// Number of (logical) icons in this set.
+	short	Allocated;		// Was this iconset allocated?
+	short MapWidth;		// Width of map (in icons).
+	short MapHeight;		// Height of map (in icons).
+	long	Size;				// Size of entire iconset memory block.
+	long	Icons;			// Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+//	unsigned char * Icons;	// Offset from buffer start to icon data.
+	long	Palettes;		// Offset from buffer start to palette data.
+	long	Remaps;			// Offset from buffer start to remap index data.
+	long	TransFlag;		// Offset for transparency flag table.
+	long	ColorMap;		// Offset for color control value table.
+	long	Map;				// Icon map offset (if present).
+//	unsigned char * Map;				// Icon map offset (if present).
+} IControl_Type;
+
+#endif
+
+
+#endif //TILE_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TIMER.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Temp timer for 32bit lib                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TIMER.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : July 6, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 3, 1995   [SKB]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   TC::Time -- Return the time on the timer.                             *
+ *   TC::TimerClass -- Construct a timer class object.                     *
+ *   TC::Stop -- Stop the timer.                                           *
+ *   TC::Start -- Start a timer.                                           *
+ *   TC::Set -- Set the time of a timer.                                   *
+ *   TC::Reset -- Clear the timer.                                         *
+ *   TimerClass::Time -- Get the current time of timer.                    *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include "timer.H"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////// Code ////////////////////////////////////////
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TC::TIMERCLASS -- Construct a timer class object.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+TimerClass::TimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer, BOOL on)
+{
+	Accumulated = 0;
+	Started = 0;
+
+	TickType=timer;
+
+	if (on && TimerSystemOn) Start();
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * TC:Get_Ticks -- return the number of ticks on the system or user timers                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   tick count                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *              10/5/95 4:17PM ST : Created                                                    *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+long TimerClass::Get_Ticks ( void )
+
+{
+	if ( WindowsTimer ){
+		switch ( TickType ){
+
+		 	case BT_SYSTEM :
+				return ( WindowsTimer->Get_System_Tick_Count() );
+
+		 	case BT_USER :
+				return ( WindowsTimer->Get_User_Tick_Count() );
+
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TIMERCLASS::TIME -- Get the current time of timer.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/03/1995 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long TimerClass::Time(void)
+{
+	if (Started) {
+		long ticks = Get_Ticks();
+		Accumulated += ticks - (Started-1);
+		Started = ticks+1;
+	}
+	return(Accumulated);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TC::STOP -- Stop the timer.                                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long TimerClass::Stop(void)
+{
+	long time = Time();
+	Started = 0;
+	return(time);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TC::START -- Start a timer.                                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long TimerClass::Start(void)
+{
+	if (!Started) {
+		Started = Get_Ticks()+1;
+	}
+	return(Time());
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TC::SET -- Set the time of a timer.                                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  long value to set timer at.                                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *   05/03/1995 SKB : If start return Start since it returns Time          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long TimerClass::Set(long value, BOOL start)
+{
+	Started = 0;
+	Accumulated = value;
+	if (start) return (Start());
+	return(Time());
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TIMER.H

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Timer Class Functions                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TIMER.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : July 6, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 12, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef TIMER_H
+#define TIMER_H
+
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+#define WIN32 1
+#ifndef _WIN32 // Denzil 6/2/98 Watcom 11.0 complains without this check
+#define _WIN32
+#endif // _WIN32
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: TIMERA.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////// Externs /////////////////////////////////////////////
+extern BOOL 		TimerSystemOn;
+extern	HANDLE	TimerThreadHandle;		//Handle of timer thread
+extern	int		InTimerCallback;			//true if we are currently in a callback
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+typedef enum BaseTimerEnum {
+	BT_SYSTEM,			// System timer (60 / second).
+	BT_USER				// User controllable timer (? / second).
+} BaseTimerEnum;
+
+class TimerClass {
+ 	public:
+		// Constructor.  Timers set before low level init has been done will not
+		// be able to be 'Started' or 'on' until timer system is in place.
+		TimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer=BT_SYSTEM, BOOL start=FALSE);
+
+		// No destructor.
+		~TimerClass(void){}
+
+		//
+		long Set(long value, BOOL start=TRUE);	// Set initial timer value.
+		long Stop(void);				// Pause timer.
+		long Start(void);				// Resume timer.
+		long Reset(BOOL start=TRUE);	// Reset timer to zero.
+		long Time(void);				// Fetch current timer value.
+
+	protected:
+		long Started;					// Time last started (0 == not paused).
+		long Accumulated;				//	Total accumulated ticks.
+
+	private:
+//		long (*Get_Ticks)(void);	// System timer fetch.
+		BaseTimerEnum	TickType;
+		long Get_Ticks (void);
+};
+
+
+inline long TimerClass::Reset(BOOL start)
+{
+	return(Set(0, start));
+}
+
+
+class CountDownTimerClass : private TimerClass {
+	public:
+		// Constructor.  Timers set before low level init has been done will not
+		// be able to be 'Started' or 'on' until timer system is in place.
+		CountDownTimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer, long set, int on=FALSE);
+		CountDownTimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer=BT_SYSTEM, int on=FALSE);
+
+		// No destructor.
+		~CountDownTimerClass(void){}
+
+		// Public functions
+		long Set(long set, BOOL start=TRUE);	// Set count down value.
+		long Reset(BOOL start=TRUE);	// Reset timer to zero.
+		long Stop(void);			// Pause timer.
+		long Start(void);			// Resume timer.
+		long Time(void);			// Fetch current count down value.
+
+	protected:
+		long DelayTime;			// Ticks remaining before countdown timer expires.
+};
+
+inline long CountDownTimerClass::Stop(void)
+{
+	TimerClass::Stop();
+	return(Time());
+}
+
+inline long CountDownTimerClass::Start(void)
+{
+	TimerClass::Start();
+	return(Time());
+}
+
+inline long CountDownTimerClass::Reset(BOOL start)
+{
+	return (TimerClass::Reset(start));
+}
+
+
+
+
+class WinTimerClass {
+
+	public:
+		WinTimerClass ( UINT freq=60 , BOOL partial=0 );
+		~WinTimerClass();
+
+		void 		Update_Tick_Count ( void );
+		unsigned	Get_System_Tick_Count ( void );
+		unsigned	Get_User_Tick_Count ( void );
+
+	private:
+
+		unsigned		TimerHandle;	//Handle for windows timer event
+		unsigned		Frequency;		//Frequency of our windows timer in ticks per second
+
+		unsigned		TrueRate;		//True rate of clock. (only use word)
+		unsigned		SysTicks;		//Tick count of timer.
+		unsigned		UserTicks;		//Tick count of timer.
+		unsigned		UserRate;		//Desired rate of timer.
+
+
+};
+
+
+extern	WinTimerClass	*WindowsTimer;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////// externs  //////////////////////////////////////////
+#ifndef FUNCTION_H
+extern TimerClass					TickCount;
+#endif
+extern CountDownTimerClass		CountDown;
+
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//////////////////////////////////////// Prototypes //////////////////////////////////////////
+
+extern "C" {
+	long __cdecl Get_System_Tick_Count(void);
+	long __cdecl Get_User_Tick_Count(void);
+	void far __cdecl Timer_Interrupt_Func(void);
+//	long Get_Num_Interrupts(unsigned int realmode);
+	void __cdecl Disable_Timer_Interrupt(void);
+	void __cdecl Enable_Timer_Interrupt(void);
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: TIMER.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+BOOL __cdecl Init_Timer_System(unsigned int freq, int partial = FALSE);
+BOOL __cdecl Remove_Timer_System(VOID);
+
+
+#endif // TIMER_H
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TIMERDWN.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Temp timer for 32bit lib                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TIMER.CPP                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : July 6, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 12, 1994   [SKB]                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   CDTC::Time -- Return the time on the timer.                           *
+ *   CDTC::Stop -- Stop the timer.                                         *
+ *   CDTC::Start -- Start a timer.                                         *
+ *   CDTC::DownTimerClass -- Construct a timer class object.               *
+ *   CDTC::Set -- Set the time of a timer.                           		*
+ *   CDTC::Reset -- Clear the timer.                                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include "timer.H"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////// Defines /////////////////////////////////////
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////// Code ////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * TC::CountDownTimerClass -- Construct a timer class object.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+CountDownTimerClass::CountDownTimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer, long set, int on)
+							:TimerClass(timer, on)
+{
+	Set(set, on);
+}
+
+CountDownTimerClass::CountDownTimerClass(BaseTimerEnum timer, int on)
+							:TimerClass(timer, FALSE)
+{
+	DelayTime = 0;
+	if (on) Start();
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CDTC::TIME -- Return the time on the timer.                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long CountDownTimerClass::Time()
+{
+	long ticks = DelayTime - TimerClass::Time();
+
+	if (ticks < 0) {
+		ticks = 0;
+	}
+	return(ticks);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CDTC::SET -- Set the time of a timer.                             		*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  ULONG value to set timer at.                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+long CountDownTimerClass::Set(long value, BOOL start)
+{
+	DelayTime = value;
+	TimerClass::Reset(start);
+	return(Time());
+}
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TIMERINI.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Temp timer for 32bit lib                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : TIMERINI.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : July 6, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 6, 1994   [SKB]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Init_Timer_System -- Initialize the WW timer system.                  *
+ *   Remove_Timer_System -- Removes the timer system.                      *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include <mmsystem.h>
+#include "timer.H"
+#include <profile.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////// Defines /////////////////////////////////////
+
+#define COPY_FROM_MEM	TRUE
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+////////////////////////////// timera.asm functions//////////////////////////////
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern BOOL Install_Timer_Interrupt(VOID *bin_ptr, UINT rm_size, UINT freq, BOOL partial);
+extern BOOL Remove_Timer_Interrupt(VOID);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////// Global Data /////////////////////////////////////
+
+BOOL	TimerSystemOn	= FALSE;
+
+// Global timers that the library or user can count on existing.
+TimerClass					TickCount(BT_SYSTEM);
+CountDownTimerClass		CountDown(BT_SYSTEM, 0);
+
+
+// Prototype for timer callback
+void CALLBACK Timer_Callback ( UINT event_id, UINT res1 , DWORD user, DWORD  res2, DWORD  res3 );
+
+HANDLE	TimerThreadHandle = 0;		//Handle of timer thread
+int		InTimerCallback	= 0;		//Flag to say if we are in a timer callback
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+/////////////////////////////////// Code ////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#pragma warning (disable : 4996)
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WinTimerClass::WinTimerClass -- Initialize the WW timer system.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT: UINT : user timer frequency.												  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/5/95 3:47PM : ST Created.                                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+WinTimerClass::WinTimerClass (UINT freq, BOOL partial)
+{
+	BOOL		success;
+
+	//
+	// Inform windows that we want a higher than normal
+	// timer resolution
+	//
+#ifdef __SW_EP
+	timeBeginPeriod(1000/PROFILE_RATE);
+	Frequency = PROFILE_RATE;
+#else
+	timeBeginPeriod ( 1000/freq );
+	Frequency = freq;
+#endif
+
+
+	//
+	// Install the timer callback event handler
+	//
+	//TimerHandle = timeSetEvent ( 1000/freq , 1 , Timer_Callback , 0 , TIME_PERIODIC);				
+	// Add TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS flag. ST - 2/13/2019 5:07PM
+	TimerHandle = timeSetEvent ( 1000/freq , 1 , Timer_Callback , 0 , TIME_PERIODIC | TIME_KILL_SYNCHRONOUS);
+	TimerSystemOn = success = ( TimerHandle !=0 );
+
+	if (success)  {
+		if (!partial) {
+			WindowsTimer=this;
+			TickCount.Start();
+		}
+	}else{
+		char error_str [128];
+		sprintf (error_str, "Error - timer system failed to start. Error code %d\n", GetLastError());
+		OutputDebugString(error_str);
+	}
+}
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WinTimerClass::~WinTimerClass -- Removes the timer system.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   NONE.                                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  BOOL was it removed successfuly                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   10/5/95 3:47PM : ST Created.                                          *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+WinTimerClass::~WinTimerClass( void )
+{
+
+	if ( TimerHandle ){
+		timeKillEvent ( TimerHandle );
+		TimerHandle = 0;	//ST - 2/13/2019 5:12PM
+	}
+
+	TimerSystemOn = FALSE;
+	timeEndPeriod ( 1000/Frequency );
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * Timer_Callback -- Main timer callback. Equivalent to a timer interrupt handler              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    uint timer ID                                                                     *
+ *           uint reserved                                                                     *
+ *           long 0 (application defined)                                                      *
+ *           long reserved                                                                     *
+ *           long reserved                                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/5/95 3:19PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+
+void CALLBACK Timer_Callback (UINT , UINT , DWORD , DWORD , DWORD)
+{
+	//CONTEXT	context;
+
+	InTimerCallback++;
+	
+	// Removed. ST - 2/13/2019 5:11PM
+	//if (!TimerThreadHandle){
+	//	DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess(), GetCurrentThread() , GetCurrentProcess() ,&TimerThreadHandle , 0 , TRUE , DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
+	//}
+
+
+	if (WindowsTimer) {
+		WindowsTimer->Update_Tick_Count();
+	}
+	InTimerCallback--;
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WinTimerClass::Update_Tick_Count -- update westwood timers                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/5/95 3:58PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+void WinTimerClass::Update_Tick_Count ( void )
+{
+/*
+ *
+ *  Increment westwood timers
+ *
+ */
+	SysTicks++;
+	UserTicks++;
+
+}
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+;***************************************************************************
+;* GET_NUM_INTERRUPTS -- Returns the number of interrupts that have occured*
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT: TRUE - returns num RM ints.                                      *
+;*        FALSE - return num PM ints.                                      *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   07/12/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+	PROC	Get_Num_Interrupts C Near
+	USES	esi
+	ARG	realmode:DWORD
+
+	mov	esi,[RealModePtr]
+	cmp	[realmode],0
+	je	??prot_mode
+	mov	eax,[(TimerType PTR esi).NumRMInts]
+	ret
+??prot_mode:
+	mov	eax,[(TimerType PTR esi).NumPMInts]
+	ret
+
+	ENDP
+  */
+
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WinTimerClass::Get_System_Tick_Count -- returns the system tick count                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   tick count                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/5/95 4:02PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+unsigned WinTimerClass::Get_System_Tick_Count ( void )
+{
+	return ( SysTicks );
+}
+
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ * WinTimerClass::Get_User_Tick_Count -- returns the user tick count                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * INPUT:    Nothing                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * OUTPUT:   tick count                                                                        *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * WARNINGS: None                                                                              *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                                    *
+ *    10/5/95 4:02PM ST : Created                                                              *
+ *=============================================================================================*/
+
+unsigned WinTimerClass::Get_User_Tick_Count ( void )
+{
+	return ( UserTicks );
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/TOBUFF.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,294 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Westwood 32 bit Library                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : TOBUFFER.ASM                             *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Phil W. Gorrow                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : June 8, 1994                             *
+;*                  Last Update : Feb 10, 1995   [jrj]                     *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;*   VVC::TOBUFFER -- Copies a virtual viewport to a linear buffer         *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+;IDEAL
+;P386
+;MODEL USE32 FLAT
+;LOCALS ??
+.model flat
+
+
+TRANSP equ 0
+
+
+;INCLUDE "drawbuff.inc"
+INCLUDE gbuffer.inc
+
+
+;CODESEG
+.code
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* VIVC::TOBUFFER -- Copies a virtual viewport to a linear buffer          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:	BYTE *	dest		- buffer to copy to		   *
+;*			size		- size of the buffer to copy to	   *
+;*			x_pixel		- x pixel on viewport to copy from *
+;*			y_pixel 	- y pixel on viewport to copy from *
+;*			pixel_width	- the width of copy region	   *
+;*			pixel_height	- the height of copy region	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:      none                                                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:    Coordinates and dimensions will be adjusted if they exceed *
+;*	        the boundaries.  In the event that no adjustment is 	   *
+;*	        possible this routine will abort.  If the size of the 	   *
+;*		region to copy exceeds the size passed in for the buffer   *
+;*		the routine will automatically abort.			   *
+;*									   *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   06/15/1994 PWG : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+Buffer_To_Buffer proc C public USES ebx ecx edx esi edi this_object:DWORD, x_pixel:DWORD, y_pixel:DWORD, pixel_width:DWORD, pixel_height:DWORD, dest:DWORD, buffer_size:DWORD
+
+	;PROC	Buffer_To_Buffer C near
+	;USES	ebx,ecx,edx,esi,edi
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	;* define the arguements that our function takes.
+	;*===================================================================
+	;ARG	this_object:DWORD		; this is a class member function
+	;ARG	x_pixel:DWORD		; Page X pixel coordinate.
+	;ARG	y_pixel:DWORD		; Page Y pixel coordinate.
+	;ARG	pixel_width:DWORD	; Width of region in pixels.
+	;ARG	pixel_height:DWORD	; Height of region in pixels.
+	;ARG	dest:DWORD		; the buffer to copy to
+	;ARG	buffer_size:DWORD	; the size of the buffer
+
+	;*===================================================================
+	; Define some locals so that we can handle things quickly
+	;*===================================================================
+	LOCAL 	x1_pixel :dword
+	LOCAL	y1_pixel :dword
+	LOCAL	dest_x1 : dword
+	LOCAL	dest_y1 : dword
+	LOCAL	dest_ajust_width:DWORD
+	LOCAL	scr_ajust_width:DWORD
+	;LOCAL	dest_area   :  dword
+
+; Clip dest Rectangle against source Window boundaries.
+
+	mov	[ dest_x1 ] , 0
+	mov	[ dest_y1 ] , 0
+
+	mov  	esi , [ this_object ]	    ; get ptr to dest
+	xor 	ecx , ecx
+	xor 	edx , edx
+	mov	edi , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPWidth  ; get width into register
+	mov	ebx , [ x_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ pixel_width ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	mov	edi,[esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPHeight ; get height into register
+	mov	ebx , [ y_pixel ]
+	mov	eax , [ y_pixel ]
+	add	ebx , [ pixel_height ]
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , ebx
+	inc	edi
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+	sub	eax , edi
+	sub	ebx , edi
+	shld	ecx , eax , 1
+	shld	edx , ebx , 1
+
+	xor	cl , 5
+	xor	dl , 5
+	mov	al , cl
+	test	dl , cl
+	jnz	real_out
+	or	al , dl
+	jz	do_blit
+
+	test	cl , 1000b
+	jz	scr_left_ok
+	mov	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+	neg	eax
+	mov	[ x_pixel ] , 0
+	mov	[ dest_x1 ] , eax
+
+scr_left_ok:
+	test	cl , 0010b
+	jz	scr_bottom_ok
+ 	mov	eax , [ y_pixel ]
+	neg	eax
+	mov	[ y_pixel ] , 0
+	mov	[ dest_y1 ] , eax
+
+scr_bottom_ok:
+	test	dl , 0100b
+	jz	scr_right_ok
+	mov	eax , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPWidth  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ x1_pixel ] , eax
+scr_right_ok:
+	test	dl , 0001b
+	jz	do_blit
+	mov	eax , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPHeight  ; get width into register
+	mov	[ y1_pixel ] , eax
+
+do_blit:
+
+       cld
+
+       mov	eax , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPXAdd
+       add	eax , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPWidth
+       add	eax , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPPitch
+       mov	esi , [esi].GraphicViewPort.GVPOffset
+
+       mov	ecx , eax
+       mul	[ y_pixel ]
+       add	esi , [ x_pixel ]
+       add	esi , eax
+
+       add	ecx , [ x_pixel ]
+       sub	ecx , [ x1_pixel ]
+       mov	[ scr_ajust_width ] , ecx
+
+       mov	edi , [ dest ]
+       mov	eax , [ pixel_width ]
+       sub	eax , [ x1_pixel ]
+       add	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+       mov	[ dest_ajust_width ] , eax
+
+       mov	eax , [ dest_y1 ]
+       mul 	[ pixel_width ]
+       add	eax , [ dest_x1 ]
+       add	edi , eax
+
+       mov	edx , [ y1_pixel ]
+       mov	eax , [ x1_pixel ]
+       sub	edx , [ y_pixel ]
+       jle	real_out
+       sub	eax , [ x_pixel ]
+       jle	real_out
+
+       mov	ebx , [ pixel_width ]
+       imul	ebx , edx
+       cmp	ebx , [ buffer_size ]
+       jg	real_out
+
+
+; ********************************************************************
+; Forward bitblit only
+
+IF TRANSP
+       cmp	[ transp ] , 0
+       jnz	forward_Blit_trans
+ENDIF
+
+; the inner loop is so efficient that
+; the optimal consept no longer apply because
+; the optimal byte have to by a number greather than 9 bytes
+       cmp	eax , 10
+       jl	forward_loop_bytes
+
+forward_loop_dword:
+       mov	ecx , edi
+       mov	ebx , eax
+       neg	ecx
+       and	ecx , 3
+       sub	ebx , ecx
+       rep	movsb
+       mov	ecx , ebx
+       shr	ecx , 2
+       rep	movsd
+       mov	ecx , ebx
+       and	ecx , 3
+       rep	movsb
+       add	esi , [ scr_ajust_width ]
+       add	edi , [ dest_ajust_width ]
+       dec	edx
+       jnz	forward_loop_dword
+       ret
+
+forward_loop_bytes:
+       mov	ecx , eax
+       rep	movsb
+       add	esi , [ scr_ajust_width ]
+       add	edi , [ dest_ajust_width ]
+       dec	edx					; decrement the height
+       jnz	forward_loop_bytes
+       ret
+
+
+IF  TRANSP
+
+forward_Blit_trans:
+       mov	ecx , eax
+       and	ecx , 01fh
+       lea	ecx , [ ecx + ecx * 4 ]
+       neg	ecx
+       shr	eax , 5
+       lea	ecx , [ transp_reference + ecx * 2 ]
+       mov	[ y1_pixel ] , ecx
+
+forward_loop_trans:
+       mov	ecx , eax
+       jmp	[ y1_pixel ]
+forward_trans_line:
+       REPT	32
+       local	transp_pixel
+       		mov	bl , [ esi ]
+       		test	bl , bl
+       		jz	transp_pixel
+       		mov	[ edi ] , bl
+    	    transp_pixel:
+       		inc	esi
+	    	inc	edi
+	ENDM
+    transp_reference:
+       dec	ecx
+       jge	forward_trans_line
+       add	esi , [ scr_ajust_width ]
+       add	edi , [ dest_ajust_width ]
+       dec	edx
+       jnz	forward_loop_trans
+       ret
+ENDIF
+
+real_out:
+       ret
+
+;ENDP	Buffer_To_Buffer
+Buffer_To_Buffer endp
+
+END

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/VIDEO.H

@@ -0,0 +1,216 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : 32 bit library                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : VIDEO.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef VIDEO_H
+#define VIDEO_H
+
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/*	The machine can be in one of the following graphic modes.  The global	*/
+/*	GraphicMode is set to one of these values.										*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#define	CGA_MODE					4			// DOS 320x200 4 color mode
+#define	TGA_MODE					9			// TANDY 320x200 16 color mode
+#define	EGA_MODE					13			// DOS 320x200 16 color mode
+#define	MCGA_MODE				0x13		// DOS 320x200 256 color mode
+#define	VGA_MODE					0x13		// DOS 320x200 256 color mode
+#define	EEGA_MODE				14			// DOS 640x400 16 color mode
+#define	ETGA_MODE				9			// TANDY 640x400 16 color mode
+#define	HGA_MODE					7			// DOS 768x400 2 color mode
+#define	TXT_MODE					3			// DOS plain old color text mode
+#define	VESA_640X400_256		0x100		// VESA 640x400 256 color mode
+#define	VESA_640X480_256		0x101		// VESA 640x480 256 color mode
+#define	VESA_800X600_256		0x103		// VESA 800x600 256 color mode
+#define	VESA_1024X768_256		0x105		//	VESA 1024x768 256 color mode
+#define	VESA_1280X400_256		0x107		// VESA 1280x400 256 color mode
+#define	VESA_TEXT_80X60		0x108		// VESA 80x60 text mode
+#define	VESA_TEXT_132X25		0x109		// VESA 132x25 text mode
+#define	VESA_TEXT_132X60		0x10C		// VESA 132x60 text mode
+#define	RESET_MODE				-1
+#define	UNINITIALIZED_MODE	-1
+#define	VESA_MIN 				VESA_640X400_256
+#define	VESA_MAX					VESA_TEXT_132X60
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Define the maximum number of bank entries											*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+#define	MAX_BANK_ENTRIES		((1280L*1024L)/65536L)
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*
+ * VesaInfoType - General info about this VESA implementation					*
+ *                (Filled in by VESA BIOS Function 0)								*
+ *																									*
+ * Signature    - Will always be 'VESA'												*
+ * Version      - Version #																*
+ * OEMString    - OEM ID string															*
+ * Capabilities - Not defined by VESA yet												*
+ * AvailModes   - List of available modes; terminated with -1 (0xffff)		*
+ * TotalMemory  - ???																		*
+ * Reserved     - Pads structure to 256 bytes total								*
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+typedef struct {
+	char    Signature[4];
+	short   Version;
+	REALPTR OEMString;
+	long    Capabilities;
+	REALPTR AvailModes;
+	short   TotalMemory;
+	char    Reserved[236];
+} VesaInfoType;
+
+#endif //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+/*=========================================================================*
+ * VesaModeInfoType - Info about this VESA mode										*
+ *                    (Filled in by VESA BIOS Function 1)						*
+ *																									*
+ * Attributes       - bit 0: 1 = mode is supported									*
+ *                    bit 1: 1 = optional info available							*
+ *                    bit 2: 1 = std BIOS output funcs valid in this mode	*
+ *                    bit 3: 0 = monochrome, 1 = color							*
+ *                    bit 4: 0 = text mode, 1 = graphics							*
+ * WinA_Attributes  - bit 0 = win exists, bit 1=readable, bit 2= writable	*
+ * WinB_Attributes  - bit 0 = win exists, bit 1=readable, bit 2= writable	*
+ * WinGranularity   - smallest address boundary window can be placed upon;	*
+ *                    size is in KB (ie 64, 32, 4)									*
+ * WinSize          - size of windows in KB (ie 64, 32)							*
+ * WinA_Segment     - location of Window A in CPU space (usually 0xa000)	*
+ * WinB_Segment     - location of Window B in CPU space (usually 0xb000)	*
+ * WinFunc          - address of window-setting function (This is provided *
+ *                    as an alternative to Int 10 for speed.)					*
+ * BytesPerScanline - # bytes per scan line											*
+ * 																								*
+ * Optional info (available if bit 1 of Attributes is set):						*
+ *																									*
+ * XRes             - X-resolution														*
+ * YRes             - Y-resolution														*
+ * XCharSize        - Horizontal size of char cell									*
+ * YCharSize        - Vertical size of char cell									*
+ * NumPlanes        - # of memory planes (???)										*
+ * BitsPerPixel     - # bites per pixel												*
+ * NumBanks         - # of banks (ie planes)											*
+ * MemoryModel      - 00h = Text mode													*
+ *                    01h = CGA mode													*
+ *                    02h = Hercules													*
+ *                    03h = 4 plane planar mode										*
+ *                    04h = packed pixel mode (1 byte/pixel)					*
+ *                    05h = non-chain 4, 256-color mode							*
+ *                    06-0Fh = 															*
+ *                    10-FFh = OEM-specific											*
+ * BankSize         - Bank size in KB													*
+ *=========================================================================*/
+#ifdef NOT_FOR_WIN95
+typedef struct {
+	short   Attributes;
+	char    WinA_Attributes;
+	char    WinB_Attributes;
+	short   WinGranularity;
+	short   WinSize;
+	short   WinA_Segment;
+	short   WinB_Segment;
+	REALPTR WinFunc;
+	short   BytesPerScanline;
+	short   XRes;
+	short   YRes;
+	char    XCharSize;
+	char    YCharSize;
+	char    NumPlanes;
+	char    BitsPerPixel;
+	char    NumBanks;
+	char    MemoryModel;
+	char    BankSize;
+	char    NumInputPages;
+	char    Reserved;
+	char    RedMaskSize;
+	char    RedFieldPosition;
+	char    GreenMaskSize;
+	char    GreenFieldPosition;
+	char    BlueMaskSize;
+	char    BlueFieldPosition;
+	char    RsvdMaskSize;
+	char    RsvdFieldPosition;
+	char    DirectColorModeInfo;
+	char    pad[216];
+} VesaModeInfoType;
+
+extern REALPTR	 VesaFunc;
+
+#endif //NOT_FOR_WIN95
+
+
+extern "C" {
+extern	int	GraphicMode;
+extern	long	XRes;
+extern	long	YRes;
+
+extern long		 BankTable [];
+extern unsigned long RMVesaVector ;
+extern unsigned long RMVesaRegs ;
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: VIDEO.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern "C" int Set_Video_Mode(int mode);
+int Get_Video_Mode(void);
+void Update_Video_Mode (void) ;
+void Vesa_Info(void);
+void Vesa_Set_Window(long grain_num);
+int Get_Original_Video_Mode(void);
+void Set_Original_Video_Mode(int mode);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: INITDLAY.CPP	  					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern VOID Init_Delay(VOID);
+extern BOOL VertBlank;
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: VERTBLNK.ASM	  					*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern "C" {
+	extern WORD Get_Vert_Blank(VOID);
+	extern VOID Wait_Vert_Blank(BOOL blank);
+}
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#endif // VIDEO_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WINCOMM.H

@@ -0,0 +1,454 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Command & Conquer/ WW Library                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : WINCOMM.H                                                    *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Steve Tall                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : 1/10/96                                                      *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : January 10th 1996 [ST]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Overview:                                                                                   *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *   These classes was created to replace the greenleaf comms functions used in C&C DOS with   *
+ *  WIN32 API calls.                                                                           *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+#define	WIN32
+#define	_WIN32
+#endif	//WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+
+typedef enum WinCommDialMethodType {
+	WC_TOUCH_TONE = 0,
+	WC_PULSE
+} WinCommDialMethodType;
+
+
+
+#define	COMMSUCCESS		0
+#define 	ASTIMEOUT      -10
+#define	COMMUSERABORT	-16
+
+
+/*
+** The size of our serial buffer within the class.
+**
+** !!!!!! THIS MUST BE  A POWER OF 2 !!!!!!
+**
+*/
+#define SIZE_OF_WINDOWS_SERIAL_BUFFER 2048
+
+
+
+/*
+** WinModemClass.
+**
+** This class provides access to modems under Win95. The functions are designed to be more or less
+** drop in replacements for the Grenleaf comms functions.
+*/
+
+class WinModemClass
+{
+
+	public:
+
+					WinModemClass (void);		//WinModemClass Contructor
+		virtual	~WinModemClass (void);		//WinModemClass Destructor
+
+
+					/*
+					** Serial port open should be called to get a handle to the COM port
+					** This needs to be called first as other class members rely on the handle
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: PortOpenGreenleafFast
+					*/
+		//virtual	HANDLE	Serial_Port_Open (int port, int baud, int parity, int wordlen, int stopbits);
+		virtual	HANDLE	Serial_Port_Open (char *device_name, int baud, int parity, int wordlen, int stopbits, int flowcontrol);
+
+					/*
+					** This function releases the COM port handle and should be called after
+					** communications have finished
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: PortClose
+					*/
+					void		Serial_Port_Close (void);
+
+					/*
+					** This member copies any bytes from the internal class serial buffer
+					** into your user buffer.
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: ReadBuffer
+					*/
+					int		Read_From_Serial_Port (unsigned char *dest_ptr, int buffer_len);
+
+					/*
+					** Write chars to the serial port
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: WriteBuffer
+					*/
+					void		Write_To_Serial_Port (unsigned char *buffer, int length);
+
+					/*
+					** Wait for the outgoing buffer to empty
+					*/
+					void		Wait_For_Serial_Write (void);
+
+					/*
+					** Set the dial type to DIAL_TOUCH_TONE or DIAL_PULSE
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: HMSetDiallingMethod
+					*/
+		virtual	void		Set_Modem_Dial_Type (WinCommDialMethodType method);
+
+					/*
+					** Get the status of the modem control lines
+					** Possible flags are: CTS_SET DSR_SET RI_SET & CD_SET
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: GetModemStatus
+					*/
+		virtual	unsigned	Get_Modem_Status (void);
+
+					/*
+					** Set the DTR line to the given state
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: SetDtr
+					*/
+		virtual	void		Set_Serial_DTR (BOOL state);
+
+					/*
+					** Get the result code from the modem after issuing an 'AT' command
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: HMInputLine
+					*/
+		virtual	int		Get_Modem_Result (int delay, char *buffer, int buffer_len);
+
+					/*
+					** Issue a dial command to the modem.
+					** Use Set_Modem_Dial_Type to select pulse or tone dial
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: HMDial
+					*/
+		virtual	void		Dial_Modem (char *dial_number);
+
+					/*
+					** Send a command to the modem. This is usually an 'AT' command.
+					** Function will optionally retry until 'OK' is received.
+					*/
+		virtual	int		Send_Command_To_Modem (char *command, char terminator, char *buffer, int buflen, int delay, int retries);
+
+					/*
+					** Sets a pointer to a function that will be called for each incoming serial char
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: HMSetUpEchoRoutine
+					*/
+		virtual	void		Set_Echo_Function (void(*func)(char c));
+
+					/*
+					** Sets a pointer to a function that will be called if ESC is pressed during a dial
+					**
+					** Replacement for Greenleaf function: HMSetUpAbortKey
+					*/
+		virtual	void		Set_Abort_Function (int (*func)(void));
+
+					/*
+					** Member to allow access to the serial port handle
+					*/
+					HANDLE	Get_Port_Handle(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Status vars for debugging purposes
+		*/
+		int FramingErrors;
+		int IOErrors;
+		int BufferOverruns;
+		int InBufferOverflows;
+		int ParityErrors;
+		int OutBufferOverflows;
+		int InQueue;
+		int OutQueue;
+
+		/*
+		** Modem send result codes
+		*/
+		enum SendModemEnum {
+			MODEM_CMD_TIMEOUT = 0,
+			MODEM_CMD_OK,
+			MODEM_CMD_0,
+			MODEM_CMD_ERROR
+		};
+
+
+		/*
+		** Enums for modem status flags
+		*/
+		enum {
+			CTS_SET  = 0x10,
+			DSR_SET  = 0x20,
+          RI_SET   = 0x40,
+          CD_SET   = 0x80
+       };
+
+
+	protected:
+
+
+		/*
+		** Copy incoming data from the windows file buffer into the internal class buffer
+		*/
+		BOOL							Read_Serial_Chars(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Pointer to the internal class circular buffer for incoming data
+		*/
+		unsigned char				*SerialBuffer;
+
+		/*
+		** Overlap object for asyncronous reads from the serial port
+		*/
+		OVERLAPPED					ReadOverlap;
+
+		/*
+		** Overlap object for asyncronous writes to the serial port
+		*/
+		OVERLAPPED					WriteOverlap;
+
+		/*
+		** Flag that there is no outstanding incoming data in the windows buffer
+		*/
+		BOOL							WaitingForSerialCharRead;
+
+		/*
+		** Flag that we are waiting for the last write to port operation to complete
+		*/
+		BOOL							WaitingForSerialCharWrite;
+
+		/*
+		** Head and Tail pointers for our internal serial buffer
+		*/
+		int							SerialBufferReadPtr;
+		int							SerialBufferWritePtr;
+
+		/*
+		** Windows handle to the COM port device
+		*/
+		HANDLE						PortHandle;
+
+		/*
+		** Dialing method - DIAL_TOUCH_TONE or DIAL_PULSE
+		*/
+		WinCommDialMethodType	DialingMethod;
+
+		/*
+		** Pointer to function for echoing incoming data - can be NULL
+		*/
+		void 							(*EchoFunction)(char c);
+
+		/*
+		** Pointer to function for aborting when ESC pressed - can be NULL
+		*/
+		int							(*AbortFunction)(void);
+
+		/*
+		** Serial buffer for asyncronous reads
+		*/
+		char							TempSerialBuffer[SIZE_OF_WINDOWS_SERIAL_BUFFER];
+};
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+/*
+** WinNullModemClass.
+**
+** This class provides access to serial ports under Win95. The functions are designed to be more or less
+** drop in replacements for the Grenleaf comms functions.
+**
+** This class just overloads the WinModemClass members that arent required for direct serial communications
+** via a 'null modem' cable.
+*/
+class WinNullModemClass : public WinModemClass
+{
+
+	public:
+
+		virtual	inline	void		Set_Modem_Dial_Type (int){};
+		virtual	inline	unsigned	Get_Modem_Status (void){return (0);};
+		virtual	inline	void		Set_Serial_DTR (BOOL){};
+		virtual	inline	int		Get_Modem_Result (int, char*, int){return(0);};
+		virtual	inline	void		Dial_Modem (char*){};
+		virtual	inline	int		Send_Command_To_Modem (char*, char, char*, int, int, int){return (0);};
+		virtual	inline	void		Set_Echo_Function (void(*)(char)){};
+		virtual	inline	void		Set_Abort_Function (int(*)(void)){};
+
+};
+
+
+extern WinModemClass *SerialPort;
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+//
+//
+// This bit swiped from the SDK because its not in the Watcom headers yet
+//
+//
+
+/************************************************************************
+*                                                                       *
+*   mcx.h -- This module defines the 32-Bit Windows MCX APIs            *
+*                                                                       *
+*   Copyright (c) 1990-1995, Microsoft Corp. All rights reserved.       *
+*                                                                       *
+************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef _MCX_H_
+#define _MCX_H_
+
+typedef struct _MODEMDEVCAPS {
+    DWORD   dwActualSize;
+    DWORD   dwRequiredSize;
+    DWORD   dwDevSpecificOffset;
+    DWORD   dwDevSpecificSize;
+
+    // product and version identification
+    DWORD   dwModemProviderVersion;
+    DWORD   dwModemManufacturerOffset;
+    DWORD   dwModemManufacturerSize;
+    DWORD   dwModemModelOffset;
+    DWORD   dwModemModelSize;
+    DWORD   dwModemVersionOffset;
+    DWORD   dwModemVersionSize;
+
+    // local option capabilities
+    DWORD   dwDialOptions;          // bitmap of supported values
+    DWORD   dwCallSetupFailTimer;   // maximum in seconds
+    DWORD   dwInactivityTimeout;    // maximum in seconds
+    DWORD   dwSpeakerVolume;        // bitmap of supported values
+    DWORD   dwSpeakerMode;          // bitmap of supported values
+    DWORD   dwModemOptions;         // bitmap of supported values
+    DWORD   dwMaxDTERate;           // maximum value in bit/s
+    DWORD   dwMaxDCERate;           // maximum value in bit/s
+
+    // Variable portion for proprietary expansion
+    BYTE    abVariablePortion [1];
+} MODEMDEVCAPS, *PMODEMDEVCAPS, *LPMODEMDEVCAPS;
+
+typedef struct _MODEMSETTINGS {
+    DWORD   dwActualSize;
+    DWORD   dwRequiredSize;
+    DWORD   dwDevSpecificOffset;
+    DWORD   dwDevSpecificSize;
+
+    // static local options (read/write)
+    DWORD   dwCallSetupFailTimer;       // seconds
+    DWORD   dwInactivityTimeout;        // seconds
+    DWORD   dwSpeakerVolume;            // level
+    DWORD   dwSpeakerMode;              // mode
+    DWORD   dwPreferredModemOptions;    // bitmap
+
+    // negotiated options (read only) for current or last call
+    DWORD   dwNegotiatedModemOptions;   // bitmap
+    DWORD   dwNegotiatedDCERate;        // bit/s
+
+    // Variable portion for proprietary expansion
+    BYTE    abVariablePortion [1];
+} MODEMSETTINGS, *PMODEMSETTINGS, *LPMODEMSETTINGS;
+
+// Dial Options
+#define DIALOPTION_BILLING  0x00000040  // Supports wait for bong "$"
+#define DIALOPTION_QUIET    0x00000080  // Supports wait for quiet "@"
+#define DIALOPTION_DIALTONE 0x00000100  // Supports wait for dial tone "W"
+
+// SpeakerVolume for MODEMDEVCAPS
+#define MDMVOLFLAG_LOW      0x00000001
+#define MDMVOLFLAG_MEDIUM   0x00000002
+#define MDMVOLFLAG_HIGH     0x00000004
+
+// SpeakerVolume for MODEMSETTINGS
+#define MDMVOL_LOW          0x00000000
+#define MDMVOL_MEDIUM       0x00000001
+#define MDMVOL_HIGH         0x00000002
+
+// SpeakerMode for MODEMDEVCAPS
+#define MDMSPKRFLAG_OFF         0x00000001
+#define MDMSPKRFLAG_DIAL        0x00000002
+#define MDMSPKRFLAG_ON          0x00000004
+#define MDMSPKRFLAG_CALLSETUP   0x00000008
+
+// SpeakerMode for MODEMSETTINGS
+#define MDMSPKR_OFF         0x00000000
+#define MDMSPKR_DIAL        0x00000001
+#define MDMSPKR_ON          0x00000002
+#define MDMSPKR_CALLSETUP   0x00000003
+
+// Modem Options
+#define MDM_COMPRESSION      0x00000001
+#define MDM_ERROR_CONTROL    0x00000002
+#define MDM_FORCED_EC        0x00000004
+#define MDM_CELLULAR         0x00000008
+#define MDM_FLOWCONTROL_HARD 0x00000010
+#define MDM_FLOWCONTROL_SOFT 0x00000020
+#define MDM_CCITT_OVERRIDE   0x00000040
+#define MDM_SPEED_ADJUST     0x00000080
+#define MDM_TONE_DIAL        0x00000100
+#define MDM_BLIND_DIAL       0x00000200
+#define MDM_V23_OVERRIDE     0x00000400
+
+#endif /* _MCX_H_ */
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WINDOWS.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,973 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header: g:/library/source/rcs/./windows.c 1.12 1994/05/20 15:35:25 joe_bostic Exp $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : LIBRARY                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WINDOWS.C                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Everyone                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 3, 1992   [DRD]                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Change_New_Window -- Combined Change_Window and New_Window.           *
+ *   Change_Window -- Changes the 'current' window in the system.          *
+ *   Fetch_Char -- Gets one undipthonged char from input.                  *
+ *   Flush_Line -- Outputs the accumulate text line to screen.             *
+ *   In_Char -- Stores (un-dipped) character(s) from input to buffer.      *
+ *   New_Window -- Clears the current window to the background color.      *
+ *   Set_More_Off -- Turns the 'more' prompting off.                       *
+ *   Set_More_On -- Turns the 'more' prompting on.                         *
+ *   Set_More_Prompt -- Adjusts the more prompt text for default routine   *
+ *   Standard_More_Prompt -- Default more prompt code for Window_Print     *
+ *   Window_Int_Print -- Prints an integer to the window.                  *
+ *   Window_Print -- Displays and wraps text into a window.                *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include <ctype.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include	<stdio.h>
+#include	<stdarg.h>
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include "ww_win.h"
+#include <keyboard.h>
+#include	<font.h>
+#include <dipthong.h>
+
+PRIVATE void Scroll_Window(void);
+PRIVATE void Flush_Line(void);
+PRIVATE void In_Char(char *str);
+PRIVATE char Fetch_Char(void);
+
+
+PRIVATE int ScrollCounter = 0;	//	Count of the lines displayed before a pause.
+PRIVATE char Line[84];	// Staging line buffer.
+PRIVATE int Pos;			// Char Position of next free character.
+PRIVATE int PPos;		// Pixel position of next free character.
+PRIVATE int WPos;		// Char position in window.
+PRIVATE char *MainSource;
+PRIVATE char *AltSource;
+PRIVATE char Char[2];
+PRIVATE char Stack;
+PRIVATE char WordWrapFlag = FALSE;	// flag for a word wrap.
+
+PRIVATE int MoreSpace = 7;
+PRIVATE int MoreFColor = 0;
+PRIVATE int MoreBColor = 0;
+
+
+int WindowColumns=40;
+int WindowLines=25;
+int WindowWidth=40;
+unsigned int WinB=0;
+unsigned int WinC=1;
+unsigned int WinX=0;
+unsigned int WinY=0;
+unsigned int WinCx=0;
+unsigned int WinCy=0;
+unsigned int WinH=25;
+unsigned int WinW=40;
+unsigned int Window=0;
+
+int MoreOn = TRUE;
+char *TXT_MoreText = "--More--";
+void (*Window_More_Ptr)(char const *,int,int,int) = Standard_More_Prompt;
+
+extern GraphicViewPortClass *LogicPage;
+/***************************************************************************
+ * STANDARD_MORE_PROMPT -- Default more prompt code for Window_Print       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is the standard "<more>" prompting code that is used by         *
+ *    Window_Print when a page is full of text and a pause is desired      *
+ *    before the next page of text is printed.  This function is called    *
+ *    through the Window_More_Ptr global.                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   prompt   -- Pointer to ASCII text that will be window printed  *
+ *                      at the right margin.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          space    -- The number of spaces to allow for the 'more' text. *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          fcolor   -- The foreground color to use for the 'more' text.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          bcolor   -- The background oclor to use for the 'more' text.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/29/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Standard_More_Prompt(char const *prompt, int space, int fcolor, int bcolor)
+{
+	int	x, y, moresize;
+
+	moresize = (space - 1) * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+	x = ((WinX+WinW) << 3) - moresize;
+	//y = WinY + ((WinH/FontHeight)-1)*FontHeight;
+	y = WinY + (WinCy-1) * (FontHeight+FontYSpacing);
+
+	// Default "more" prompter.
+	LogicPage->Print(prompt, x, y, fcolor ? fcolor : WindowList[Window][WINDOWBCOL], bcolor ? bcolor : WindowList[Window][WINDOWFCOL]);
+//BG	if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) {
+//BG		Window_Show_Mouse();
+//BG	}
+
+	// PWG - have to figure out how to do this in windows library
+
+//	Clear_KeyBuffer();
+//	Get_Key();
+
+//BG	if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) {
+//BG		Window_Hide_Mouse(Window);
+//BG	}
+
+	// Erase the more prompt prompt.
+	//	Text_Print(prompt, x, y, WinB, WinB);
+	LogicPage->Fill_Rect(x, y, x + moresize - 1, y + (FontHeight+FontYSpacing) - 1, (unsigned char)WinB);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_MORE_PROMPT -- Adjusts the more prompt text for default routine     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to control the text of the "<MORE>" prompt that     *
+ *    the default more prompt routine uses.  This can be useful for        *
+ *    foreign language translations.                                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   prompt   -- Pointer to ASCII text that will be window printed  *
+ *                      at the right margin.                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          space    -- The number of spaces to allow for the 'more' text. *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          fcolor   -- The foreground color to use for the 'more' text.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *          bcolor   -- The background color to use for the 'more' text.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/29/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Set_More_Prompt(char const *prompt, int space, int fcolor, int bcolor)
+{
+	if (prompt) {
+		TXT_MoreText = (char*)prompt;
+		MoreSpace = space;
+		MoreFColor = fcolor;
+		MoreBColor = bcolor;
+	}
+	else {
+		TXT_MoreText = "<MORE>";
+		MoreSpace = 7;
+		MoreFColor = MoreBColor = 0;
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_MORE_ON -- Turns the 'more' prompting on.                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to turn on the 'more' prompting that Window_Print   *
+ *    does.  If you have a custom more function pointer, then that         *
+ *    routine will be called, otherwise the library default 'more' prompt  *
+ *    will be utilized.                                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Set_More_On(void)
+{
+	MoreOn = TRUE;
+	ScrollCounter = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SET_MORE_OFF -- Turns the 'more' prompting off.                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will turn the 'more' prompting that Window_Print does   *
+ *    off.                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Set_More_Off(void)
+{
+	MoreOn = FALSE;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CHANGE_WINDOW -- Changes the 'current' window in the system.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to change the 'current' window.  The current window *
+ *    is used in Window_Print and some other graphic output routines.      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   windnum  -- The window number to change to.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the previously current window.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Change_Window(int windnum)
+{
+	int	oldwindow;
+	int	*data;
+
+	oldwindow = Window;
+	Window = windnum;
+	data = &WindowList[windnum][0];
+
+	WinX = *data++;
+	WinY = *data++;
+	WinW = *data++;
+	WinH = *data++;
+	WinC = *data++;
+	WinB = *data++;
+	WinCx = *data++;
+	WinCy = *data++;
+	ScrollCounter = 0;
+	WPos = WinCx / (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+	WindowLines = (WinH-FontYSpacing) / (FontHeight+FontYSpacing);
+	WindowWidth = WinW << 3;
+	WindowColumns = WindowWidth / (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+	return (oldwindow);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * CHANGE_NEW_WINDOW -- Combined Change_Window and New_Window.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is a combo-routine.  It merely combines the Change_Window       *
+ *    with the New_Window routines.  It will save some (small) code if     *
+ *    you use this routine instead of the two function calls.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   window   -- Window number to change to and clear.              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns with the previously current window.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Change_New_Window(int windnum)
+{
+	int	oldwindow;
+
+	oldwindow = Change_Window(windnum);
+	New_Window();
+	return(oldwindow);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * NEW_WINDOW -- Clears the current window to the background color.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine clears the current window to the background color.  It  *
+ *    is used in preparation to Window_Print because it ensures a clean    *
+ *    'slate' for the text.                                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void New_Window(void)
+{
+	int	x,y,w,h;
+
+	x = WinX << 3;
+	y = WinY;
+	w = (WinX + WinW) << 3;
+	h = WinY + WinH;
+
+	LogicPage->Fill_Rect(x, y, w - 1, h - 1, (unsigned char)WinB);
+
+	WinCx = WPos = 0;
+	WinCy = 0;
+	ScrollCounter = 0;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WINDOW_INT_PRINT -- Prints an integer to the window.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to print an integer to the window.  This routine    *
+ *    as all other Window printing routines will handle word wrap.         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   num   -- The integer to convert to ASCII and print.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Window_Int_Print(int num)
+{
+	Window_Print("%d", num);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WINDOW_PRINT -- Displays and wraps text into a window.                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is the general purpos text output routine that will handle      *
+ *    word wrap within a window.  It is useful for displaying arbitrary    *
+ *    text.  This routine will handle dipthonged text and as such it       *
+ *    can be quite useful in saving memory.                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   string   -- String to print.  This can be of ANY length and    *
+ *                      can even contain some formatting codes.  The       *
+ *                      codes supported are:                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_SETX        Forces the cursor X position to the value    *
+ *                            specified.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_SETY        Forces the cursor Y position to the value    *
+ *                            specified.                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_MORE        Causes an immediate "<MORE>" prompt          *
+ *                            regardless of the scroll situation.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_RETURN      Breaks line and continues output at the      *
+ *                            left edge of following line.                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_FORMFEED    Clears the window and continues printing at  *
+ *                            the upper left corner.                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_SETBKGDCOL  Set the background color with the color      *
+ *                            specified by the following byte.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_SETFORECOL  Set the foreground color with the color      *
+ *                            specified by the following byte.             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_TAB         Move the cursor over to the next tabstop.    *
+ *                            Tabstops are set every 8 columns.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             KA_SPCTAB      Insert spaces until the cursor is positioned *
+ *                            at the next tabstop.                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             %s             Replace the "%s" with the text pointed to    *
+ *                            by the pointer argument passed to the        *
+ *                            routine (follows same method a printf).      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *             %d             Replace the "%d" with an integer ASCII       *
+ *                            number of the int passed to the routine.    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *   07/29/1991 JLB : Added MORE, SETX, and SETY                           *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Window_Print(char const string[], ...)
+{
+	int		oldcx, x, y;	// Scratch variables.
+	char		c;					// Current character.
+	char		buffer[10];		// Working %d buffer.
+	int		old_c, old_b;	// Original window colors.
+	va_list	arg;				// Argument list var.
+
+
+	va_start(arg, string);
+
+	WordWrapFlag = FALSE;			// initialize word wrap flag.
+	Pos = PPos = 0;
+	Line[0] = '\0';
+	Char[0] = Char[1] = 0;
+	MainSource = (char*)&string[0];
+	AltSource = NULL;
+	old_c = WinC;
+	old_b = WinB;
+
+//BG	if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) {
+//BG		Window_Hide_Mouse(Window);
+//BG	}
+
+	while (TRUE) {
+
+		c = Fetch_Char();
+
+		if (!c) break;	// Exit on NULL character.
+
+		/*
+		**	Substitution commands only work if not already expanding a
+		**	string.
+		*/
+		if (!AltSource) {
+			if (c == '%') {
+		 		switch(tolower(Char[0])) {
+					case 's':
+						AltSource = va_arg(arg, char*);
+						if (AltSource) {
+							Stack = Char[1];
+							Char[0] = Char[1] = '\0';
+							c = Fetch_Char();
+						}
+						break;
+
+					case 'd':
+						AltSource = buffer;
+						sprintf(buffer, "%d", va_arg(arg, int));
+						Stack = Char[1];
+						Char[0] = Char[1] = '\0';
+						c = Fetch_Char();
+						break;
+
+					default:
+						break;
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		switch(c) {
+
+#if(FALSE)
+	// these are the positions of foreign language characters
+			/*
+			** These are characters that shouldn't be window printed because
+			**	they are currently reserved.
+			*/
+			case KA_CTRL_C:
+			case KA_CTRL_D:
+			case KA_CTRL_E:
+			case KA_CTRL_G:
+			case KA_CTRL_J:
+			case KA_CTRL_K:
+			case KA_CTRL_N:
+			case KA_CTRL_O:
+			case KA_CTRL_P:
+			case KA_CTRL_Q:
+			case KA_CTRL_R:
+			case KA_CTRL_T:
+			case KA_CTRL_U:
+			case KA_CTRL_V:
+			case KA_CTRL_W:
+			case KA_CTRL_Z:
+			case KA_CTRL_BACKSLASH:
+			case KA_CTRL_CARROT:
+			case KA_CTRL_UNDERLINE:
+				break;
+#endif
+			/*
+			**	Force cursor column to specified X value.
+			*/
+			case KA_SETX:
+				Flush_Line();
+				WPos  = Fetch_Char();
+				WPos  = MAX(0, WPos);
+
+				// WPos is max width char position
+
+				WPos  = MIN(WindowColumns-1, WPos);
+				WinCx = WPos * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Force the cursor to specified Y value.
+			*/
+			case KA_SETY:
+				Flush_Line();
+				WinCy = Fetch_Char();
+				//WinCy = MAX(0, WinCy);
+				WinCy = MIN((long)WindowLines-1, (long)WinCy);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Force a "<MORE>" prompt.
+			*/
+			case KA_MORE:
+				Flush_Line();
+				if (Window_More_Ptr) {
+//BG					if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) Window_Show_Mouse();
+					Window_More_Ptr(TXT_MoreText, MoreSpace, MoreFColor, MoreBColor);
+//BG					if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) Window_Hide_Mouse(Window);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Clear and home the window cursor.  This is the same
+			**	as New_Window().
+			*/
+			case KA_FORMFEED:
+				New_Window();
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Move cursor to start of next line.
+			*/
+			case KA_RETURN:
+				Flush_Line();
+				ScrollCounter++;
+				WinCx = 0;
+
+#if(FALSE)
+				if (WinCy >= WindowLines-1) {
+					Scroll_Window();
+				}
+				else {
+					WinCy++;
+				}
+#else
+	  			WinCy++;
+#endif
+
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the background color.
+			*/
+			case KA_SETBKGDCOL:
+				Flush_Line();
+				WinB = Fetch_Char();
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Set the foreground color.
+			*/
+			case KA_SETFORECOL:
+				Flush_Line();
+				WinC = Fetch_Char();
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Move cursor to next column.
+			*/
+			case KA_TAB:
+				Flush_Line();
+				WPos = ((WPos + 8) & 0xFFF8) - 1;
+				if (WPos >= WindowColumns) {
+					WPos = 0;
+				}
+				WinCx = WPos * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	Tab to specified column but add spaces.
+			*/
+			case KA_SPCTAB:
+				Flush_Line();
+				oldcx = WinCx;
+				x = WinX << 3;
+				y = WinY + (WinCy * (FontHeight+FontYSpacing));
+				WPos = ((WPos + 8) & 0xFFF8) - 1;
+
+				if (WPos >= WindowColumns) {
+					WinCx = WPos = 0;
+
+					// Fill_Rect instead of printing spaces
+
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(x + oldcx, y,
+								x + WindowWidth - 1, y + (FontHeight+FontYSpacing) - 1, (unsigned char)WinB);
+
+					ScrollCounter++;
+		  			WinCy++;
+				}
+				else {
+					WinCx = WPos * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing);
+
+					// Fill_Rect instead of printing spaces
+
+					LogicPage->Fill_Rect(x + oldcx, y,
+								x + WinCx - 1, y + (FontHeight+FontYSpacing) - 1, (unsigned char)WinB);
+				}
+				break;
+
+			/*
+			**	next character is a extended value 1-127, but 128 is added
+			** for a value 129-255
+			*/
+			case KA_EXTEND:
+				c = 127;
+
+			// NOTE: this falls thru to the default case DO NOT MOVE!!!!!
+
+
+			/*
+			**	next character is a literal value 1-127, except 13
+			*/
+//			case KA_LITERAL:
+//				if (c != (char) 127) {	// check if fell thru from extend case
+//					c = 0;					// set to zero for literal case
+//				}
+//				c += Fetch_Char();
+
+			// NOTE: this falls thru to the default case DO NOT MOVE!!!!!
+
+
+			/*
+			**	Normal character output.
+			*/
+			default:
+				PPos += Char_Pixel_Width(c);	// get pixel location of next char
+				Line[Pos++] = c;
+				Line[Pos] = '\0';
+
+				if (WinCx + PPos > (unsigned)WindowWidth) {
+					Flush_Line();
+				}
+				break;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	If there is text still pending, then display it before exiting.
+	*/
+	if (Pos) Flush_Line();
+
+	/*
+	**	Record changes in the cursor position.
+	*/
+	WindowList[Window][WINDOWCURSORX] = WinCx;
+	WindowList[Window][WINDOWCURSORY] = WinCy;
+
+	/*
+	**	Restore the window colors to their original values.
+	*/
+	WindowList[Window][WINDOWFCOL] = WinC = old_c;
+	WindowList[Window][WINDOWBCOL] = WinB = old_b;
+
+//BG	if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) {
+//BG		Window_Show_Mouse();
+//BG	}
+
+	va_end(arg);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * SCROLL_WINDOW -- Scrolls the text window up one line.                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This will scroll the text window up one line.  It will handle any    *
+ *    pausing for "more" if the MoreOn flag is set.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   This routine assumes that the LogicPage is the SEENPAGE.    *
+ *             If this is not the case, the program may appear to hang     *
+ *             if a "more" prompt is generated.                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE void Scroll_Window(void)
+{
+	int	y;		// Top pixel row of bottom line of window.
+
+	/*
+	**	Possibly prompt for more text.
+	*/
+	if (ScrollCounter >= WindowLines-1 && MoreOn) {
+		ScrollCounter = 0;
+
+		if (Window_More_Ptr) {
+//BG			if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) Window_Show_Mouse();
+			Window_More_Ptr(TXT_MoreText, MoreSpace, MoreFColor, MoreBColor);
+//BG			if (LogicPage == SEENPAGE) Window_Hide_Mouse(Window);
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Scroll the window up one line.
+	*/
+	y = ((WinH / (FontHeight+FontYSpacing)) - 1) * (FontHeight+FontYSpacing);
+	LogicPage->Blit(*LogicPage,WinX<<3, WinY + (FontHeight+FontYSpacing), WinX<<3, WinY, WinW<<3, WinH - (FontHeight+FontYSpacing) );
+	LogicPage->Fill_Rect(WinX<<3,
+				WinY + y,
+				((WinX+WinW)<<3) - 1,
+				WinY + WinH - 1,
+				(unsigned char)WinB);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FLUSH_LINE -- Outputs the accumulate text line to screen.               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This will display the accumlated text line to the screen.  It will   *
+ *    handle breaking the text line at an appropriate position.            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE void Flush_Line(void)
+{
+	int	breakit, breaksize, breakwidth;
+	int	x, y;					// Coordinates of text print.
+	int	breakpoint;			// Point to break the line (if possible).
+	char	breakchar;			// Break replace character.
+	int	index;				// Backward moving index var.
+
+	/*
+	** There could be a held <CR> and this is implied by the cursor Y position
+	** beyond the bottom of the window.  If this is the case, then scroll the
+	**	window and proceed with the line flush.
+	*/
+	while (WinCy >= (unsigned)WindowLines /*&& Pos > 0*/) {
+		Scroll_Window();
+		if (WinCy >= (unsigned)WindowLines) WinCy--;
+	}
+	//if (WinCy >= WindowLines) WinCy = WindowLines-1;
+
+	x = (WinX<<3) + WinCx;
+	y = WinY + (WinCy*(FontHeight+FontYSpacing));
+
+	breakwidth = WindowWidth;
+//	if (ScrollCounter >= WindowLines - 1 && MoreOn) {
+//		breakwidth -= (MoreSpace * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing));		// use maximum font width
+//	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Try to break the line at the last space IF the line has reached the edge
+	**	of the window.
+	*/
+	breakpoint = Pos;
+	breaksize = PPos;
+	if (WinCx + breaksize > (unsigned)breakwidth) {
+
+		/*
+		**	Since the text WILL spill past the edge of the window, determine the
+		**	point where the break should occur.  If this line is ready for the <MORE>
+		**	prompt, then breaking must account for the <MORE> text.
+		*/
+		if (ScrollCounter >= WindowLines - 1 && MoreOn) {
+			breakwidth -= (MoreSpace * (FontWidth+FontXSpacing));		// use maximum font width
+		}
+		breakwidth -= WinCx;
+
+		breakit = 0;
+		for (index = breakpoint - 1; index > 0; index--) {
+			breakchar = Line[index];
+			breaksize -= Char_Pixel_Width(breakchar);
+
+			// only once, find largest text that can fit on the line
+			if (!breakit) {
+				// was this the char that went past the right edge
+				if (breaksize <= breakwidth) {
+					breakit = index;	// save this position if there is no spaces
+				}
+			}
+
+			// after largest text is found then look for a space to break on
+			if (breakit && breakchar == KA_SPACE) {
+				breakpoint = index;
+				WordWrapFlag = FALSE; // word will start at beginning of next line
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+
+		/*
+		**	Exception: When the current text buffer cannot be broken at a logical
+		**	place AND the text is starting past the left margin, THEN there is
+		**	an implied break between the previous text output and this one.
+		**	Output the current text on the next line left margin.
+		*/
+		if (!index) {
+			if (WinCx && !WordWrapFlag) {
+				breakpoint = breaksize = 0;		// Continue text on next line.
+				WordWrapFlag = TRUE;		// indicate a word continuation.
+			}
+			else {
+				breakpoint = breakit;	// Just print as much as possible.
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	breakchar = Line[breakpoint];
+	Line[breakpoint] = '\0';
+
+	LogicPage->Print(Line, x, y, WinC, WinB);
+	WinCx += breaksize;					// add size of text string printed.
+
+	Line[breakpoint] = breakchar;
+	if (breakchar == KA_SPACE) {		// take out a space between words.
+		breakpoint++;
+	}
+
+	// take out another space for double spacing after end of sentence.
+	if (Line[breakpoint] == KA_SPACE) {
+		breakpoint++;
+	}
+
+	strcpy(Line, &Line[breakpoint]);
+	Pos = strlen(Line);
+	PPos = String_Pixel_Width(Line);
+
+	/*
+	**	If at this point there is still text in the buffer, then flushing has
+	**	not been completed.  Scroll to next line and repeat the text flushing
+	**	process.
+	*/
+	if (Pos || WinCx >= (unsigned)WindowWidth) {
+		WinCx = WPos = 0;
+		#if(FALSE)
+			if (WinCy >= WindowLines-1) {
+				Scroll_Window();
+			} else {
+				WinCy++;
+			}
+		#else
+			WinCy++;
+		#endif
+		Flush_Line();
+		ScrollCounter++;	// must be done after flush line for correct counting
+	}
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * IN_CHAR -- Stores (un-dipped) character(s) from input to buffer.        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    Use this routine to fetch the next character from the input stream.  *
+ *    If the character was dipthonged, then it will be broken into its     *
+ *    component ASCII characters and stored in the specified location.     *
+ *    This is the core character stream reading code.                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   str   -- char pointer to the position to store the character(s)*
+ *                   fetched from the input stream.                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE void In_Char(char *str)
+{
+	char	c;		// Character to return.
+	char	next;	// Following character (if any).
+
+	c = next = '\0';
+
+	/*
+	**	Fetch a raw byte from the input stream.
+	*/
+	if (AltSource) {
+		if (*AltSource == '\0') {
+			AltSource = NULL;
+			c = Stack;
+		} else {
+			c = *AltSource++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (!c && MainSource) {
+		if (*MainSource == '\0') {
+			MainSource = NULL;
+		} else {
+			c = *MainSource++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	/*
+	**	Convert a dipthong character into it's component
+	**	ASCII characters.
+	*/
+	if (c & 0x80) {
+		c &= 0x7F;
+		next = c & (char)0x07;
+		c = (char)((c & (char)0x78) >> 3);
+
+		next = Dipthong[c][next];	// Dipthong character.
+		c = Common[c];				// Common character.
+	}
+
+	*str++ = c;
+	*str = next;
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * FETCH_CHAR -- Gets one undipthonged char from input.                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routine will fetch one character from the input stream.  The    *
+ *    character has already been un-dipthonged.  It is a straight ASCII    *
+ *    character.  This routine ensures that if the next character in the   *
+ *    input stream needs to be examined, it is available in Char[0].       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   none                                                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  Returns next character in the input stream (ASCII).  If NULL   *
+ *          is returned, then this indicates the end of the input stream.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   07/25/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+PRIVATE char Fetch_Char(void)
+{
+	char	c;		// Character to return.
+
+	if (!Char[0]) {
+		In_Char(&Char[0]);
+	}
+
+	c = Char[0];
+	Char[0] = Char[1];
+	Char[1] = '\0';
+
+	if (!Char[0]) {
+		In_Char(&Char[0]);
+	}
+
+	return (c);
+}
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WINHIDE.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header: g:/library/source/rcs/./winhide.c 1.10 1994/05/20 15:35:50 joe_bostic Exp $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Dune                                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WINHIDE.C                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 30, 1991                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 16, 1991   [JLB]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Window_Hide_Mouse -- Hides the mouse when it enters a window.         *
+ *   Window_Show_Mouse -- Shows the mouse after Window_Hide_Mouse hides it.*
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#include	<wwstd.h>
+#include	<keyboard.h>
+#include "ww_win.h"
+
+
+#if(IBM)
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WINDOW_HIDE_MOUSE -- Hides the mouse when it enters a window.           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This is an intelligent form of Conditional_Hide_Mouse().  It will    *
+ *    hide the mouse if it enters the specified window (see the            *
+ *    WindowList global).                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   window   - Window number.                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   Just like Conditional_Hide_Mouse(), this function is NOT    *
+ *             nestable.                                                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   04/26/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Window_Hide_Mouse(int window)
+{
+	int	x,y,w,h;
+
+	x = WindowList[window][WINDOWX]<<3;
+	y = WindowList[window][WINDOWY];
+	w = WindowList[window][WINDOWWIDTH]<<3;
+	h = WindowList[window][WINDOWHEIGHT];
+//	Conditional_Hide_Mouse(x,y,x+w-1,y+h-1);
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WINDOW_SHOW_MOUSE -- Shows the mouse after Window_Hide_Mouse hides it.  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *    This routines will show the mouse after Window_Hide_Mouse has hidden *
+ *    it.                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:      none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:     none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:   none                                                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/22/1991 JLB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+void Window_Show_Mouse(void)
+{
+//	Conditional_Show_Mouse();
+}
+#endif
+
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WRITEPCX.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : iff                                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WRITEPCX.CPP                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Julio R. Jerez                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 2, 1995                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 2, 1995   [JRJ]                      *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * int Save_PCX_File (char* name, GraphicViewPortClass& pic, char* palette)*
+ *= = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = =*/
+
+#include  <wwlib32.h>
+#include "filepcx.h"
+#include <wwmem.h>
+static void Write_Pcx_ScanLine ( int file_handle , int scansize , unsigned char * ptr );
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WRITE_PCX_FILE -- Write the data in ViewPort to a pcx file              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:  name is a NULL terminated string of the fromat [xxxx.pcx]			*
+ *			  pic	 is a pointer to a GraphicViewPortClass or to a 				*
+ *					 GraphicBufferClass holding the picture. 							*
+ *        palette is a pointer the the memry block holding the color 		*														*
+ *              palette of the picture.                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT: FALSE  if the function fails zero otherwise             			*
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 JRJ : Created.                                             *
+ *   08/01/1995 SKB : Copy the palette so it is not modified.              *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+int Write_PCX_File (char* name, GraphicViewPortClass& pic, unsigned char* palette )
+{
+ 	unsigned char palcopy[256 * 3];
+	unsigned     i ;
+	//unsigned	   width ;
+	int 	      file_handle ;
+	int				VP_Scan_Line ;
+	char	     * ptr ;
+	RGB  		  * pal ;
+	GraphicBufferClass	* Graphic_Buffer ;
+	PCX_HEADER   header = { 10 , 5 , 1 , 8 , 0 , 0 , 319 , 199 ,
+									320 , 200 , { 0 } , 0 , 1 , 320 , 1 , {0} } ;
+
+	// Open file name
+	file_handle = Open_File ( name , WRITE ) ;
+	if ( file_handle == WW_ERROR ) return FALSE ;
+
+
+	header.width  = pic.Get_Width() - 1 ;
+	header.height = pic.Get_Height() - 1 ;
+	header.byte_per_line = pic.Get_Width() ;
+	Write_File ( file_handle, & header , sizeof (PCX_HEADER)) ;
+
+	VP_Scan_Line = pic.Get_Width()	+ pic.Get_XAdd();
+	Graphic_Buffer = pic.Get_Graphic_Buffer() ;
+	ptr = ( char * ) Graphic_Buffer->Get_Buffer() ;
+	ptr += ( (pic.Get_YPos() * VP_Scan_Line) + pic.Get_XPos() );
+
+	for ( i = 0 ; i < (unsigned)header.height + 1 ; i ++ )
+   	Write_Pcx_ScanLine ( file_handle , header.byte_per_line, (unsigned char*)ptr + i * VP_Scan_Line ) ;
+
+	Mem_Copy(palette, palcopy, 256 * 3);
+	pal = ( RGB * ) palcopy ;
+	for ( i = 0 ; i < 256 ; i ++ ) {
+		pal -> red <<= 2 ;
+		pal -> green <<= 2 ;
+		pal -> blue <<= 2 ;
+		pal ++ ;
+	}
+	i = 0x0c ;
+	Write_File ( file_handle, & i , 1 ) ;
+	Write_File ( file_handle, palcopy , 256 * sizeof (RGB) ) ;
+	Close_File (file_handle) ;
+	return 0 ;
+}
+
+
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * WRITE_PCX_SCANLINE -- function to write a single pcx scanline to a file *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:                                                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/04/1995 JRJ : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+
+#define	POOL_SIZE 2048
+#define WRITE_CHAR(x) {	\
+								* file_ptr ++ = x ; \
+							   if ( file_ptr >= & pool [ POOL_SIZE ]	) { \
+								  Write_File ( file_handle, pool , POOL_SIZE ) ; \
+								  file_ptr = pool ; \
+							 }	}
+
+
+void Write_Pcx_ScanLine ( int file_handle , int scansize , unsigned char * ptr )
+{
+	unsigned     i ;
+	unsigned     rle ;
+	unsigned     color ;
+	unsigned		last ;
+	unsigned char		  * file_ptr ;
+	unsigned char		 	pool [ POOL_SIZE ] ;
+
+	file_ptr = pool ;
+	last = * ptr ;
+	rle = 1 ;
+
+	for ( i = 1 ; i < (unsigned)scansize ; i ++ ) {
+   	color = 0xff & * ++ ptr ;
+		if ( color == last ) {
+			rle ++ ;
+			if ( rle == 63 )	 {
+				WRITE_CHAR ( 255 ) ;
+				WRITE_CHAR ( color ) ;
+				rle = 0 ;
+			}
+		} else {
+	  		if ( rle ) {
+		 		if ( rle == 1 && ( 192 != ( 192 & last ))) {
+			   	WRITE_CHAR ( last ) ;
+		     	} else {
+		      	WRITE_CHAR ( rle | 192 ) ;
+	     	   	WRITE_CHAR ( last ) ;
+				}
+			}
+			last = color ;
+			rle = 1 ;
+		}
+	}
+	if ( rle ) {
+		if ( rle == 1 && ( 192 != ( 192 & last ))) {
+			WRITE_CHAR ( last ) ;
+		} else {
+			WRITE_CHAR ( rle | 192 ) ;
+	   	WRITE_CHAR ( last) ;
+		}
+	}
+
+	Write_File ( file_handle, pool , ( int ) file_ptr - ( int ) pool ) ;
+}

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WSA.H

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WSA 32bit LIbrary                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WSA.H                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : May 23, 1994                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : May 25, 1994   [SKB]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ *   Open_Animation -- file name and flags, system allocates buffer.       *
+ *   Open_Animation -- file name, flags, palette, system allocates buffer. *
+ *   Open_Animation -- file_name, graphic buffer, flags.                   *
+ *   Open_Animation -- file name, bufferclass, flags, palette.             *
+ *   Open_Animation -- filename, ptr, size, flags, no palette.             *
+ *   Animate_Frame -- Animate a frame to a page with magic colors.         *
+ *   Animate_Frame -- Animate a frame to a viewport with magic colors.     *
+ *   Animate_Frame -- Animate a frame to a page.                           *
+ *   Animate_Frame -- Animate a frame to a viewport.                       *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WSA_H
+#define WSA_H
+
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef GBUFFER_H
+#include "gbuffer.h"
+#endif
+
+//lint -strong(AJX,WSAType)
+typedef enum {
+	WSA_NORMAL,								// Normal WSA animation
+	WSA_GHOST	 	= 0x1000,			// Or'd with the above flags to get ghosting
+	WSA_PRIORITY2 	= 0x2000,			// Copy using a priority (or in the priority)
+	WSA_TRANS    	= 0x4000,			// Copy frame, ignoring transparent colors
+	WSA_PRIORITY 	= 0x8000				// Copy using a priority (or in the priority)
+} WSAType;
+
+
+//lint -strong(AJX,WSAOpenType)
+typedef enum {
+	WSA_OPEN_FROM_MEM		= 0x0000,	// Try to load entire anim into memory.
+	WSA_OPEN_INDIRECT		= 0x0000,	// First animate to internal buffer, then copy to page/viewport.
+	WSA_OPEN_FROM_DISK	= 0x0001,	// Force the animation to be disk based.
+	WSA_OPEN_DIRECT		= 0x0002,	// Animate directly to page or viewport.
+
+	// These next two have been added for the 32 bit library to give a better idea of what is
+	// happening.  You may want to animate directly to the destination or indirectly to the
+	// destination by using the animations buffer.  Indirecly is best if the dest is a seenpage
+	// and the animation is not linear or if the destination is modified between frames.
+	WSA_OPEN_TO_PAGE  = WSA_OPEN_DIRECT ,
+	WSA_OPEN_TO_BUFFER= WSA_OPEN_INDIRECT ,
+
+} WSAOpenType;
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: WSA.CPP								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+void * __cdecl Open_Animation(char const *file_name, char *user_buffer, long user_buffer_size, WSAOpenType user_flags, unsigned char *palette=NULL);
+void __cdecl Close_Animation( void *handle );
+BOOL __cdecl Animate_Frame(void *handle, GraphicViewPortClass& view,
+                         int frame_number, int x_pixel=0, int y_pixel=0,
+                         WSAType flags_and_prio = WSA_NORMAL, void *magic_cols=NULL, void *magic=NULL);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Frame_Count(void *handle);
+BOOL __cdecl Animate_Frame(void *handle, VideoViewPortClass& view,
+                         int frame_number, int x_pixel=0, int y_pixel=0,
+                         WSAType flags_and_prio = WSA_NORMAL, void *magic_cols=NULL, void *magic=NULL);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Frame_Count(void *handle);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_X(void const *handle);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Y(void const *handle);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Width(void const *handle);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Height(void const *handle);
+int __cdecl Get_Animation_Palette(void const *handle);
+unsigned long __cdecl Get_Animation_Size(void const *handle);
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPEN_ANIMATION -- file name, flags, palette, system allocates buffer.   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   char *file_name - name of file to open.                        *
+ *          WSAOpenType user_flags - flags on how to open.                 *
+ *          unsigned char *palette - pointer to a palette buffer to fill.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  void *pointer to animation data.  Must be used for all 			*
+ *               other WSA calls.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/24/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+inline void  * __cdecl Open_Animation(char *file_name, WSAOpenType user_flags, unsigned char *palette=NULL)
+{
+	return (Open_Animation(file_name, NULL, 0L, user_flags,  palette));
+}
+
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ * OPEN_ANIMATION -- file_name, bufferclass, flags. 								*
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * INPUT:   char *file_name - name of file to open.                        *
+ *          GraphicBufferClass - pointer to a buffer.                      *
+ *          WSAOpenType user_flags - flags on how to open.                 *
+ *          unsigned char *palette - pointer to a palette buffer to fill.          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * OUTPUT:  void *pointer to animation data.  Must be used for all 			*
+ *               other WSA calls.                                          *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * WARNINGS:                                                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ * HISTORY:                                                                *
+ *   05/24/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+ *=========================================================================*/
+inline void * __cdecl Open_Animation(char *file_name, BufferClass& buffer, WSAOpenType user_flags,  unsigned char *palette=NULL)
+{
+	return (Open_Animation(file_name, (char *)buffer.Get_Buffer(), buffer.Get_Size(), user_flags, palette));
+}
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: LP_ASM.ASM							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+
+extern "C" {
+unsigned int __cdecl Apply_XOR_Delta(char *source_ptr, char *delta_ptr);
+void  __cdecl Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport(void *target, void *delta, int width, int nextrow, int copy);
+}
+
+
+
+#endif // WSA_H
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WWFILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header:   F:\projects\c&c\vcs\code\wwfile.h_v   2.14   06 Sep 1995 16:30:00   JOE_BOSTIC  $ */
+/***********************************************************************************************
+ ***              C O N F I D E N T I A L  ---  W E S T W O O D  S T U D I O S               ***
+ ***********************************************************************************************
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                                             *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                    File Name : WWFILE.H                                                     *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                                                *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                   Start Date : August 8, 1994                                               *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *                  Last Update : August 8, 1994   [JLB]                                       *
+ *                                                                                             *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                                                  *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WWFILE_H
+#define WWFILE_H
+
+#include	<stdio.h>
+
+#ifndef READ
+#define	READ	_READ
+#endif
+#ifndef WRITE
+#define	WRITE	_WRITE
+#endif
+
+class FileClass
+{
+	public:
+		virtual ~FileClass(void) {};
+		virtual char const * File_Name(void) const = 0;
+		virtual char const * Set_Name(char const *filename) = 0;
+		virtual int Create(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Delete(void) = 0;
+		virtual int Is_Available(int forced=false) = 0;
+		virtual int Is_Open(void) const = 0;
+		virtual int Open(char const *filename, int rights=READ) = 0;
+		virtual int Open(int rights=READ) = 0;
+		virtual long Read(void *buffer, long size) = 0;
+		virtual long Seek(long pos, int dir=SEEK_CUR) = 0;
+		virtual long Size(void) = 0;
+		virtual long Write(void const *buffer, long size) = 0;
+		virtual void Close(void) = 0;
+
+		operator char const * () {return File_Name();};
+};
+
+#endif

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WWLIB32.H

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : WWLIB32 User include file                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WWLIB32.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : August 3, 1994                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : August 3, 1994   [SKB]                   *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef WWLIB32_H
+#define WWLIB32_H
+
+#include <gbuffer.h>
+#include <wwstd.h>
+#include <drawbuff.h>
+#include <buffer.h>
+#include <font.h>
+#include <iff.h>
+#include <misc.h>
+#include <mono.h>
+#include <tile.h>
+#include <wwmem.h>
+#include <keyboard.h>
+#include <mouse.h>
+#include <file.h>
+#include <rawfile.h>
+
+#include <audio.h>
+#include <dipthong.h>
+#include <palette.h>
+#include <playcd.h>
+#include <shape.h>
+#include <timer.h>
+#include <ww_win.h>
+#include <wsa.h>
+#include <profile.h>
+
+
+
+#endif // WWLIB32_H
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WWMEM.H

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Memory System                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : MEM.H                                    *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Jeff Wilson                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : April 4, 1994                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : September 8, 1994   [IML]                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+#ifndef WWMEM_H
+#define WWMEM_H
+
+#include "wwstd.h"
+#include "new.h"
+#include "memflag.h"
+
+// Defines
+//==============
+
+
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: MEM.CPP								*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+int  Mem_Init(void *buffer, long size);
+void *Mem_Alloc(void *poolptr, long lsize, unsigned long id);
+int  Mem_Free(void *poolptr, void *buffer);
+void Mem_Reference(void *node);
+void Mem_Lock_Block(void *node);
+void Mem_In_Use(void *node);
+void *Mem_Find(void *poolptr, unsigned long id);
+unsigned long Mem_Get_ID(void *node);
+void *Mem_Find_Oldest(void *poolptr);
+void *Mem_Free_Oldest(void *poolptr);
+long Mem_Pool_Size(void *poolptr);
+long Mem_Avail(void *poolptr);
+long Mem_Largest_Avail(void *poolptr);
+void Mem_Cleanup(void *poolptr);
+
+
+#endif
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WWMEM.INC

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Memory System                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : WWMEM.INC                                *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Ian M. Leslie                            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : August 11, 1994                          *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : August 17, 1994   [IML]                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - *
+
+
+MEM_NORMAL EQU 0000h		; Default memory (normal).
+MEM_NEW	   EQU 0001h		; Called by the operator new and was overloaded.
+MEM_CLEAR  EQU 0002h 		;
+
+GLOBAL		@Alloc$qul14MemoryFlagType:PROC
+GLOBAL		@Free$qpv:PROC

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WWSTD.H

@@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **     C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   S T U D I O S       **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : wwstd.h                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WWLIB.H                                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Jeff Wilson                              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : March 1, 1994                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : March 1, 1994   []                       *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WWSTD_H
+#define	WWSTD_H
+
+
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <windowsx.h>
+
+#ifndef IBM
+#define IBM				TRUE
+#endif
+
+#define WW_ERROR		-1
+
+#define PRIVATE		static
+#define PUBLIC			/* Routines & data don't have a specifier */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+#define	__CPPARGS	...
+#else
+#define	__CPPARGS
+#endif
+
+
+
+#ifdef GET_SIZE
+#undef GET_SIZE
+#endif
+#define GET_SIZE(a)					((sizeof(a) / sizeof(*a)))
+
+//PG_TO_FIX
+//#pragma option -Jg
+// Returns the absolute value of the number.
+#ifdef ABS
+#undef ABS
+#endif
+template<class T> T ABS(T a)
+{
+	return (a < 0) ? -a : a;
+}
+//int ABS(int);
+//long ABS(long);
+
+// Returns the minimum of the two numbers.
+#ifdef MIN
+#undef MIN
+#endif
+template<class T> T MIN(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (b < a) ? b : a;
+};
+//short MIN(short, short);
+//int MIN(int, int);
+//long MIN(long, long);
+
+// Returns the maximum of the two numbers.
+#ifdef MAX
+#undef MAX
+#endif
+template<class T> T MAX(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (b > a) ? b : a;
+};
+
+// Returns the low word of a long
+#define	LOW_WORD(a)		((unsigned short)((long)(a) & 0x0000FFFFL))
+
+// Returns the high word of a long
+#define	HIGH_WORD(a)	((unsigned long)(a) >> 16)
+
+// Merges to shorts to become a long
+#define	MAKE_LONG(a,b) (((long)(a) << 16) | (long)((b)&0x0000FFFFL))
+
+/*
+** Macro allows our routines to act like
+** sprintf etc..
+*/
+#ifdef AssembleTo
+#undef AssembleTo
+#endif
+
+#define AssembleTo(dest,fmt)\
+{\
+	va_list argptr;\
+	if (fmt != (dest))\
+		{\
+		va_start (argptr, fmt);\
+		vsprintf ((dest), fmt, argptr);\
+		va_end (argptr);\
+		}\
+}
+
+
+/*
+**	The type of processor running on this system as
+**	returned by Processor().
+*/
+#define	PROC_80386		0
+#define	PROC_80486		1
+#define	PROC_PENTIUM	2
+
+
+// Inline Routines
+//ÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ
+//
+// These Template functions are generally used
+// by classes when they havce over loaded > and <.
+//
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+template<class T> T Min(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (a<b ? a : b);
+}
+
+template<class T> inline  T Max(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (a>b ? a : b);
+}
+
+template<class T> T Abs(T a)
+{
+	return ((a<0) ? -(a) : a);
+}
+
+template<class T> VOID minimize(T &a, T b)
+{
+	if( b<a )
+		a=b;
+}
+
+template<class T> VOID maximize(T &a, T b)
+{
+	if( b>a )
+		a=b;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+**	Macros that control bit settings in a variable.
+*/
+#define Bit_Flags_On(a,b)			a |= (b)
+#define Bit_Flags_Off(a,b)			a &= (~(b))
+#define Bit_Flags_Value(a,b)		(a & (b))
+#define Bit_Flags_Flip(a,b)		a ^= (b)
+
+// Template replacements for the user defines above
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+template<class T> VOID BitFlagsOn(T &a, T b)
+{
+	a |= (b);
+}
+
+template<class T> VOID BitFlagsOff(T &a, T b)
+{
+	a &= (~(b));
+}
+
+template<class T> T BitFlagsValue(T a, T b)
+{
+	return (a & (b));
+}
+
+template<class T> VOID BitFlagsFlip(T &a, T b)
+{
+	a ^= (b);
+}
+#endif
+
+typedef enum {
+	TBLACK,
+	PURPLE,
+	CYAN,
+	GREEN,
+	LTGREEN,
+	YELLOW,
+	PINK,
+	BROWN,
+	RED,
+	LTCYAN,
+	LTBLUE,
+	BLUE,
+	BLACK,
+	GREY,
+	LTGREY,
+	WHITE,
+	COLOR_PADDING=0x1000
+} ColorType;
+
+
+
+#endif	//WWSTD_H

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/WW_WIN.H

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Part of the WINDOWS Library              *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : WINDOWS.H                                *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Barry W. Green                           *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : February 16, 1995                        *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : February 16, 1995 [BWG]                  *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef WINDOWS_H
+#define WINDOWS_H
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: WINHIDE.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void Window_Hide_Mouse(int window);
+void Window_Show_Mouse(void);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: WINDOWS.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+void Standard_More_Prompt(char const *prompt, int space, int fcolor, int bcolor);
+void Set_More_Prompt(char const *prompt, int space, int fcolor, int bcolor);
+void Set_More_On(void);
+void Set_More_Off(void);
+int Change_Window(int windnum);
+int Change_New_Window(int windnum);
+void New_Window(void);
+void Window_Int_Print(int num);
+void Window_Print(char const string[], ...);
+
+/*
+**	The WindowList[][8] array contains the following elements.  Use these
+**	defines when accessing the WindowList.
+*/
+typedef enum {
+	WINDOWX,			// X byte position of left edge.
+	WINDOWY,			// Y pixel position of top edge.
+	WINDOWWIDTH,	// Width in bytes of the window.
+	WINDOWHEIGHT,	// Height in pixels of the window.
+	WINDOWFCOL,		// Default foreground color.
+	WINDOWBCOL,		// Default background color.
+	WINDOWCURSORX,	// Current cursor X position (in rows).
+	WINDOWCURSORY,	// Current cursor Y position (in lines).
+	WINDOWPADDING=0x1000
+} WindowIndexType;
+
+extern int WindowList[][8];
+extern int WindowColumns;
+extern int WindowLines;
+extern int WindowWidth;
+extern unsigned int WinB;
+extern unsigned int WinC;
+extern unsigned int WinX;
+extern unsigned int WinY;
+extern unsigned int WinCx;
+extern unsigned int WinCy;
+extern unsigned int WinH;
+extern unsigned int WinW;
+extern unsigned int Window;
+
+extern int MoreOn;
+extern char *TXT_MoreText;
+
+extern void (*Window_More_Ptr)(char const *, int, int, int);
+
+#endif //WINDOWS_H
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/XORDELTA.ASM

@@ -0,0 +1,668 @@
+;
+; Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+;
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+; software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+; the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+; either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+; TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+; in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+; under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+; distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+; GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+; with this program. If not, see [https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection]>.
+
+; **************************************************************************
+; **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   *
+; **************************************************************************
+; *                                                                        *
+; *                 Project Name : WSA Support routines			   *
+; *                                                                        *
+; *                    File Name : XORDELTA.ASM                            *
+; *                                                                        *
+; *                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen			   *
+; *                                                                        *
+; *                  Last Update :May 23, 1994   [SKB]                     *
+; *                                                                        *
+; *------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+; * Functions:                                                             *
+;*   Apply_XOR_Delta -- Apply XOR delta data to a buffer.                  *
+;*   Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport -- Calls the copy or the XOR funti*
+;*   Copy_Delta_buffer -- Copies XOR Delta Data to a section of a page.    *
+;*   XOR_Delta_Buffer -- Xor's the data in a XOR Delta format to a page.   *
+; * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -*
+
+;IDEAL
+;P386
+;MODEL USE32 FLAT
+.model flat
+
+
+
+;LOCALS ??
+
+; These are used to call Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport() to setup flags parameter.  If
+; These change, make sure and change their values in wsa.cpp.
+DO_XOR		equ	0
+DO_COPY		equ	1
+TO_VIEWPORT	equ	0
+TO_PAGE		equ	2
+
+;
+; Routines defined in this module
+;
+;
+; UWORD Apply_XOR_Delta(UWORD page_seg, BYTE *delta_ptr);
+; PUBLIC Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport(UWORD page_seg, BYTE *delta_ptr, WORD width, WORD copy)
+;
+;	PROC	C XOR_Delta_Buffer
+;	PROC	C Copy_Delta_Buffer
+;
+
+externdef C Apply_XOR_Delta:NEAR
+externdef C Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport:NEAR
+
+
+
+	;CODESEG
+	.code
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* APPLY_XOR_DELTA -- Apply XOR delta data to a linear buffer.             *
+;*   AN example of this in C is at the botton of the file commented out.   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:  BYTE *target - destination buffer.                              *
+;*         BYTE *delta - xor data to be delta uncompress.                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   05/23/1994 SKB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+Apply_XOR_Delta proc C public USES ebx ecx edx esi edi target:DWORD, delta:DWORD
+	
+	;USES 	ebx,ecx,edx,edi,esi
+	;ARG	target:DWORD 		; pointers.
+	;ARG	delta:DWORD		; pointers.
+
+	; Optimized for 486/pentium by rearanging instructions.
+	mov	edi,[target]		; get our pointers into offset registers.
+	mov	esi,[delta]
+
+	cld				; make sure we go forward
+	xor	ecx,ecx			; use cx for loop
+
+top_loop:
+	xor	eax,eax			; clear out eax.
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get delta source byte
+	inc	esi
+
+	test	al,al			; check for a SHORTDUMP ; check al incase of sign value.
+	je	short_run
+	js	check_others
+
+;
+; SHORTDUMP
+;
+	mov	ecx,eax			; stick count in cx
+
+dump_loop:
+	mov	al,[esi]		;get delta XOR byte
+	xor	[edi],al		; xor that byte on the dest
+	inc	esi
+	inc	edi
+	dec	ecx
+	jnz	dump_loop
+	jmp	top_loop
+
+;
+; SHORTRUN
+;
+
+short_run:
+	mov	cl,[esi]		; get count
+	inc	esi			; inc delta source
+
+do_run:
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get XOR byte
+	inc	esi
+
+run_loop:
+	xor	[edi],al		; xor that byte.
+
+	inc	edi			; go to next dest pixel
+	dec	ecx			; one less to go.
+	jnz	run_loop
+	jmp	top_loop
+
+;
+; By now, we know it must be a LONGDUMP, SHORTSKIP, LONGRUN, or LONGSKIP
+;
+
+check_others:
+	sub	eax,080h		; opcode -= 0x80
+	jnz	do_skip		; if zero then get next word, otherwise use remainder.
+
+	mov	ax,[esi]
+	lea	esi,[esi+2]		; get word code in ax
+	test	ax,ax			; set flags. (not 32bit register so neg flag works)
+	jle	not_long_skip
+
+;
+; SHORTSKIP AND LONGSKIP
+;
+do_skip:
+	add	edi,eax			; do the skip.
+	jmp	top_loop
+
+
+not_long_skip:
+	jz	stop			; long count of zero means stop
+	sub	eax,08000h     		; opcode -= 0x8000
+	test	eax,04000h		; is it a LONGRUN (code & 0x4000)?
+	je	long_dump
+
+;
+; LONGRUN
+;
+	sub	eax,04000h		; opcode -= 0x4000
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	do_run		; jump to run code.
+
+
+;
+; LONGDUMP
+;
+
+long_dump:
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	dump_loop		; go to the dump loop.
+
+stop:
+
+	ret
+
+Apply_XOR_Delta endp
+
+
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* APPLY_XOR_DELTA_To_Page_Or_Viewport -- Calls the copy or the XOR funtion.           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*									   *
+;* 	This funtion is call to either xor or copy XOR_Delta data onto a   *
+;*	page instead of a buffer.  The routine will set up the registers   *
+;*	need for the actual routines that will perform the copy or xor.	   *
+;*									   *
+;*	The registers are setup as follows :				   *
+;*		es:edi - destination segment:offset onto page.		   *
+;*		ds:esi - source buffer segment:offset of delta data.	   *
+;*		dx,cx,ax - are all zeroed out before entry.		   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   03/09/1992  SB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+
+Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport proc C public USES ebx ecx edx esi edi target:DWORD, delta:DWORD, xwidth:DWORD, nextrow:DWORD, copy:DWORD
+
+	;USES 	ebx,ecx,edx,edi,esi
+	;ARG	target:DWORD		; pointer to the destination buffer.
+	;ARG	delta:DWORD		; pointer to the delta buffer.
+	;ARG	width:DWORD		; width of animation.
+	;ARG	nextrow:DWORD		; Page/Buffer width - anim width.
+	;ARG	copy:DWORD		; should it be copied or xor'd?
+
+
+	mov	edi,[target]		; Get the target pointer.
+	mov	esi,[delta]		; Get the destination pointer.
+
+	xor	eax,eax			; clear eax, later put them into ecx and edx.
+
+	cld				; make sure we go forward
+
+	mov	ebx,[nextrow]		; get the amount to add to get to next row from end.  push it later...
+
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx for loop
+	mov	edx,eax			; use dx to count the relative column.
+
+	push	ebx			; push nextrow onto the stack for Copy/XOR_Delta_Buffer.
+	mov	ebx,[xwidth]		; bx will hold the max column for speed compares
+
+; At this point, all the registers have been set up.  Now call the correct function
+; to either copy or xor the data.
+
+	cmp	[copy],DO_XOR		; Do we want to copy or XOR
+	je	xorfunct		; Jump to XOR if not copy
+	call	Copy_Delta_Buffer	; Call the function to copy the delta buffer.
+	jmp	didcopy		; jump past XOR
+xorfunct:
+	call	XOR_Delta_Buffer	; Call funtion to XOR the deltat buffer.
+didcopy:
+	pop	ebx			; remove the push done to pass a value.
+
+	ret
+
+Apply_XOR_Delta_To_Page_Or_Viewport ENDP
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* XOR_DELTA_BUFFER -- Xor's the data in a XOR Delta format to a page.     *
+;*	This will only work right if the page has the previous data on it. *
+;*	This function should only be called by XOR_Delta_Buffer_To_Page_Or_Viewport.   *
+;*      The registers must be setup as follows :                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*	es:edi - destination segment:offset onto page.		 	   *
+;*	ds:esi - source buffer segment:offset of delta data.	 	   *
+;*	edx,ecx,eax - are all zeroed out before entry.		 	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   03/09/1992  SB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+
+XOR_Delta_Buffer proc C nextrow:DWORD
+
+top_loop2:
+	xor	eax,eax			; clear out eax.
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get delta source byte
+	inc	esi
+
+	test	al,al			; check for a SHORTDUMP ; check al incase of sign value.
+	je	short_run2
+	js	check_others2
+
+;
+; SHORTDUMP
+;
+	mov	ecx,eax			; stick count in cx
+
+dump_loop2:
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get delta XOR byte
+	xor	[edi],al		; xor that byte on the dest
+	inc	esi
+	inc	edx			; increment our count on current column
+	inc	edi
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we at the final column
+	jne	end_col1		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edi,edx			; get our column back to the beginning.
+	xor	edx,edx			; zero out our column counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]		; jump to start of next row
+end_col1:
+
+	dec	ecx
+	jnz	dump_loop2
+	jmp	top_loop2
+
+;
+; SHORTRUN
+;
+
+short_run2:
+	mov	cl,[esi]		; get count
+	inc	esi			; inc delta source
+
+do_run2:
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get XOR byte
+	inc	esi
+
+run_loop2:
+	xor	[edi],al		; xor that byte.
+
+	inc	edx			; increment our count on current column
+	inc	edi			; go to next dest pixel
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we at the final column
+	jne	end_col2		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edi,ebx			; get our column back to the beginning.
+	xor	edx,edx			; zero out our column counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]		; jump to start of next row
+end_col2:
+
+
+	dec	ecx
+	jnz	run_loop2
+	jmp	top_loop2
+
+;
+; By now, we know it must be a LONGDUMP, SHORTSKIP, LONGRUN, or LONGSKIP
+;
+
+check_others2:
+	sub	eax,080h		; opcode -= 0x80
+	jnz	do_skip2		; if zero then get next word, otherwise use remainder.
+
+	mov	ax,[esi]		; get word code in ax
+	lea	esi,[esi+2]
+	test	ax,ax			; set flags. (not 32bit register so neg flag works)
+	jle	not_long_skip2
+
+;
+; SHORTSKIP AND LONGSKIP
+;
+do_skip2:
+	sub	edi,edx			; go back to beginning or row.
+	add	edx,eax			; incriment our count on current row
+recheck2:
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we past the end of the row
+	jb	end_col3  		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edx,ebx			; Subtract width from the col counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]  		; jump to start of next row
+	jmp	recheck2		; jump up to see if we are at the right row
+end_col3:
+	add	edi,edx			; get to correct position in row.
+	jmp	top_loop2
+
+
+not_long_skip2:
+	jz	stop2			; long count of zero means stop
+	sub	eax,08000h     		; opcode -= 0x8000
+	test	eax,04000h		; is it a LONGRUN (code & 0x4000)?
+	je	long_dump2
+
+;
+; LONGRUN
+;
+	sub	eax,04000h		; opcode -= 0x4000
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	do_run2		; jump to run code.
+
+
+;
+; LONGDUMP
+;
+
+long_dump2:
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	dump_loop2		; go to the dump loop.
+
+stop2:
+
+	ret
+
+
+XOR_Delta_Buffer	ENDP	
+
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+;***************************************************************************
+;* COPY_DELTA_BUFFER -- Copies XOR Delta Data to a section of a page.      *
+;*	This function should only be called by XOR_Delta_Buffer_To_Page_Or_Viewport.   *
+;*      The registers must be setup as follows :                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* INPUT:                                                                  *
+;*	es:edi - destination segment:offset onto page.		 	   *
+;*	ds:esi - source buffer segment:offset of delta data.	 	   *
+;*	dx,cx,ax - are all zeroed out before entry.		 	   *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* OUTPUT:                                                                 *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* WARNINGS:                                                               *
+;*                                                                         *
+;* HISTORY:                                                                *
+;*   03/09/1992  SB : Created.                                             *
+;*=========================================================================*
+Copy_Delta_Buffer proc C nextrow:DWORD
+
+	;ARG	nextrow:DWORD
+
+top_loop3:
+	xor	eax,eax			; clear out eax.
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get delta source byte
+	inc	esi
+
+	test	al,al			; check for a SHORTDUMP ; check al incase of sign value.
+	je	short_run3
+	js	check_others3
+
+;
+; SHORTDUMP
+;
+	mov	ecx,eax			; stick count in cx
+
+dump_loop3:
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get delta XOR byte
+
+	mov	[edi],al		; store that byte on the dest
+
+	inc	edx			; increment our count on current column
+	inc	esi
+	inc	edi
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we at the final column
+	jne	end_col1_3		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edi,edx			; get our column back to the beginning.
+	xor	edx,edx			; zero out our column counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]		; jump to start of next row
+end_col1_3:
+
+	dec	ecx
+	jnz	dump_loop3
+	jmp	top_loop3
+
+;
+; SHORTRUN
+;
+
+short_run3:
+	mov	cl,[esi]		; get count
+	inc	esi			; inc delta source
+
+do_run3:
+	mov	al,[esi]		; get XOR byte
+	inc	esi
+
+run_loop3:
+	mov	[edi],al		; store the byte (instead of XOR against current color)
+
+	inc	edx			; increment our count on current column
+	inc	edi			; go to next dest pixel
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we at the final column
+	jne	end_col2_3		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edi,ebx			; get our column back to the beginning.
+	xor	edx,edx			; zero out our column counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]		; jump to start of next row
+end_col2_3:
+
+
+	dec	ecx
+	jnz	run_loop3
+	jmp	top_loop3
+
+;
+; By now, we know it must be a LONGDUMP, SHORTSKIP, LONGRUN, or LONGSKIP
+;
+
+check_others3:
+	sub	eax,080h		; opcode -= 0x80
+	jnz	do_skip3		; if zero then get next word, otherwise use remainder.
+
+	mov	ax,[esi]		; get word code in ax
+	lea	esi,[esi+2]
+	test	ax,ax			; set flags. (not 32bit register so neg flag works)
+	jle	not_long_skip3
+
+;
+; SHORTSKIP AND LONGSKIP
+;
+do_skip3:
+	sub	edi,edx			; go back to beginning or row.
+	add	edx,eax			; incriment our count on current row
+recheck3:
+	cmp	edx,ebx			; are we past the end of the row
+	jb	end_col3_3  		; if not the jmp over the code
+
+	sub	edx,ebx			; Subtract width from the col counter
+	add	edi,[nextrow]  		; jump to start of next row
+	jmp	recheck3		; jump up to see if we are at the right row
+end_col3_3:
+	add	edi,edx			; get to correct position in row.
+	jmp	top_loop3
+
+
+not_long_skip3:
+	jz	stop3			; long count of zero means stop
+	sub	eax,08000h     		; opcode -= 0x8000
+	test	eax,04000h		; is it a LONGRUN (code & 0x4000)?
+	je	long_dump3
+
+;
+; LONGRUN
+;
+	sub	eax,04000h		; opcode -= 0x4000
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	do_run3		; jump to run code.
+
+
+;
+; LONGDUMP
+;
+
+long_dump3:
+	mov	ecx,eax			; use cx as loop count
+	jmp	dump_loop3		; go to the dump loop.
+
+stop3:
+
+	ret
+
+Copy_Delta_Buffer	ENDP	
+
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+	END
+
+
+;----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+;
+;PUBLIC UWORD Apply_XOR_Delta(UWORD page_seg, BYTE *delta_ptr)
+;{
+;
+;	register UWORD loop;
+;	BYTE opcode, xor_byte;
+;	UWORD bytes_to_uncompress = 64000U;
+;
+;
+;	/* Make our buffer pointer */
+;
+;	to    = MK_FP(page_seg, 0);
+;	delta = Normalize_Pointer(delta_ptr);
+;
+;
+;	while (bytes_to_uncompress) {
+;
+;		opcode = *delta++;
+;
+;
+;		/* Check for SHORTDUMP */
+;
+;		if (opcode > 0) {
+;
+;
+;			bytes_to_uncompress -= opcode;
+;
+;			for (loop = 0; loop < opcode; loop++) {
+;				xor_byte = *delta++;
+;				*to++ ^= xor_byte;
+;			}
+;			continue;
+;		}
+;
+;		/* Check for SHORTRUN */
+;
+;		if (opcode == 0) {
+;
+;			word_count = *delta++;
+;			xor_byte   = *delta++;
+;
+;			bytes_to_uncompress -= word_count;
+;
+;			for (loop = 0; loop < word_count; loop++) {
+;				*to++ ^= xor_byte;
+;			}
+;			continue;
+;		}
+;
+;		/* By now, we know it must be a LONGDUMP, SHORTSKIP, or LONGSKIP */
+;
+;		opcode -= 0x80;
+;
+;
+;		/* Is it a SHORTSKIP? */
+;
+;		if (opcode != 0) {
+;
+;			to += opcode;
+;			bytes_to_uncompress -= (WORD) opcode;
+;			continue;
+;		}
+;
+;
+;		word_count = *((UWORD *) delta)++;
+;
+;		/* Is it a LONGSKIP? */
+;
+;		if ((WORD) word_count > 0) {
+;
+;			to += word_count;
+;			bytes_to_uncompress -= (WORD) word_count;
+;			continue;
+;		}
+;
+;
+;		word_count -= 0x8000;
+;
+;		/* Is it a LONGRUN? */
+;
+;		if (word_count & 0x4000) {
+;
+;			word_count -= 0x4000;
+;
+;			bytes_to_uncompress -= word_count;
+;
+;			xor_byte = *delta++;
+;
+;			for (loop = 0; loop < word_count; loop++) {
+;				*to++ ^= xor_byte;
+;			}
+;			continue;
+;		}
+;
+;
+;		/* It must be a LONGDUMP */
+;
+;		bytes_to_uncompress -= word_count;
+;
+;		for (loop = 0; loop < word_count; loop++) {
+;			xor_byte = *delta++;
+;			*to++ ^= xor_byte;
+;		}
+;	}
+;
+;
+;	return(64000U);
+;}
+;
+
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/_DIPTABL.CPP

@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/* $Header: g:/library/source/rcs/./_diptabl.c 1.11 1994/05/20 15:36:04 joe_bostic Exp $ */
+/***************************************************************************
+ **   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+ ***************************************************************************
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                 Project Name : Westwood Library                         *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                    File Name : _DIPTABL.C                               *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Programmer : Joe L. Bostic                            *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                   Start Date : July 3, 1991                             *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *                  Last Update : July 3, 1991   [JLB]                     *
+ *                                                                         *
+ *-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+ * Functions:                                                              *
+ * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+char Common[16]={' ','e','t','a','i','n','o','s','r','l','h','c','d','u','p','m'};
+
+char Dipthong[16][8]={
+	{'t','a','s','i','o',' ','w','b'},
+	{' ','r','n','s','d','a','l','m'},
+	{'h',' ','i','e','o','r','a','s'},
+	{'n','r','t','l','c',' ','s','y'},
+	{'n','s','t','c','l','o','e','r'},
+	{' ','d','t','g','e','s','i','o'},
+	{'n','r',' ','u','f','m','s','w'},
+	{' ','t','e','p','.','i','c','a'},
+	{'e',' ','o','i','a','d','u','r'},
+	{' ','l','a','e','i','y','o','d'},
+	{'e','i','a',' ','o','t','r','u'},
+	{'e','t','o','a','k','h','l','r'},
+	{' ','e','i','u',',','.','o','a'},
+	{'n','s','r','c','t','l','a','i'},
+	{'l','e','o','i','r','a','t','p'},
+	{'e','a','o','i','p',' ','b','m'},
+};
+

TIBERIANDAWN/WIN32LIB/_FILE.H

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+//
+// Copyright 2020 Electronic Arts Inc.
+//
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is free 
+// software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of 
+// the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, 
+// either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+// TiberianDawn.DLL and RedAlert.dll and corresponding source code is distributed 
+// in the hope that it will be useful, but with permitted additional restrictions 
+// under Section 7 of the GPL. See the GNU General Public License in LICENSE.TXT 
+// distributed with this program. You should have received a copy of the 
+// GNU General Public License along with permitted additional restrictions 
+// with this program. If not, see https://github.com/electronicarts/CnC_Remastered_Collection
+
+/***************************************************************************
+;**   C O N F I D E N T I A L --- W E S T W O O D   A S S O C I A T E S   **
+;***************************************************************************
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                 Project Name : Library - Filio header stuff.            *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                    File Name : FILE.H                                 	*
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Programmer : Scott K. Bowen                           *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                   Start Date : September 13, 1993                       *
+;*                                                                         *
+;*                  Last Update : April 11, 1994									*
+;*                                                                         *
+;*-------------------------------------------------------------------------*
+;* Functions:                                                              *
+;* - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - */
+
+#ifndef FILE_H
+#include "file.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef _FILE_H
+#define _FILE_H
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Fileio defines																				*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#define	LIB_CDROM TRUE
+
+#define MODE_OLDFILE				(O_RDONLY | O_BINARY)
+#define MODE_NEWFILE				(O_WRONLY | O_BINARY | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC)
+#define MODE_READWRITE			(O_RDWR   | O_BINARY)
+
+#define FILEOPENERROR			-1
+#define FILEOPEN(f,m)			ibm_open(f, m, (((UWORD) m) == MODE_OLDFILE) ? S_IREAD : (S_IREAD | S_IWRITE))
+
+#define FILECLOSE(fd)			ibm_close(fd)
+#define FILEREAD(f,b,n)			ibm_read(f,b,(WORD)(n))
+#define FILEWRITE(f,b,n)		ibm_write(f,b,(WORD)(n))
+#define FILESEEK(f,b,n)			ibm_lseek(f, b, n)
+#define FILEDELETE(f)			ibm_unlink(f)
+#define CHANGEDIR(p)				ibm_chdir(p)
+
+#define FILENAMESIZE				13
+#define IO_CHUNK_SIZE			0xfff0UL
+
+/* 
+**	Maximum number of file handles 
+*/
+#define TABLE_MAX			20
+
+ 
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The file handle table */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+typedef struct {
+	BOOL						Empty;		// Is this handle empty?
+	WORD						Handle;		// DOS file handle (0 = resident).
+	LONG						Pos;			// Current file position.
+	LONG						Start;		// Offset of file from pointer.
+	WORD						Index;		// FileData[] index.
+	WORD						Mode;			// Access mode (WW).
+	BYTE						*Name;		// File name pointer.
+} FileHandleType;
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILEIO.CPP							*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+WORD ibm_getdisk(VOID);
+WORD ibm_setdisk(WORD drive);
+WORD ibm_close(WORD handle);
+WORD ibm_unlink(BYTE const *name);
+LONG ibm_lseek(WORD handle, LONG offset, WORD where);
+UWORD ibm_read(WORD handle, VOID *ptr, UWORD bytes);
+UWORD ibm_write(WORD handle, VOID *ptr, UWORD bytes);
+WORD ibm_open(BYTE const *name, UWORD mode, WORD attrib);
+WORD ibm_chdir(BYTE const *path);
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: FILELIB.CPP						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+WORD cdecl Do_Open_Error(FileErrorType errormsgnum, BYTE const *file_name);
+VOID cdecl Do_IO_Error(FileErrorType errormsgnum, BYTE const *filename);
+LONG cdecl Read_File_With_Recovery( WORD handle, VOID *buf, UWORD bytes );
+WORD cdecl Open_File_With_Recovery( BYTE const *file_name, UWORD mode );
+BOOL cdecl Cache_File(WORD index, WORD file_handle);
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: DEVICES.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern VOID Get_Devices(VOID);
+extern WORD Is_Device_Real(WORD device);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: DEVTABLE.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern VOID Init_Device_Table(BYTE *table);
+extern WORD Max_Device(VOID);
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* The following prototypes are for the file: HARDERR.ASM						*/
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+extern VOID Install_Hard_Error_Handler(VOID);
+extern VOID Remove_Hard_Error_Handler(VOID);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+/* Globale variables in the fileio system.						               */
+/*=========================================================================*/
+
+extern BYTE CallingDOSInt;					 
+extern "C" extern BYTE MaxDevice,DefaultDrive;
+extern BYTE MultiDriveSearch;	
+extern FileDataType *FileDataPtr;
+extern FileHandleType FileHandleTable[TABLE_MAX];
+extern UWORD NumFiles;							 	// Number of files, except PAK, in file table.
+extern UWORD NumPAKFiles;							// Number of PAK files in filetable.
+extern VOID *FileCacheHeap;						// Pointer to the cache in memory.
+extern WORD DiskNumber;						 
+extern WORD MaxDirNum;
+
+
+/*=========================================================================*/
+	 
+
+
+#endif // _FILE_H
+
+